Skip to main content

Full text of "The student's handbook to the University and Colleges of Oxford"

See other formats 


EdticaLL 


T II  R 

STUDENT'S  HANDBOOK 


TO    THE 


UNIVERSITY  AND  COLLEGES 


OF  OXFORD 


SECOND  EDITION:  REVISED. 


('Mori 

AT    THE    CLARENDON    TRESS 
MDCCCI.XXIII 

[All  rights  reserved] 


AT    THE   CLARENDON    PRESS    DEPOSITORY 
116    HIGH    STREET 


MACMILLAN    AND    CO. 

PUBLISHERS     TO     THE     UNIVERSITY 


ADVERTISEMENT. 


THIS  Handbook  has  been  carefully  compiled 
from  authentic  sources  by  an  Editor  appointed 
by  the  Delegates  of  the  Press ;  but  the  Delegates 
cannot  undertake  to  guarantee  the  accuracy  of 
every  statement,  and  the  authorities  of  Colleges 
and  Halls  have  of  course  a  right  of  altering 
their  regulations  from  time  to  time. 


CONTENTS. 


PAGE 

INTRODUCTION i 

CHAPTER   I. 
OF  ADMISSION,   RESIDENCE,   AND  DISCIPLINE. 

I.  Of  Admission— 

§  i.  Requirements  of  a  College  or  Hall    ....  5 

(1)  Applications  for  admission        ....  5 

(2)  Examination 7 

(3)  Fees 12 

§  2.  Requirements  of  the  Delegates  of  Unattached 

Students 12 

§  3.  Matriculation 13 

§  4.  Re-admission  and  Migration      .        .        .        .        .14 

II.  Of  Kesidence— 

§  i.  Of  the  Time  of  Residence 15 

§  2.  Of  the  Place  of  Residence 17 

(1)  Regulations  of  the  University   .        .         .         .17 

(2)  Regulations  of  Colleges  and  Halls     .        .        .     is 

III.  Of  Discipline— 

§  i.  Ui.  Discipline          .         .         .         .         .         .21 

§  3.  .mcellor's  Court 22 

§  3.  College  Discipline 23 

§  4.  Disciplinary    Regulations    of   the    Delegates  of 

.ittached  Students  26 


VI  CONTENTS. 


CHAPTER   II. 

OF   TEACHING,  AND   INSTITUTIONS   IN   AID   OF 
TEACHING. 

I.  Of  Teaching — 

PAGE 

§  i.  Of  Professors  and  Public  Lecturers  .  .  .  .28 
§  2.  Of  College  Tutors  and  Lecturers  .  .  .  .31 
§  3.  Of  Private  Tuition 33 

II.  Of  Institutions  in  Aid  of  Teaching— 

§  i.  The  Bodleian  Library        .         .        .        .        .         .35 

§  2.  The  Taylor  Institution 39 

§  3.  The  Radcliffe  Library 41 

§  4.  College  Libraries 44 

§  5.  The  University  Museum 46 

(1)  Department  of  Mathematics     .         .        .         .48 

(2)  Department  of  Astronomy        .        .        .         .48 

(3)  Department  of  Physics 48 

(4)  Department  of  Chemistry         .         .        .        .50 

(5)  Department  of  Mineralogy       .         .        .        .51 

(6)  Department  of  Geology 51 

(7)  Department  of  Zoology 52 

(8)  Department  of  Biology 54 

(9)  Department  of  Medicine 56 

§  6.  The  Botanic  Garden 57 

§  7.  The  Radcliffe  Observatory 58 

§  8.  College  Scientific  Institutions 60 

§  9.  Art  Collections 61 

(1)  The  University  Galleries 61 

(2)  The  Ruskin  Drawing  School    .         .        .         .62 

(3)  The  Art  Library      ......     62 

§  i o.  Archaeological  Collections  .         .         .         .         .63 

(1)  The  Ashmolean  Museum          .        .        .        .63 

(2)  The  Arundel  and  Selden  Marbles     .         .         .     63 

(3)  The  Castellani  Collection         .        .        .         .63 

(4)  The  Pomfret  Collection 63 


CONTENTS.  vii 

CHAPTER    III. 

OF   PECUNIARY  REWARDS   OF   AND   AIDS    TO 
LEARNING. 

I.   Of  University  Scholarships  and  Prizes — 

PAGE 

§   i.  Classics 65 

§  2.  Mathematics 66 

§  3.  Physical  Science        .         .         .         .         .         .        .67 

§  4.  Jurisprudence 68 

§   5.  History 68 

§  6.  Divinity     .........     69 

§  7.  English  Composition 71 

§  8.  Languages 71 

II.    College  Fellowships          .         .         .        .        .         -73 

III.  College  Scholarships,  Exhibitions,  and  Clerkships  80 

IV.  Exhibitions  for  Unattached  Students   .         .         •     99 
V.   Abbott's  Scholarships 100 

CHAPTER  IV. 

OF  DEGREES  AND  EXAMINATIONS  FOR  DEGREES. 

I.  Of  Degrees — 

§  i.  General  Conditions  of  all  Degrees  .  .  .  .  101 
§  2.  Special  Conditions  of  the  several  Degrees  .  .  102 
§  3.  Degrees  conferred  upon  Absent  Persons  .  .  .107 
§  4.  Incorporation 108 

II.  Of  Examinations  for  Degrees— 

§   i.  Examinations  for  the  Degree  of  B. A.         .         .         .109 

(1)  Responsions no 

(2)  First  Public  Examination          .         .         .         -115 

1.  <  )i  those  who  do  not  seek  Honours      .         .   M^ 

2.  Of  those  who  seek  Honours  in  Classics        .  i  is 

3.  Of  those  who   seek   Honours   in    Mathc- 

m.f  .121 


viii  CONTENTS. 

PAGE 

(3)  Second  Public  Examination      .        .        .         .122 

1.  Examination   in  the   Rudiments  of    Faith 

and  Religion 126 

2.  Examination   of  those  who  do    not    seek 

Honours 128 

3.  Honour  School  of  Literae  Humaniores  .131 

4.  Honour  School  of  Mathematics  .        .  .  135 

5.  Honour  School  of  Natural  Science       .  .136 

6.  Honour  School  of  Jurisprudence          .  .149 

7.  Honour  School  of  Modern  History      .  .152 

8.  Honour  School  of  Theology         .        .  .156 
§  2.  Examination  for  the  Degree  of  B.C.L.      .         .  .  159 
§  3.  Examinations  for  the  Degree  of  B.M.        .         .  .  162 
§  4.  Examinations  for  the  Degree  of  Mus.  Bac.        .  .164 

III.  Extra-Academical    Privileges    of    Students    and 
Graduates 166 

CHAPTER  V. 

OF   ACADEMICAL  EXPENSES. 

I.  University  Pees — 

§  i.  Matriculation  Fees 171 

§  2.  Examination  Fees 171 

§  3.  Degree  Fees 172 

§  4.  Incorporation  Fees    .        .  .        .        .         .173 

§  5.  Annual  Fees 173 

§  6.  Miscellaneous  Fees 173 

II.  College  Expenses — 

§  i.  Admission  Fees  and  Caution  Money          .         .        .  174 

§  2.  Tuition  Fees 175 

§  3.  Establishment,  Servants,  and  General  Charges  .         .177 

§  4.  Room-rent  and  Furniture 180 

§  5.  Degree  Fees 181 

§  6.  Miscellaneous 182 

III.  Expenses  of  Unattached  Students         .        .        .184 


INTRODUCTION. 


THE  University  of  Oxford  is  a  body  corporate,  under  the  title 
of  '  The  Chancellor,  Masters,  and  Scholars  of  the  University  of 
Oxford.'  As  such  it  has  the  power  of  holding  property,  of 
appointing  its  own  officers,  and  of  making  regulations  for  its 
internal  management.  It  has  also  other  powers,  or  privileges, 
which  are  not  incidental  to  its  character  as  a  corporation :  the 
most  important  of  these  are  that  of  exercising  jurisdiction,  both 
civil  and  criminal,  over  its  members,  and  that  of  returning  repre- 
sentatives to  Parliament.  Its  Legislature  consists  of  four  bodies  : 

(1)  The  Hebdomadal  Council,  which  has  the  initiative  in  all 
matters  of  legislation,  and  which   consists  of  eighteen   elected 
members,  together    with    the   Vice-Chancellor  and    Proctors ; 

(2)  The  House  of  Convocation,  of  which,  subject  to  certain 
regulations  as  to  the  payment  of  fees  and  the  retaining  of  their 
names  on  the  Register,  all  persons  are  members  who  have  taken 
the  degree  of  Master  of  Arts,  or  of  Doctor  of  Civil  Law  or 

rine  ;  (3)  The  Congregation  of  the  University,  which  con- 
sists of  the  Professors,  Examiners,  and  other  official  persons,  and 
also  of  such  members  of  the  House  of  Convocation  as  reside 
within  the  limits  of  the  University  for  not  less  than  twenty  v, 
in  each  year ;    (4)  The  Ancient  House  of  Congregation,  which 
tors  of  Arts  and  Doctors  of  Divinity,  Civil 
than   t\vo  years'   standing,  togi-tlu-r 

all   Heads  of  (  :M!   Halls,  ami  certain  other  official 

persons.     The  exact  constitution  and  functions  of  these  s< 
bodies  is  defined  in  the  University  Statutes,  and  in  the  '  ( >  • 
tim  '  of  1854.  ..-ninistration  of  the  Uim 


2  INTRODUCTION. 

is  chiefly  in  the  hands  of — (i)  The  Chancellor,  who  is  almost 
invariably  represented  by  his  deputy,  the  Vice-Chancellor ; 
(2)  The  Proctors,  who  are  chosen  every  year  by  the  Colleges  and 
Halls  according  to  a  certain  rotation ;  and  (3)  Various  Committees, 
or  '  Delegacies/  which  are  appointed  from  time  to  time  by  one 
or  other  of  the  legislative  bodies  mentioned  above. 

The  functions  of  the  University  are  mainly  two  :  (i)  That 
of  teaching,  which  is  discharged  partly  by  means  of  Pro- 
fessors and  other  public  lecturers,  partly  by  means  of  Libraries, 
Museums,  and  other  auxiliary  institutions;  (2)  That  of  encourag- 
ing and  testing  learning,  which  is  discharged  partly  by  the 
establishment  of  Scholarships  and  Prizes,  partly  by  Examinations, 
partly  by  the  conferring  of  certificates  of  attainment,  or  Degrees. 
It  is  open  without  respect  of  birth,  age,  or  creed  to  all  persons 
who  satisfy  the  appointed  officers  that  they  are  likely  to  derive 
educational  advantage  from  its  membership  :  and,  subject  only  to 
necessary  limitations  of  academical  standing,  any  person  who  has 
been  admitted  as  a  member  is  eligible  to  compete  for  all  its 
prizes  and  distinctions,  save  only  that  Degrees  in  Divinity  are 
confined  to  members  of  the  Church  of  England. 

The  Colleges  are  corporate  institutions,  within  the  University 
but  distinct  from  it,  which  were  founded  and  endowed  for  the 
purpose  of  assisting  students  during  their  residence  at  the  Uni- 
versity. In  view  of  this  purpose,  buildings  were  erected  in  which 
the  members  of  the  College  lived  as  a  society  together.  The 
senior  members,  or  Fellows,  were  engaged  partly  in  study,  partly 
in  teaching:  some  of  them  were  specially  entrusted  with  the 
guardianship  of  the  junior  members,  and  as  such  were  designated 
Tutors ;  others  were  occupied  in  the  discharge  of  various  functions 
connected  with  the  endowment,  the  library,  or  the  chapel.  The 
junior  members,  or  Scholars,  were  engaged  in  studying  for  their 
University  Degrees:  they  shared  with  their  seniors  a  common 
refectory,  a  common  lodging,  and  a  common  chapel.  The  original 
purpose  has  been  somewhat  modified  by  subsequent  legislation. 
The  members  of  the  Foundation  no  longer  have  the  exclusive  use 
of  the  College  buildings :  a  large  proportion  of  the  Fellows  are 


INTRODUCTION.  3 

non-resident :  and  the  majority  of  persons  on  the  books  of  almost 
ever)-  College  are  *  Commoners '  (Commensales),  who  are  ad- 
mitted upon  payment  to  share  in  the  educational  and  social 
advantages  of  the  College,  but  who,  strictly  speaking,  are  not 
members  of  it  at  all. 

The  Halls,  i.e.  the  Public  Halls  of  the  University,  differ  from 
the  Colleges  chiefly  in  being  neither  incorporated  nor  endowed. 
They  have  preserved  their  original  character  as  institutions  in 
which  students  live  together  under  the  charge  of  a  Principal,  who 
is  responsible  for  both  their  discipline  and  their  instruction.  To 
several  of  them  Exhibitions  or  Scholarships  are  attached,  which 
are  held  in  trust  by  the  University  or  other  bodies. 

For  more  than  two  centuries  previous  to  1855  no  person  could 
be  a  member  of  the  University  unless  he  were  also  a  member  of 
a  College  or  Hall:  but  since  that  year  the  facilities  of  obtaining 
admission  have  been  widely  extended,  and  persons  may  now  be 
admitted  to  share  in  all  the  privileges  of  the  University  in  one  of 
three  other  capacities. 

1.  Under  a  Statute  passed,  in  pursuance  of  an  Act  of  Parlia- 
ment, in  1854,  any  Master  of  Arts  may,  subject  to  certain  con- 
ditions, obtain  a  licence  to  open  his  house  as  a  Private  Hall,  in 
which  he  can  receive  students  to  whom  he  acts  as  Tutor.     Of 
such  Private  Halls  there  is  at  present  one  (Charsley's  Hall). 

2.  Under  a  Statute  passed  in  1 868,  the  regulation  which  required 
i.ers  of  the  University  to  be  members  of  a  College  or  Hall, 

Public  or  Private,  was  repealed.     Any  person  may  now  become 

a  member  of  the  University  without  becoming  a  member  of  a 

College  or  Hall,  provided  that  he  satisfies  certain  disciplinary 

requirements.     Such  students  are  free,  within  certain  limits,  to 

M  their  own  lodging,  and  to  fix  their  own  rate  of  living.     No 

public  provision  is  made  for  their  instruction,  other  than  that 

to  all  members  of  the-    University  without  dis- 

ut  in  matters  of  discipline  they  arc  under  the  control 

of  a  board  entitled  the  '  Delegacy  of  Students  not  attached  to  any 

College  or  Hall.' 


4  INTRODUCTION. 

3.  Under  a  Statute  passed  in  1871,  New  Foundations  for  the 
purpose  of  academical  study  and  education  may  be  admitted, 
under  certain  conditions,  to  enjoy  the  privileges,  except  as  regards 
the  academical  status  of  their  Head,  which  are  possessed  by  the 
existing  Colleges  and  Public  Halls  of  the  University.  Of  such 
New  Foundations  there  is  at  present  one  (Keble  College):  it 
differs  from  the  older  Colleges  chiefly  in  having  as  its  governing 
body  a  Council  composed  of  persons  who  are  not  necessarily 
members  of  the  University  or  engaged  in  academical  pursuits. 

The  opportunities  of  obtaining  both  teaching  and  pecuniary 
help  are  so  numerous,  and  the  courses  of  study  which  are 
recognized  by  the  University  in  its  Examinations  are  so  various, 
that  it  is  impossible  to  give  any  brief  general  statement  of  the 
Academical  Curriculum.  It  may,  however,  be  useful  to  mention 
here  that  a  student  of  average  ability  can  obtain  the  degree  of 
B.  A.  in  a  period  of  about  two  years  and  eight  months  (see  p.  102), 
and  that  he  can  do  so,  with  economy,  as  a  resident  member  of  a 
College  or  Hall,  at  a  cost  not  exceeding  £300  (see  p.  169).  The 
following  pages  have  been  arranged  so  as  to  enable  each  student 
to  gather  for  himself  such  information  both  as  to  his  entrance 
into  and  his  conduct  while  resident  at  the  University,  as  he  may 
require  for  his  own  special  needs. 


CHAPTER    I. 

OF    ADMISSION,    RESIDENCE,   AND    DISCIPLINE. 
I.   OP  ADMISSION. 

IT  has  been  already  pointed  out  that  there  is  a  broad  dis- 
tinction between  the  University  on  the  one  hand,  and  the 
Colleges  and  Halls  on  the  other.  It  has  also  been  pointed  out 
that  the  regulation  which  required  every  member  of  the  Uni- 
versity to  be  also  a  member  of  a  College  or  Hall  no  longer 
exists.  A  student  may  thus  be  admitted  as  a  member  of  the 
University  in  one  of  two  capacities:  (i)  as  a  member  of  a 
College,  or  Hall,  or  New  Foundation ;  (2)  or  as  a  student  of 
the  University  '  unattached  to  any  College  or  Hall.' 

In  whatever  capacity  he  is  admitted  he  must  previously  have 
satisfied  certain  requirements. 

§  1.    Requirements  of  a  College  or  Hall. 

These  are  usually  of  three  kinds:  (i)  a  candidate  must 
obtain  permission  to  have  his  name  entered  on  the  books  of 
the  College  or  Hall ;  (2)  he  must  pass  a  certain  examination  ; 
(3)  he  must  pay  certain  fees. 

1.  APPLICATIONS  FOR  ADMISSION.— The  difficulty  of  satis- 
fying the  first  of  these  requirements  has  been  considerably 

ncd   by   the   repeal   of  the  statute   which   required    i 

Undergraduate  member  of  a  College  or   Hall  to  reside,  for 

three  years  at  least,  within  its  walls.     The  number  of  rooms 

graduates  being  limited,  the  number  of  ad- 

missions  was  limited  also:  and  a  candidate  li.nl  little  chance  of 

Ming  admission  to  one  of  the  more  distinguished  or 
popular  Colleges,  unless  notice   of  his   intention  to  become  a 


6  OF   ADMISSION   AND   RESIDENCE. 

candidate  for  admission  had  been  given  several  years  previous 
to  his  actual  residence.  But  although,  in  most  cases,  it  is  still 
desirable  that  such  notice  should  be  given  as  early  as  possible, 
yet  a  candidate  who  possesses  the  necessary  literary  qualifica- 
tions has  practically  no  difficulty  in  obtaining  admission,  even 
to  a  distinguished  College,  at  short  notice.  He  cannot,  how- 
ever, in  that  case  be  sure  of  obtaining  rooms  within  the  College 
walls,  since  the  vacant  rooms,  the  number  of  which  is  almost 
always  fewer  than  that  of  successful  candidates  for  admission, 
are  usually  offered  to  such  candidates  either  in  the  order  in 
which  their  names  have  been  previously  entered  on  the  books, 
or  in  the  order  of  merit  at  the  examination. 

As  soon,  therefore,  as  a  student  has  determined  to  enter  the 
University  as  a  member  of  a  College  or  Hall,  he  should  apply 
to  the  Head  of  the  College  or  Hall  upon  which  his  choice 
has  fallen.  Such  an  application  should  specify  (i)  the  exact 
names  and  age  of  the  Candidate,  (2)  the  date  at  which  he  wishes 
to  commence  residence,  (3)  the  name  and  address  of  his  parent 
or  guardian.  He  will  then,  if  he  is  accepted  as  a  candidate, 
receive  an  intimation  of  the  date  at  which  he  is  expected  to 
present  himself  for  examination.  He  will  usually  find  it  to  his 
advantage,  especially  if  he  be  a  Candidate  for  Honours,  to  arrange 
to  commence  residence  in  Michaelmas  Term. 

If  in  the  interval  between  the  application  for  admission  and 
the  date  of  the  examination  any  such  change  takes  place  in 
the  plans  of  a  candidate  as  involves  the  removal  of  his  name 
from  the  List  of  Applicants,  the  Head  of  the  College  or  Hall 
should  be  immediately  informed  of  it. 

At  the  following  Colleges  there  are  special  regulations  which 
either  modify  or  supplement  the  above  general  regulations,  viz. : — 

At  University  a  certain  number  of  vacancies  are  filled  up  by  open 
competition  at  the  Annual  Scholarship  Examination  in  Lent  Term : 
such  candidates  may  enter  their  names  up  to  the  day  of  Examination. 
Other  candidates  must  apply  in  the  usual  way  to  the  Master,  and  should 
do  so,  if  possible,  not  later  than  the  Term  preceding  that  in  which  they 
desire  to  commence  residence. 

At  Balliol  a  candidate  for  admission  is  required  to  signify  to  the 
Master,  at  the  time  of  application,  whether  he  wishes  to  reside  within 
the  College  walls  or  in  lodgings  out  of  College :  he  must  have  attained, 
his  fifteenth  birthday. 


OF   ADMISSION.  7 

At  Merton  the  Warden  will  receive  the  names  of  all  candidates  for 
admission  to  the  College  which  are  sent  to  him  previous  to  the  day 
which  is  fixed  for  the  Examination.  In  case  the  number  who  reach  the 
required  standard  exceeds  the  number  of  rooms  vacant,  rooms  will  be 
ncd  in  the  order  of  merit  in  the  Examination,  and  those  who  do 
not  obtain  rooms  can  reside  in  lodgings. 

At  Queen's  a  candidate  should  signify  to  the  Provost,  at  the  time  of 
application,  whether  he  wishes  to  reside  in  or  out  of  College. 

At  New  College  application  should  be  made  to  the  Warden  at  the 
a  fortnight  before  the  beginning  of  the  Examination.  A  proportion 
of  the  vacant  rooms  is  always  reserved  for  those  who  pass  the  best  Exami- 
nation, whether  their  names  have  been  on  the  Warden's  list  before  that 
date  or  not.  For  the  remainder  a  preference  is  given  to  those  who  have 
applied  first.  No  one  is  obliged  to  reside  in  College  unless  he  desires 
it ;  and  the  College  admits  to  reside  in  lodgings  as  many  as  reach  the 
required  standard  in  the  Examination,  if  their  parents  or  guardians  are 
willing  that  they  should  be  admitted  on  those  terms. 

At  Lincoln  letters  addressed  to  the  Rector  on  the  subject  of  Ad- 
mission should  have  the  word  'Admission'  inscribed  on  the  envelope. 
If  the  number  of  candidates  who  pass  a  satisfactory  Examination  exceed 
the  number  of  vacancies,  rooms  are  offered  in  the  order  of  merit  in  the 
Examination,  and  those  who  do  not  obtain  rooms  can  reside  in  lodgings. 

At  Corpus  applications  are  received  until  the  day  of  the  Examination. 
In  addition  to  the  ordinary  Matriculation  Examinations,  a  certain  number 
of  vacancies  are  filled  up  at  the  annual  Scholarship  Examination. 

Pembroke,  no  name  is  received  which  has  already  been  entered 
at  another  College. 

At  the  Halls  previous  notice,  although  always  desirable,  is  seldom 
necessary. 

2.   !  i  ION. —  The   Examination   is  usually   of  such   a 

character  as  to  satisfy  the  authorities  of  the  College  or  Hall 
that  the  candidate  is  likely  to  pass  the  Examinations  which  the 
UnivcrMty  requires  for  its  Degrees.  And  since  the  Examination 
called  '  Responsions'  (p.  no)  is  an  indispensable  preliminary  to 
all  Degrees  (except  Degrees  in  Music),  the  subjects  and  standard 
of  the  College  Examinations  before  admission  are  usually  those 
of  Responsions.  Some  Colleges,  however,  require  a  candidate 
i. it  he  is  likely  not  only  to  pass  the  University  Exami- 
nations, but  also  to  obtain  Honours  in  at  least  *ome  one  subject. 
•  •\\ing  are  the  special  regulations  of  the  several  Col- 
leges and  Halls : — 

At  University  \»  usually  held  in  the  Term 

previous  to  that  of  residence. 


8  OF   ADMISSION   AND   RESIDENCE. 

The  subjects  are  as  follows: — (i)  Two  Greek  plays;  or  One  Greek 
play,  and  an  equivalent  amount  of  Homer,  Thucydides,  or  Demosthenes. 
(2)  The  Georgics  of  Virgil,  or  any  four  books  of  the  JEneid,  or  an 
equivalent  amount  from  Horace,  Livy,  Cicero,  or  Tacitus.  (3)  Trans- 
lation from  English  into  Latin  Prose.  (4)  Grammar  and  Parsing. 
(5)  The  Gospels  and  Old  Testament  History.  (6)  Unseen  passages 
from  the  Greek  and  Latin  Authors  usually  read  in  the  highest  Forms  of 
Schools.  (7)  Euclid  Books  I  and  II,  and  Algebra  as  far  as  simple 
Equations  inclusive.  (8)  The  whole  of  Arithmetic,  as  given  in  the 
school  text-books  of  Colenso,  Barnard  Smith,  or  Todhunter. 

Candidates  are  invited  to  name  any  other  subject  to  which  they  may 
have  given  special  attention,  such  as  the  higher  Mathematics,  History, 
Physical  Science,  or  Modern  Languages. 

At  Balliol  the  Examination  is  usually  held  in  each  Term  on  the 
Friday  or  Saturday  of  the  week  in  which  the  College  meets  in  Lent 
Term  and  Easter  Term ;  and  on  the  first  Saturday  in  Michaelmas 
Term.  Candidates  are  expected  to  be  present  at  Nine  o'clock  A.M. 

The  subjects  are  as  follows: — (i)  Divinity,  including  the  Gospels  in 
Greek.  (2)  In  Greek,  Homer  and  some  Attic  author;  in  Latin,  Virgil, 
Cicero,  or  Livy ; — at  the  discretion  of  the  Examiners.  (3)  Translation 
from  English  into  Latin  Prose.  (4)  Questions  in  Greek  and  Latin 
Grammar.  (5)  English  Composition.  (6)  Euclid,  Books  I  and  II ; 
or  the  first  part  of  Algebra.  (7)  Arithmetic,  as  far  as  Decimals, 
inclusive. 

Candidates  may  also  be  examined,  if  they  please,  in  other  subjects, 
such  as  History,  Composition  in  Modern  Languages,  and  the  more 
advanced  parts  of  Mathematics.  Proficiency  in  these  will  be  accepted 
as  compensation  for  some  degree  of  failure  in  classical  attainments,  pro- 
vided there  be  reason  to  suppose  that  the  Candidate  will  be  able  to  pass 
the  University  Examinations. 

At  Merton  the  Examination  is  held  three  times  in  the  year,  viz.  on 
the  last  Wednesday  in  November,  February,  and  May,  at  Ten  o'clock  A.M. 

The  subjects  are  as  follows: — (i)  Latin  Prose  Composition.  (2) 
Translation  from  Latin.  (3)  Arithmetic.  (4)  Euclid,  Books  I  and 
II;  or  Elementary  Algebra.  (5)  Viva  voce  examination  in  portions  of 
one  Greek  and  one  Latin  author:  the  following  are  recommended — 
Euripides,  Hecuba  and  Alcestis.  Virgil,  JEneid  I — V. 

The  candidate  may  also  offer  for  special  examination  any  portion  of 
any  of  the  subjects  recognized  by  the  University  Examinations. 

At  Exeter  the  Examination  is  held  at  least  once  in  each  Term. 

The  subjects  are  as  follows: — (i)  Two  Greek  Plays  by  the  same 
author:  the  Medea  and  Hecuba  of  Euripides,  or  the  CEdipus  Rex  and 
Antigone  of  Sophocles,  preferred.  (2)  Horace,  three  books  of  the 
Odes,  and  the  Ars  Poetica. — Special  leave  must  be  obtained,  if  the 
candidates  wish  to  substitute  any  other  books.  (3)  Arithmetic.  (4) 
Euclid,  Books  I  and  II;  or  Algebra,  to  simple  equations  inclusive.  (5) 
Latin  Prose  Composition.  (6)  The  Outline  of  Scripture  History. 

\Veight  will  be  given  to  any  additional  books  or  special  subjects  in 


OF   ADMISSION.  9 

which  Candidates  may  desire  to  be  examined.     The  Examination  is  not 
competitive,  but  candidates  are  not  allowed  to  matriculate  who  do  not 
:.::ers  that,  with  due  diligence,  they  will  be  able  to  pass 
iminations. 

At  Oriel  the  Examination  is  usually  held  at  the  beginning  of  each 
Term.  Th  are  the  same  as  those  which  are  required  by  the 

Unhv  ixmsions.  with  the  addition  of  easy  translation  papers 

from  Greek  and  Latin  Authors  which  have  not  been  specially  prepared. 

Queen's  the  Examination  (for  residence  in  the  following  Term) 
is  ordinarily  held  (i)  on  the  day  after  Ash-Wednesday,  (2)  on  the 
Thursday  after  Ascension  Day,  (3)  on  the  second  Thursday  in 
November.  Supplementary  Examinations  are  held,  when  required,  on 
the  Thursday  before  the  beginning  of  each  Term. 

The  subjects  are  as  follows : — (i)  Greek  and  Latin  Grammar.  (2) 
Translations  from  English  into  Latin  Prose.  (3)  Greek  Books : — The 
Hecuba  and  Alcestis  of  Euripides.  Latin  Books  : — Virgil's  JEueid  I — V. 
Or  some  equivalent  Latin  and  Greek  Books.  The  easiest  to  offer  are 
four  books  of  Caesar  and  four  books  of  Xenophon.  Candidates  are 
recommended  not  to  offer  Cicero  or  Homer.  (4)  Arithmetic ;  and  Euclid, 
Books  I  and  II ;  or  Algebra,  as  far  as  Simple  Equations  inclusive. 

At  New  College  the  Examination  is  ordinarily  held  only  once  a  year, 
about  Easter :  residence  usually  commences  in  the  following  October, 
but  those  who  wish  to  offer  themselves  for  Responsions  in  Act  Term 
may  do  so.  The  Examination  is  directed  to  ascertain  that  Candidates 
for  admission  have  a  reasonable  prospect  (i)  of  passing  all  the  necessary 
inations  of  the  University  ;  (2)  of  reading  with  profit  to  themselves 
for  Honours  in  some  one  school. 

The  Examination  consists  partly  of  necessary,  partly  of  optional  subjects. 

The  necessary  subjects  are: — (i)  Divinity,  including  the  Gospels  in 

Greek   (except  for  those  who  can  claim  exemption,  according  to  the 

es  of  the    '  .   from    Divinity  Examinations:    see  below, 

pp.  114,  i-  'assages  for   translation   from   the  Classical 

Authors  usually  read  in  schools:  at  the  discretion  of  the  Examiners. 

..lion  from  Engli>h  into  Latin  Prose.      (4)  Greek  and  Latin 

i.uclid.   Hooks   I  and  II;    or,   for  those  who  prefer  it, 

Algebra  as  far  as    Simple   Equations  inclusive.      (6)  Arithmetic.     (7) 

/.ion. 

nal  subjects  are: — (i)  Greek  and  Latin  Languages.      (2) 
;,)  Mathematics.     (4)  Natural  Science. 

rlidates  who  offer  //.  ud  to  select  one  or  more 

nt  or  Moo  I  r.  a>  the  follmv- 

.;  the  fifth  cei.tury  !'..('.      From  .4;,:   i 

v  :   To   tin-   u.-l    of  the 
11   of  C.  Gracchus.     Dining 

the  i 

c  to  the  Accession  of  Loi:i     \l      Undo   tbe 
-y:  During  the  fourteenth  a 


IO  OF   ADMISSION   AND   RESIDENCE. 

A  general  Histoiy  Paper  will  also  be  set  at  the  discretion  of  the 
Examiners. 

Candidates  offering  Mathematics  are  requested  to  state  how  much  they 
have  read  in  that  subject. 

Candidates  offering  Natural  Science  are  requested  to  select  one  or 
more  of  the  following  subjects :  Physics,  Chemistry,  Physiology. 

Proficiency  in  any  one  of  the  optional  subjects  will  be  accepted  as 
compensation  for  defective  knowledge  of  the  necessary  subjects,  pro- 
vided there  be  reason  to  believe  that  the  candidate  will  be  able  to  pass 
Responsions  within  the  first  two  Terms  of  his  residence. 

At  Lincoln  the  Examination  is  held  three  times  a  year,  on  the 
first  Saturday  in  each  Term.  The  subjects  are  the  same  as  are  required 
at  Responsions. 

At  Magdalen  the  Examination  is  usually  held  at  the  end  of  each 
Term  and  also  at  the  beginning  of  Michaelmas  Term.  The  subjects  are 
the  same  as  are  required  at  Responsions. 

At  Brasenose  the  Examination  is  held  at  the  end  of  Michaelmas 
and  Hilary  Terms,  and  in  \Vhitsun  week.  The  subjects  are  the  same 
in  kind  as  are  required  at  Responsions,  with  the  addition  of  the  Rudi- 
ments of  Religious  Knowledge. 

At  Corpus  the  subjects  of  the  ordinary  Matriculation  Examination 
are  as  follows :  —  ( i )  Translation  from  English  into  Latin  Prose. 

(2)  Translation  into  English  of  an  unprepared  passage  of  Attic  Greek. 

(3)  Some  portion  of  a  Greek  and  of  a   Jvatin   Book  (selected  by  the 
candidate),  with  Parsing  and  General  Questions  on  Greek  and  Latin 
Grammar.     (4)  Arithmetic,  including  Vulgar  and  Decimal    Fractions, 
and    Interest.      (5)  Euclid,  Books    I   and  II ;    or  Algebra  to  Simple 
Equations.     Candidates  may  also  be  examined,  if  they  desire  it  (notice 
being  given  to  the  President  not  less  than  fourteen  days  before  the 
day  of  Examination),  in  other  subjects,  such  as  History,  English  Com- 
position,  Natural  Science,  and   Higher  Mathematics:   and  proficiency 
in  such  subjects  will  be  accepted  as  compensation  for  some  inferiority 
in  Classics,  provided  there  be  reason   to   suppose  that  the  candidate 
will  be  able  to  pass  the  necessary  University  Examinations. 

At  Christ  Church  the  Examination  is  held  twice  in  the  year: — (i) 
On  the  Thursday  and  Friday  after  the  loth  of  October,  with  a  view  to 
residence  in  the  January  following.  [If  the  icth  of  October  be  Thurs- 
day, the  Examination  will  begin  on  that  day;  but  if  the  loth  of  October 
be  Friday,  the  Examination  will  begin  on  the  i6th  of  October.]  (2)  On 
the  Wednesday  and  Thursday  in  the  third  week  before  the  Com- 
memoration, with  a  view  to  residence  in  the  October  following. 
Candidates  must  call  on  the  Dean  at  1.30.  P.M.  on  the  first  of  the 
two  days. 

The  subjects  of  Examination  are  the  same  as  are  required  for 
Responsions,  viz.: — (i)  Euripides,  Alcestis  and  Hecuba,  or  Homer, 
Iliad  I — V,  or  an  equivalent  quantity  from  some  other  Greek  Author. 
(2)  Virgil,  JEneid,  I — V,  or  Horace,  Odes  I — III  and  Ars  Poetica, 
or  an  equivalent  quantity  from  some  other  Latin  Author.  (3)  Latin 


OF   ADMISSI  II 

Prose  Composition.  (4)  Latin  and  Greek  Grammar.  (5)  Arithmetic. 
(6)  The  first  t\vo  books  of  Euclid,  or  Algebra  to  Simple  Equations 
inclusively. 

At  Trinity,  candidates  for  residence  in  October  are  usually  examined 
in  the  May  preceding,  and  candidates  for  residence  in  January  in  the 
nber'preceding.  The  subjects  are: — (i)  Translation  from  English 
into  I-atin  prose.  (2)  Translation  of  a  passage  of  unprepared  Greek 
into  English.  (3)  Two  plays  of  Sophocles,  prepared.  (4)  Five  books 
of  the  /Eneid,  prepared.  (5)  Arithmetic.  (6)  Euclid  I,  II,  or  the  first 
part  of  Algebra,  For  (3)  and  (4)  equivalents  may,  by  permission,  be 
offered. 

At  St.  John's  the  Examination  is  held  at  the  beginning  of  every  Term, 

and  before  the  Long  Vacation.     The   subjects   are : — (i)  Latin   Prose 

composition.      (2)     Greek    and    Latin    Grammar.      (3)     Arithmetic. 

uclid,  I ,  II.     (5)    Euripides,  Hecuba  and  Alcestis.     (6)    Virgil, 

i'l,  I  to  V,  or  equivalents. 

At  Jesus  the  Examination   includes   the  Writing   of  Latin    Prose, 
.ions    in    Greek    and   Latin    Grammar,    Arithmetic,   Elementary 
Algebra,   or  two  books   of  Euclid.     Candidates   are   also   usually  ex- 
amined in  the  Hecuba  and  Medea  of  Euripides,  and  in  three  books  of 
the  Odes  of  Horace. 

At  Wadham  the  Examination  is  held  in  the  latter  part  of  each  Term, 
and  also  at  the  beginning  of  Michaelmas  Term. 

The  subjects  are  :— ( i )  One  Greek  and  one  Latin  Author,  chosen  by 
the  Candidate,  such  as — Two  plays  of  Sophocles  or  Euripides,  or  Five 
Books  of  Homer.  The  Georgics  of  Virgil,  or  Five  Books  of  the  /Enc-id, 
or  Horace,  Odes,  Books  I-III,  with  the  Ars  Poetica  or  portions  of  other 
Classical  Authors  of  like  quantity.  (2)  Latin  Prose  Composition. 
(3)  Greek  and  Latin  Grammar.  (4)  Arithmetic.  (5)  Euclid,  Books 
1  1 1 .  or  Algebra  as  far  as  Simple  Equations.  (6)  The  matter  of  the 
Gospels. 

At  Pembroke,  the  Examination  is  usually  held  on  the  day  before  the 
commencement  of  the  Term  in  which  the  candidate  proposes  to  reside. 
The  subjects  are  the  same  as  are  required  at  Kesponsions. 

Worcester  the  Examination  is  held  at  the  beginning  and  end  of 

:ire: — (i)  The  He<uki  and  Alcrstis  of  Kmi- 

QCC  to  the  Pai.Mng  and  Grammar  generally. 

uicitia  and  de  Scnectutc.    (3)  Translation  from  Kngh-h 

(4)  Colenso's  Arithmetic  to  the  end  of  Square  Root. 

lea   I,    II,   or  Cu!  <  bia   to  the  end  of  Simple 

A  further  examination  in  English,  French,  or  German  is  optional. 

<hc  Halls  candidates  are  usualK  fy  the  I'n 

that   they  are    likely  to   j.r  i  \aniinntioiis    within    a 

remsoi.  :  of  time,  but  there  are  no  fixed  subjects  of  examination. 


12  OF   ADMISSION   AND   RESIDENCE. 

At  Keble  the  Examination  is  usually  held  in  October.  The  subjects 
are:  —  (i)  Euripides,  Hecuba  and  Medea,  or  Sophocles,  Ajax  and 
Electra.  (2)  Virgil,  the  Georgics,  or  Horace,  Odes  I-III,  with  the  Ars 
Poetica.  (3)  Euclid,  or  Algebra.  (4)  Arithmetic.  (5)  Greek  and  Latin 
Grammar. 

Candidates  to  whom  rooms  have  been  promised  receive  them  upon 
condition  of  coming  up  to  the  College  standard  in  the  Matriculation 
Examination  ;  but,  in  exceptional  cases,  persons  who  have  applied  too 
late  to  receive  a  promise  of  rooms  are  allowed  to  offer  themselves  on  the 
chance  of  being  selected  by  the  Warden  to  fill  such  extra  vacancies  as 
may  fall  in. 

3.  FEES.  The  sums  payable  to  a  College  or  Hall  on  admission 
usually  consist  of  (i)  an  admission-fee,  (2)  caution-money.  Both 
these  sums  vary  in  amount  at  different  Colleges ;  the  latter  is 
,a  deposit  which  is  held  by  the  College  or  Hall  as  a  guarantee 
against  possible  loss,  and  is  not  required  when,  as  at  New  Col- 
lege, St.  Mary  Hall,  St.  Edmund  Hall,  and  Keble  College,  the 
battels  are,  or  may  be,  paid  either  weekly,  or  terminally  in 
advance :  it  is  always  returned  when  the  name  is  removed  from 
the  College  books,  and  sometimes  at  an  earlier  period.  The 
sums  payable  under  both  the  above-mentioned  heads,  and  also 
the  regulations  as  to  the  return  of  the  caution-money,  are  speci- 
fied on  p.  174. 


§  2.    Requirements  of  the  Delegates  of  Unattached 
Students. 

Persons  who  desire  to  be  admitted  to  the  University  without 
becoming  members  of  a  College  or  Hall  must  apply  to  the 
Delegates  of  Unattached  Students,  who  are  bound  to  satisfy 
themselves  that  the  candidates  are  of  good  character,  that 
(unless  they  are  of  mature  age)  they  have  the  consent  of  their 
parents  or  guardians  to  their  living  in  lodgings,  and  that  they 
are  likely  to  derive  educational  advantage  from  becoming 
matriculated  members  of  the  University. 

The  Censors  hold  an  examination  of  such  candidates  at  the 
beginning  of  every  Term. 

The  subjects  of  the  ordinary  examination  are  : — 

(i)  Three  Books  of  Homer,  or  One  Greek  Play.     (Can- 
didates are  advised  to  offer  either  the  Hecuba  or  the 


OF  ADMISSION.  13 

Alcestis  of  Euripides;  or  Homer,  Odyssey  VI-VIII, 
as  these  are  the  most  useful  books.) 

(2)  Three  Books  of  Virgil's  JEneid,  or  Three  Books  of  the 

Odes  of  Horace. 

(3)  Translation  from  English  into  Latin. 

(4)  The  elements  of  Greek  and  Latin  Grammar. 

(5)  Arithmetic,   including   Fractions,   Decimals,   and   Pro- 

portion. 

(6)  Euclid,  Books  I  and  II,  or  Algebra,  the  first  four  Rules, 

Fractious,  and  Simple  Equations. 

In  case  any  person  desires  to  become  a  student  without  pass- 
ing the  above  examination,  he  must  apply  to  the  Censors,  stating 
the  reasons  why  he  wishes  to  enter  the  University,  the  course  of 
studies  he  proposes  to  follow,  and  the  subject  or  subjects  in  which 
he  offers  himself  for  examination.  If  his  statement  satisfies  the 
Delegacy,  he  will  be  excused  the  above  ordinary  examination. 

Each  candidate  must  forward  to  the  Censors,  at  the  Old 
Clarendon  Building,  Broad  Street,  Oxford,  at  least  one  week 
before  the  day  appointed  for  the  examination, 

(1)  A  testimonial  of  good  conduct  and  character; 

(2)  A  certificate  of  his  parents'  or  guardians'  consent  to  his 

living  in  lodgings,  or  of  his  being  of  age. 

When  a  candidate  has  satisfied  the  Delegates  in  the  examina- 
tion, and  has  paid  the  fees  specified  on  p.  184,  he  is  matriculated 
by  the  Vice-Chancellor. 


§  3.    Matriculation. 

When   a  student  has  satisfied  either  of  these   two  sets  of 

requirements,   he    is   eligible    to    be    presented    to    the   Vice- 

Chancellor  for  formal  enrolment  on  the  Register  (Matricula)  of 

the  University.     This  enrolment,  which  must  take  place  within  a 

fortnight  of  his  being  entered  on  the  books  of  a  College  or  Hall. 

lied   Matriculation.     Until   it   has    taken   place,    a   student, 

although  he  may  be  a  member  of  a  College  or  Hall,  is  not  a 

r  of  the  University. 

At  '  which  must  be  within  a  fortnight 

admission  as  a  member  of  a  College  or  Hall,  or  in  any  other 


14  OF   ADMISSION   AND   RESIDENCE. 

capacity,  the  persons  to  be  matriculated  are  taken  in  their  proper 
academical  dress  to  the  Vice-Chancellor.  They  write  their 
names,  in  Latin,  in  a  Register.  They  pay  the  requisite  fees. 
They  are  then  addressed  in  a  short  Latin  formula  by  the  Vice- 
Chancellor,  and  receive  from  him  a  certificate  of  Matriculation, 
together  with  a  copy  of  the  Statutes  of  the  University.  From 
this  time  they  enjoy  all  the  privileges  of  Undergraduate  members 
of  the  University,  and  are  at  the  same  time  amenable  to  Univer- 
sity discipline. 

The  fees  payable  to  the  University  on  Matriculation  are  specified 
on  p.  171. 

§  4.     Re-admission  and  Migration. 

No  person  in  statu pupillari  (i.e.  who  has  not  taken  the  degree 
of  M.A.,  B.C.L.,  B.M.,  or  one  of  the  superior  degrees)  whose  name 
has  been  removed  from  the  books  of  a  College  or  Hall,  or  from 
the  Register  of  Unattached  Students,  can  be  re-admitted  to  the 
same  or  any  other  College  or  Hall,  or  migrate  to  another  College 
or  Hall,  or  become  an  Unattached  Student,  except  under  the 
following  conditions : — 

1.  If  his  name  has  been   removed   in   any  other  way  than 
that  of  expulsion,  he  must  produce  a  certificate  signed  by  the 
Proctors  that  notice  has  been  received  by  them  of  his  intention 
to  apply  for  leave  to  be  re-admitted,  or  to  migrate,  together  with 
a  written  permission  and  written  testimonial  of  good  character 
from  the  College  or  Hall  to  which  he  belongs,  or  last  belonged, 
or  from  the  Censors  of  Unattached  Students.     In  case  of  such 
permission  or  testimonial  being  refused,  the  Chancellor  of  the 
University  may,  if  he  think  fit,  grant  his  consent  in  writing  for 
such  re-admission  or  migration. 

2.  If  he  has  been  absent  from  the  University  for  at  least  one 
year,  the  certificate  referred  to  in  the  preceding  paragraph  is 
dispensed  with. 

3.  If  he  has  been  expelled  by  the  authorities  of  a  College  or 
Hall,  or  by  the  Delegates  of  Unattached  Students,  he  cannot 
be  re-admitted  unless  the  Chancellor  of  the  University  has  heard 
the  case,  and  given  his  consent  in  writing  for  his  re-admission. 


OF   RESIDENCE.  1 5 


II.     OF  RESIDENCE. 

member  of  the  University  is  eligible  for  any  degree  in 
ordinary  course  (except  a  degree  in  Music)  until  he  has  resided, 
under  certain  conditions,  within  the  limits  of  the  University. 
These  conditions  affect  (i)  the  time,  (2)  the  place  of  residence. 


§  1.     Of  the  Time  of  Residence. 

The  academical   year  is  divided   into   four  Terms:     Hilary 
(or  Lent)  Term,  which  begins  on  January  14  and  ends  on  the 
day  before   Palm-Sunday;    Easter  Term,  which  begins  on  the 
•icsday  in  Easter-week  and  ends  on  the  Friday  before  Whit- 
Sunday  ;  Trinity  (or  Act)  Term,  which  begins  on  the  Saturday 
before  Whit- Sunday  and  ends  on  the  Saturday  after  the  first 
Tuesday   in  July ;    and    Michaelmas  Term,   which    begins   on 
October  10  and  ends  on  December  17.     All  residence,  to  be 
recognized  as  such,  must  take  place  within  the  limits  of  these 
Terms :  but  it  is  so  far  from  being  necessary  to  reside  during 
the   whole  of  these  Terms,  that,  whereas  they  occupy  on  the 
average  about  thirty-four  weeks,  the  requirements  of  the  Uni- 
v  may  be  satisfied  by  a  residence  of  eighteen  weeks  in  the 
year ;  that  is  to  say,  it  is  sufficient  for  an  Undergraduate  to  reside 
for  forty-two  days  (not  necessarily  consecutive  days)  in  the  course 
of  Hilary  Term,  or  for  the  same  length  of  time  in  the  course  of 
Michaelmas  Term,  and  for  twenty-one   days  in  the  course  of 
rm,  or  for  the  same  length  of  time  in  the  course  of 
Trinity  Term.  In  the  case  of  Hilary  and  Michaelmas  Terms  these 
days  of  residence  must  fall  wholly  within   the  Term  for  which 
•tinted;  a  deficiency  of  even   one  day  out  of  the 
-two  cannot   be   compensated  for   by  any  amount  of  rrsi- 
.Tiother  Term.  But  since  Kaster  and  Trinity  Terms  have 

itinuous,  a  :  of  forty-eight  days  in  tin 

Terms  conjointly,  in   \\1  .ire   distributed 

rms,  is  accepted  as  equivalent  to  a 
i  m  separately. 


l6  OF   ADMISSION   AND   RESIDENCE. 

Terms  of  residence  need  not  be  consecutive ;  they  may,  as 
far  as  the  University  is  concerned,  be  distributed  over  any 
number  of  years.  Sometimes  a  break  in  the  regular  sequence  of 
Terms  of  residence  is  caused  by  illness;  and  sometimes  also 
students  of  limited  means  reside  for  one  or  two  Terms  only  in  the 
course  of  a  year,  occupying  the  remainder  of  their  time  in  busi- 
ness or  tuition.  As  the  same  total  number  of  Terms  of  residence 
is  required  from  all  alike,  this  latter  course  postpones  the  ob- 
taining of  a  degree  :  but  it  should  be  borne  in  mind  as  a  possible 
alternative,  by  those  who,  for  whatever  reason,  find  continuous 
residence  impossible. 

Note. — It  is  necessary  to  draw  a  distinction  between  Terms  of  Resi- 
dence and  Terms  of  Standing.  The  latter  are  those  Terms  during  which 
a  member  of  the  University,  whether  resident  or  not,  has  kept  his  name 
on  the  books  of  a  College  or  Hall,  or  on  the  list  of  Unattached  Students, 
and  has  paid  his  terminal  fees.  The  former  are  those  Terms  in  which, 
in  addition  to  this,  he  has  resided  in  the  manner  and  for  the  length  of 
time  mentioned  above.  In  the  public  Examinations  of  the  University, 
Terms  of  Standing,  for  the  degree  of  B.A.,  Terms  of  Residence,  are  alone 
taken  into  account. 

These  general  regulations  of  the  University  are  supplemented 
by  the  regulations  of  the  several  Colleges  and  Halls,  and  of  the 
Delegates  of  Unattached  Students.  As  a  rule,  Undergraduates 
are  required  to  commence  their  residence  in  each  Term  on  a 
particular  day,  and  to  reside  for  two  or  three  weeks  longer  than 
would  satisfy  the  bare  requirements  of  the  University.  They  cannot 
come  or  go  altogether  as  they  please ;  and  although  permission 
either  to  commence  or  to  discontinue  residence  at  other  than  the 
appointed  time  is  never  refused  in  cases  of  urgency,  yet  such 
permission  has  to  be  obtained  beforehand  from  the  proper 
authorities.  The  day  on  which  the  Undergraduate  members  of 
each  College  or  Hall  are  expected  to  commence  residence  is 
usually  notified  in  the  University  Gazette. 

As  a  rule,  residence  in  vacations  is  discouraged,  and  sometimes 
prohibited :  but  in  the  Easter  Vacation,  and  during  the  last  four 
or  five  weeks  of  the  Long  Vacation,  permission  to  reside  is  not 
unfrequently  given  to  those  who  intend  to  become  candidates  for 
one  of  the  ensuing  University  Examinations.  Residence  without 
permission,  whether  in  college  or  in  lodgings,  is  a  punishable 
offence. 


OF   RESIDENCE.  I/ 


§  2.     Of  the  Place  of  Residence. 

i.  REGULATIONS  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY. 

An  Undergraduate  must  reside  not  only  within  the  limits  of 
the  University,  but  also  in  one  of  the  recognized  places  of  resi- 
dence ;  that  is  to  say,  he  must  reside  either — 

(i)  Within  the  gates  of  a  College  or  Hall  (public  or  private), 

or  of  one  of  their  annexed  buildings  : 

/  Or  in   lodgings  which  have  been  licensed  by,  and  which 
are  under  the  supervision  of,  the  Delegates  of  Lodging- 
houses. 
(3)  Or,  under  special  circumstances,  at  the  discretion  of  the 

Delegates,  in  an  unlicensed  house. 

For  residence  in  a  College  or  Hall  no  other  consent  is  neces- 
sary than  that  of  the  authorities  of  the  College  or  Hall,  but  in  the 
two  other  cases,  an  Undergraduate,  of  whatever  standing,  must 
obtain  the  permission  of  the  Delegates  of  Lodging-houses.  If 
he  takes  up  his  residence,  even  in  licensed  lodgings,  without  such 
permission,  he  forfeits  the  privileges  of  the  University  for  the 
time  during  which  such  residence  continues ;  and  if  he  persists  in 
such  residence  after  having  been  cautioned  by  the  Delegates,  he 
is  rusticated  by  the  Vice-Chancellor. 

The  necessary  permission  is  given  under  the  following  con- 
ditions : — 

(1)  Undergraduates,  whether  they  are  or  are  not  attached  to 
a  College  or  Hall,  must  have  the  consent  of  their  parents  or 
guardians,  unless  («)  they  are  twenty-one  years  of  age,  (£)  or 
have    resided    twelve  Terms  within    the    University;    in  either 
of  which  cases  such  consent  is  dispensed  with. 

(2)  Undergraduates  who  are  members  of  a  College  or  Hall 

usent  of  their  College  or  Hall. 

The  consent  both  of  the  parents  or  guardians,  and  of  the 
College  or  Hall.  signified  to  the  the  Head 

.1!,  and  must  be  accompanied  by  a  certificate 
of  good  characf 

Practically,  an   Under)/  is  but  little  difficulty   in  the 

matti  <  nee   to   k  refused  to 


1 8  OF   ADMISSION   AND   RESIDENCE. 

respectable  person  ;  nor  is  a  licence  to  reside  in  lodgings  ever 
refused  by  the  Delegates  to  a  student  of  good  character.  A 
student  of  mature  age  can  usually  obtain  permission  to  reside 
where  he  pleases ;  and  a  like  permission  may  be  granted  by  the 
Delegates,  under  special  circumstances,  to  students  who  are  not 
of  mature  age ;  e.  g.  they  may  obtain  permission  to  reside  with 
their  parents  or  their  tutor. 

A  list  of  licensed  lodgings,  with  the  prices  of  the  several  sets 
of  rooms  annexed,  is  printed  every  year,  and  may  be  seen  at  the 
office  of  the  Delegates  of  Lodging-houses.  The  prices  vary  from 
yj.  to  65*.  per  week.  In  order,  as  far  as  possible,  to  prevent 
misunderstanding,  a  form  of  agreement  between  lodging-house 
keepers  and  their  tenants  has  been  sanctioned  by  the  University, 
and  must  be  signed  by  both  parties  when  lodgings  are  taken. 

2.  REGULATIONS  OF  COLLEGES  AND  HALLS. 

A  student  who  is  unattached  to  any  College  or  Hall  has  not  to 
satisfy  any  other  requirements  in  respect  of  the  place  of  his 
residence  than  those  which  have  been  mentioned  above ;  but  a 
member  of  a  College  or  Hall  must  also  satisfy  the  requirements 
of  his  College  or  Hall.  Most  Colleges  and  Halls  prefer  that 
their  Undergraduates  should  complete  their  necessary  residence 
within  the  College  walls,  but  some  Colleges  give  an  absolute 
option  in  the  matter,  and  almost  all  allow  residence  outside  the 
College  walls  under  special  circumstances.  After  the  completion 
of  twelve,  and  in  some  cases  of  eight,  Terms'  residence  within 
the  College  walls,  Undergraduates  are  usually  required  to  remove 
into  lodgings,  except  in  the  case  of  Scholars  upon  the  foundation, 
who  have  usually  the  option  of  retaining  their  rooms  in  College. 
Those  who  reside  outside  the  walls  of  their  College  or  Hall  are 
subject  to  various  rules,  of  which  the  most  important  are  sub- 
joined. (The  rules  in  respect  to  payments  and  exemptions 
from  payments  will  be  found  in  Chapter  V.) 

At  University,  special  permission  must  be  obtained  for  residence  in 
lodgings  before  the  completion  of  twelve  Terms'  residence. 

At  Balliol,  Undergraduates  may  choose  before  admission,  subject  to 
the  necessary  limitation  of  the  number  of  vacant  rooms  in  College,  to 
reside  either  in  College  or  in  lodgings.  Those  who  reside  in  lodgings 


OF   RESIDENCE.  19 

may  either  battel  in  College,  or  be  wholly  independent  of  the  College  in 
respect  of  their  meals.  In  the  latter  case  they  may  still,  at  their  option, 
on  giving  notice  to  the  manciple,  dine  in  the  College  hall. 

Merton.  Undergraduates  are  permitted  to  reside  in  lodgings  during 
their  entire  course.  They  are  not  obliged  to  battel  in  College,  but  rue 
allowed  to  do  so  either  partially  or  entirely. 

At  Exeter,  Undergraduates,  at  the  request  of  their  parents  or 
guardians,  are  allowed  to  reside  in  lodgings  during  their  whole  course. 
As  a  rule,  all  Undergraduates  are  required  to  go  into  lodgings  after 
twelve  Teams'  residence. 

Oriel,  Undergraduates,  whether  Commoners  or  Scholars,  may, 
with  the  permission  of  the  College,  reside  in  lodgings  during  their  entire 
course. 

A  i  Queen's,  Undergraduates  may,  with  the  consent,  if  they  are  under 
age,  of  their  parents  or  guardians,  obtain  the  leave  of  the  College  to 
reside  in  lodgings  during  their  whole  course.  In  ordinary  cases,  how- 
ever, the  College  discourages  parents  and  guardians  from  exposing  young 
men  at  the  outset  of  their  University  course  to  the  additional  risks  in- 
volved in  residence  in  lodgings.  As  a  rule,  Scholars  and  Exhibitioners 
may  be  required  to  go  out  of  College  after  twelve  Terms',  Commoners 
after  eight  Terms',  residence.  Residents,  whether  in  or  out  of  College, 
are  allowed  complete  freedom  in  regulating  their  own  expenses  with 
reference  to  their  meals. 

New  College,  Commoners,  whose  parents  or  guardians  desire  it, 
are  admitted  to  reside  in  lodgings  during  their  whole  term  of  residence. 
They  are  under  no  obligation  to  battel  in  College,  but  will  be  allowed 
to  do  so,  either  partially  or  entirely,  at  the  discretion  of  the  College. 

Lincoln,  special  leave  must  be  obtained  for  residence  in  lodgings 
before  the  completion  of  twelve  Terms'  residence.  Those  who  are 
allowed  to  reside  in  lodgings  may  further  obtain  leave  either  to  battel 
wholly  out  of  College,  or  to  dine  only  in  College,  at  their  option. 

At  Magdalen,  both  Commoners  and  Foundationers  can  obtain  leave 
to  reside  in  lodgings  at  any  part  of  their  course.  Foundationers  are 
usually  allowed  to  occupy  rooms  in  College  until  they  have  taken  the 

of  B.A.,  or  have  ceased  to  be  Foundationers.  Commoners  go 
out  of  College  after  eight  Terms'  residence. 

Brosenose,  Undergraduates  of  less  than  twelve  Terms'  standing  may 

permission  to  reside  in  lodgings;  but,  as  a  rule,  all  Undcrgradu.r.ts 

,uired  to  battel  in  College. 

Corpua,  Commoners  may  be  admitted  either  (i)  to  reside  in 
College  for  a  period  not  exceeding  twelve  Terms  from  matricul.r 

to  reside  in  lodgings  but  dine  in  the  College  hall  and  have  other 

brought  fi  .'.nd  battel  wholly  out 

of  College,  but  attend  the  College  chapel  and  lecti: 

''hrist  Church,  I  ling 

are  allowed  :ily  in  special  cases.     All  I 

tcs  in  resid 

C  a 


20  OF   ADMISSION   AND   RESIDENCE. 

At  Trinity,  a  limited  number  of  Undergraduates  are  allowed  to  reside 
in  lodgings  until  they  can  be  admitted  into  College. 

At  St.  John's,  Undergraduates,  whose  parents  or  guardians  desire  it, 
are  allowed  to  reside  in  lodgings  during  their  whole  course.  All  Under- 
graduates are  required  to  go  into  lodgings  after  twelve  Terms'  residence. 

At  Wadham,  Undergraduates  may,  under  special  circumstances,  ob- 
tain permission  to  reside  in  lodgings  during  their  whole  course. 

At  Pembroke,  Undergraduates  are  allowed,  under  special  circum- 
stances, to  reside  out  of  College,  on  condition  of  their  attending  the 
College  Lectures,  and,  unless  specially  exempted,  of  their  batteling  in 
College  and  attending  the  College  Chapel. 

At  "Worcester,  Undergraduates,  under  special  circumstances,  are 
allowed  to  reside  in  lodgings  during  their  whole  course.  All  Com- 
moners, but  not  Scholars,  go  out  of  College,  unless  they  obtain  special 
permission  to  remain  in,  after  twelve  Terms'  residence. 

At  St.  Mary  Hall,  Undergraduates  may  reside  either  in  Hall  or  in 
lodgings,  and  may  battel  either  wholly  or  partially  in  Hall.  All  Under- 
graduates, as  a  rule,  except  the  Dyke  Scholars,  go  into  lodgings  after 
eight  Terms'  residence  in  Hall. 

At  St.  Edmund  Hall,  Undergraduates  may,  subject  to  the  consent 
of  their  parents,  reside  in  lodgings  during  their  whole  course.  Those 
who  do  so  are  not  required  to  battel  in  Hall,  but  may  do  so  to  whatever 
extent  they  think  proper. 

At  St.  Alban  Hall,  Undergraduates  may  obtain  leave  from  the  Prin- 
cipal to  reside  in  lodgings  during  their  whole  course.  They  are  not 
required  to  battel  in  Hall. 

At  Keble,  no  Undergraduates  reside  in  lodgings. 

At  Charsley's  Hall,  Undergraduates  may  reside  in  the  Hall  or  not, 
at  their  option. 


OF   DISCIPLINE.  21 


III.     OF  DISCIPLINE. 


§  1.    University  Discipline. 

The  nature  of  the  discipline  which  is  exercised  by  the  Uni- 
versity over  its  junior  members  has  varied  both  with  the  increase 
in  the  average  age  of  graduation  and  with  the  variations  in  the 
general  habits  of  society.  When  the  University  took  the  place 
which  is  filled  at  present  by  the  Public  Schools,  the  Statute-book 
contained  an  elaborate  series  of  minute  prohibitory  enactments, 
which  had  become  practically  obsolete  long  before  they  were 
formally  repealed,  and  of  which  but  few  traces  now  remain. 
At  present  the  discipline,  if  not  more  lax,  is  at  least  compatible 
with  a  greater  degree  of  freedom  on  the  part  of  a  student. 
The  rules  which  are  in  force  are  neither  numerous  nor  irksome. 
They  concern  chiefly  (i)  the  wearing  of  the  prescribed  academical 
dress,  (2)  the  non-frequenting  of  certain  places,  (3)  the  ab- 
stinence from  certain  practices,  which  are  regarded  as  incom- 
patible with  the  habits  of  a  student. 

1.  Junior  members  of  the   University   are  required  by  the 
Statutes  to  wear  a  prescribed  academical  dress  *  quoties  inpublicitm 
prodeunt?     This  regulation  has  gradually  been  narrowed  in  prac- 
tice, but  the  cap  and  gown  are  still  required  to  be  worn  (i) 
always  before   i  P.M.,  and  after  sunset;  (2)  always  within  the 
precincts  of  the  Schools,  whether  a  student  is  or  is  not  under 

lination;  (3)  at  University  Sermons;  (4)  in  calling  officially 
upon  any  officer  of  the  University. 

2.  They  are  required  to  abstain  from  frequenting  hotels  or 

•:cept  for  reasons  to  be  approved  by  the  Vice-Chancellor 
or  Proctors. 

3.  They  are  not  allowed  to  k«-cp  a  horse  or  to  drive  a  vchic  !r 
of  any  kind  except  with  the  c<  'i  of  their  College  or  Hall, 
and  of  the  Proctors;  nor  to  smoke  in  the-  streets;  nor  t  >  engage 
in  any  games  •                 ej    nor    to    take    part    in.  or    MI! 
money  for,  horse-races  or  shooting-mate 


22  OF  ADMISSION   AND   RESIDENCE. 

The  punishments  which  are  inflicted  for  a  breach  of  any  of 
these  rules  consist  of  (i)  pecuniary  fines,  the  amount  of  which 
is  in  some  cases  specified  in  the  Statutes,  but  is  more  usually  left 
to  the  discretion  of  the  Vice-Chancellor  or  the  Proctors;  (2) 
rustication,  i.  e.  banishment  from  the  University  for  a  definite 
period;  (3)  expulsion  from  the  University. 


§  2.    The  Chancellor's  Court. 

By  virtue  of  an  ancient  privilege,  the  existence  of  which  has 
been  repeatedly  acknowledged  by  the  highest  Courts  of  Law, 
the  University  can  claim  exclusive  jurisdiction  in  all  matters, 
whether  civil  or  criminal,  to  which  its  resident  members  are 
parties. 

Offences  of  the  gravest  class  fall  under  the  cognizance  of  the 
High  Steward  or  his  deputy,  but  in  practice  the  privilege  of 
the  High  Steward  has  been  seldom  claimed,  and  all  criminal 
charges,  in  which  a  resident  member  of  the  University  is  con- 
cerned, are  in  the  first  instance  brought  before  the  Vice- Chan- 
cellor, who  is  by  Royal  Charter  a  Justice  of  the  Peace  for  the 
counties  of  Oxford  and  Berks,  and  are  either  dealt  with  sum- 
marily or  remitted  by  him  to  the  ordinary  Courts  of  Law  for 
trial,  as  circumstances  may  require.  All  cases  of  debt  and  other 
civil  actions  fall  under  the  cognizance  of  the  Chancellor's  Court, 
which  is  held  in  the  Apodyterium  of  the  Convocation  House 
every  Friday  during  Term,  and  in  which,  for  the  better  ad- 
ministration of  justice,  the  Chancellor,  or  Vice-Chancellor,  is 
usually  represented  by  a  legal  assessor,  who  must  be  a  Bachelor 
or  Doctor  of  Civil  Law.  The  procedure  of  this  Court  is  as- 
similated to  that  of  the  County  Courts,  and  the  parties  to  a  suit 
are  usually  represented  by  their  '  Proctors,*  that  is,  by  certain 
Masters  of  Arts  or  Bachelors  of  Civil  Law  or  Attorneys  or  Bar- 
risters-at-law,  who  have  been  admitted  to  practise  in  the  Court. 
The  Court  has  the  power  not  only  of  imposing  Academical 
penalties,  such  as  rustication  and  expulsion,  but  also  of  distraint 
and  imprisonment. 


OF   DISCIPLINE.  23 


§  3.     College  Discipline. 

To  some  extent  the  discipline  of  a  College  or  Hall  covers  the 
same  ground  as  that  of  the  University ;  but  it  differs  from  it 
inasmuch  as  from  the  nature  of  the  case  it  is  more  domestic  in  its 
character,  allowing  in  some  respects  of  closer  restraint,  and  in 
others  of  greater  elasticity.  Every  College  and  Hall  has  its  own 
special  code,  and  its  own  special  mode  of  administering  it ;  but 
there  are  certain  general  regulations  which,  with  slight  varieties 
of  detail,  are  common  to  almost  all  Colleges  and  Halls,  and  which 
can  therefore  be  stated  here. 

(1)  All   Undergraduates   are    required  to   commence  their 
residence  in  each  Term  on  a  certain  day,  to  reside  during  the 
prescribed  length  of  time  (usually  eight  weeks),  and  not  to  leave 
Oxford  without  having  obtained  leave  from  the  Head  or  Vice- 
gerent of  their  College  or  Hall. 

(2)  They  are  required,  unless  specially  exempted,  to  attend 
certain  lectures.     The  number  of  lectures  which  are  thus  re- 
quired varies  so  much  that  no  general  rule  can  be  laid  down, 
but  when  once  an  Undergraduate  has  been  requested  to  attend 
a  particular  course  he  must  either  send  a  valid  excuse  to  the 
Lecturer,  or  attend  under  pain  of  censure. 

(3)  They  are  usually  expected,  but  not  compelled,  to  attend 
the  chapel  of  the  College  or  Hall  at  least  once  a  day,  a  certain 
proportion  of  such  attendances  being  at  morning  chapel.     At  the 
Halls  the  rules  as  to  attendance  at  chapels  are  prescribed  by  the 
Statuta  Aularia  of  the  University ;  they  are  to  the  effect  that  in 
ever)*  Hall  prayers  out  of  the  Book  of  Common  Prayer  must  be 
read  every  day,  and  that  all  members  of  the  Hall  must  attend. 
But  in  both  Colleges  and  Halls  those  who  are  not  members  of  the 
Church  of  England  are  in  all  cases  exempted ;  and  in  the  follow- 
ing Colleges  attendance  is  either  alternative  or  voluntary : — 

At  Balliol.  Undergraduates  must  attend  either  chapel  or  roll-call  in 
the  College  hall  on  five  mornii  k  during  Term.  On 

ays  they  are  expected,  but  not  compelled,  to  attend  chapel. 
At  Merton  and  New  College,  I'ndcTgra'1  \pcctcd  to  attend 

chapel  twice  on  Sundays,  and.  during  the  \\ctk.  citbfr  t<>  atu-ixl  chapel 
or  to  present  themselves  at  roll-call  at  8  A.  M  \  four  m<>:: 

( 'orpu»,  attendance  at  chapel  is  not  enforced  by  any  penalty. 


24  OF  ADMISSION   AND   RESIDENCE. 

(4)  The  gates  of  Colleges   and    Halls   are  usually  closed  at 
9.10  P.M.  (at  Christ  Church  9.15  P.M.,  at  St.  Mary  Hall  10  P.M.): 
after  that  hour  no  one  is  allowed,  without  special  permission, 
to  leave  his  College  or  Hall,  and  a  small  fine  is  imposed  upon 
those  who  come  in.    Lodging-house  keepers  are  required  to  close 
their  doors  at  10  P.M.,  and  to  keep  a  list  of  all  who  go  out  or 
come  into  their  houses  after  that  hour.     No  Undergraduate  is 
allowed  to  remain  out  of  either  College  or  lodgings  after  mid- 
night without  the  special  permission  of  the  Head  of  his  College 
or  Hall :  and  any  Undergraduate  who  without  leave  passes  a 
night  away  from  his  College  or  his  lodgings,  renders  himself  liable 
to  a  severe  penalty. 

(5)  Undergraduates  are  not  allowed  to  enter  their  names  for 
University  Examinations  without  the  consent  of  their  Tutor: 
they  are   usually   required  to   pass  such   Examinations  within 
certain  prescribed  limits  of  time;  and  they  are  usually  also  re- 
quired to  pass  .certain  examinations  in  the  College  or  Hall  itself. 

At  University,  Responsions  must  be  passed  within  the  first  two 
Terms.  All  Undergraduate  members  of  the  College  are  required  to 
read  for  Honours  in  some  one  Final  School,  and,  unless  specially  per- 
mitted to  do  otherwise,  for  Honours  in  either  Classics  or  Mathematics 
at  Moderations. 

At  Balliol,  all  University  Examinations  must  be  passed,  unless 
special  permission  be  given  to  do  otherwise,  at  the  earliest  oppor- 
tunity. There  is  a  College  examination  at  the  end  of  each  Term, 
at  which  every  Undergraduate  member  of  the  College  is  expected  to 
bring  up  a  portion  of  his  work  for  Moderations  or  one  of  the  Final 
Schools,  as  the  case  may  be.  At  each  of  such  examinations  he  is 
also  liable  to  be  examined  in  the  work  of  previous  examinations : 
the  merit  of  his  work  in  each  subject  is  denoted  by  a  class-letter, 
A,  B,  C,  or  D. 

At  Merton,  Responsions  must  be  passed  within  the  first  two  Terms 
of  standing,  Pass  Moderations  within  the  first  eight  Terms.  There  is 
a  terminal  College  examination,  at  which  prizes  are  awarded. 

At  Exeter,  Responsions  must  be  passed  within  the  first  year  of 
residence,  Pass  Moderations  not  later  than  the  tenth  Term  of  standing. 
A  College  examination  is  held  at  the  end  of  each  Term,  the  result 
of  which  is  shown  by  a  class-list.  All  who  are  placed  in  the  first 
class  receive  a  prize  of  books. 

At  Oriel,  all  University  Examinations  must  be  passed  not  later  than 
the  second  opportunity.  There  is  a  terminal  College  examination. 

At  Queen's,  Responsions  must  be  passed  by  the  end  of  the  fourth, 
and  Pass  Moderations  by  the  end  of  the  twelfth  Term,  (i)  There 


OF   DISCIPLINE.  25 

is  a  terminal  College  examination.  (2^  All  Classical  Scholars  of  the 
College  and  Hastings'  Exhibitioners  who  have  not  passed  Modera- 
tions are  required  twice  a  year  to  pass  an  examination  in  portions 
of  their  Moderations'  work ;  the  Tutors  offer  a  prize  of  books  to  the 
person  who  passes  the  best  examination  ;  any  member  of  the  College 
who  has  not  passed  Moderations  is  allowed  to  compete.  (3)  Prizes 
are  offered  annually  for  Greek  or  Latin,  and  for  English,  composition. 

At  New  College,  all  University  Examinations  must,  as  a  rule,  be 
passed  at  the  earliest  opportunity,  and  every  Undergraduate  must  read 
for  Honours  in  some  one  School. 

At  Magdalen,  all  University  Examinations  must,  as  a  rule,  be  passed 
on  the  earliest  opportunity.  There  is  a  terminal  College  examination. 
Prizes  are  offered  annually  for  Greek  and  Latin  Composition,  Modern 
History,  and  Natural  Science. 

At  Brasenose,  Responsions  must  be  passed  within  the  first  year. 
There  is  a  terminal  College  examination,  in  which  candidates  are 
arranged  in  four  classes.  Prizes  are  occasionally  awarded  for  essays. 

At  Corpus,  there  are  College  Examinations  at  the  end  of  each  Term. 
All  University  Examinations  must  be  passed,  unless  special  leave  be 
given  to  the  contrary,  as  early  as  possible.  All  members  of  the  College 
are  expected  to  seek  Honours  in  at  least  one  School. 

At  Christ  Church,  Responsions  must  be  passed  before  the  end  of 
cond  Term  of  residence,  Moderations  within  eight  Terms  of  stand- 
ing, and  all  Examinations  required  for  the  Degree  of  B.A.  by  the  end  of 
their  fourteenth  Term  of  standing,  except  in  the  case  of  Candidates  for 
Honours.  Every  Undergraduate  is  required  to  pass  a  College  examina- 
tion once  a  year :  those  who  pass  are  arranged  in  classes,  and  prizes  are 
awarded,  subject  to  certain  regulations. 

At  Trinity,  it  is  expected  that  Undergraduates  should  offer  themselves 
for  all  University  Pass  Examinations  at  the  earliest  opportunity.  There 
is  a  terminal  College  examination. 

At  St.  John's,  all  Examinations  must  be  passed  not  later  than  the 
second  opportunity.  There  is  a  terminal  College  examination. 

At  Wadham,  Undergraduates  are  required  to  pass  Responsions.  and 
(except  Candidates  for  Honours)  Moderations,  at  the  earliest  opportunity, 
m  some  special  reason  to  the  contrary.     If  any  one  has  not 
passed  Kesponsions  before  the  end  of  his  first  year,  and  Moderations 
the  end  of  his  second,  his  name  is  removed  from  the  College 
book  .jaduates   who    are    not    Candidates  for   Honoui 

required   to  pass  ail    Examinati"-  i:y  for  the  Degiee  of  B.A. 

before  the  end  of  their  fourteenth  Term. 

At  Pembroke.  Undergraduates  are  requ; 

.  and  Pass  Moderations  not  later  than  their 
twelfth  Term.     There  is  a  terminal  College  examination. 


26  OF   ADMISSION   AND   RESIDENCE. 

At  "Worcester,  Responsions  must  be  passed  before  the  end  of  the 
first  year  ;  and  if  an  "  Undergraduate  fails  to  Pass  Moderations  on  his 
third  opportunity  he  must  discontinue  residence,  if  he  fails  on  the  second 
opportunity  subsequent  he  must  remove  his  name  from  the  College  books." 
There  is  a  terminal  College  examination. 

At  St.  Mary  Hall  there  is  a  terminal  Hall  examination. 

At  Keble,  Responsions  must,  under  ordinary  circumstances,  be  passed 
by  the  end  of  the  second  Term,  Moderations  by  the  end  of  the  eighth, 
and  the  Final  Schools  by  the  end  of  the  sixteenth.  Those  who  read  for 
Honours  in  any  School  are,  in  regard  to  that  School,  exempt  from  this 
rule.  Each  Undergraduate  is  examined  in  Collections  at  least  once 
before  each  of  his  University  Examinations :  there  are  also  Honour 
Collections,  at  which  prizes  of  books  are  awarded  to  Honour  men. 


§  4.    Disciplinary  Regulations  of  the  Delegates  of 
Unattached  Students. 

1.  The  usual  residence  of  students  is  not  less  than  eight  weeks 
in  each  of  the  Michaelmas  and  Lent  Terms,  and  eight  in  the 
Easter  and  Trinity  Terms  taken  together ;  this  residence  must 
be  within  dates  fixed  by  the  Delegates.     If  any  student  desires 
to  reside  a  shorter  period  in  any  Term ;  or  to  be  entirely  non- 
resident for  a  Term ;  or  to  reside  during  any  vacation ;  he  must 
obtain  the  previous  permission  of  the  Delegates. 

2.  The  students  as  soon   as  possible   after    their  arrival   in 
Oxford  in  each  Term,  afe  expected  to  call  on  the  Censors  at 
their  office  (between  the  hours  of  10  and  12  AM.)  to  report 
themselves,  and  to  be  directed  as  to  their  studies. 

3.  They  must  also  call  at  the  end  of  each  Term  in  order  to 
obtain  leave  to  go  down. 

4.  No  student  is  to  engage  lodgings  without  the  sanction  of 
the  Delegates  first  obtained. 

5.  All  students  who  are  out  of  their  lodgings  after  10  P.M. 
are  reported  to  the   Delegates  by  the   lodging-house   keepers. 
If  out  after  midnight  they  will  be  required  to  account  for  them- 
selves. 

6.  Any  student  who  wishes  to  offer  himself  for  any  University 
Examination,  must  apply  to  the  Censors  for  the  necessary  form, 
and  must  not  give  in  his  name  to  the  Proctor  without  their 


OF  DISCIPLINE.  27 

approval :  nor  may  he  withdraw  his  name  from  the  Proctor's  list 
without  first  consulting  them. 

7.  At  the  beginning  of  Term,  the  dues  (£i  2s.  6</.)  must  be  paid 
to  the  Delegates;  the  dues  for  the  Michaelmas  quarter  must  be 
paid  before  the  end  of  Act  Term. 

Service  is  held  in  the  chapel  adjoining  St.  Mary's  Church  at 
9.30  every  Sunday  morning  in  full  Term;  this  Service  concludes 
in  time  for  students  to  go  to  the  University  Sermon  at  10,30. 
Attendance  is  voluntary. 


CHAPTER    II. 

OF  TEACHING/AND  INSTITUTIONS  IN  AID  OF 
TEACHING. 

I.    OF    TEACHING. 

Three  kinds  of  teaching  are  open  to  students: — (r)  the 
teaching  of  Professors  and  other  Public  Lecturers,  (2)  the 
teaching  of  College  Tutors  and  Lecturers,  (3)  the  teaching  of 
private  members  of  the  University.  Each  of  these  kinds  of 
teaching,  in  most  branches  of  academical  study,  helps  and  sup- 
plements the  others. 

§  1.  Of  Professors  and  Public  Lecturers. 

Until  comparatively  recent  times  the  operations  of  the  Uni- 
versity as  a  teaching  body  were  confined  within  rather  narrow 
limits.  The  Professors  were  few  in  number,  their  teaching 
usually  consisted  of  a  series  of  set  discourses,  and  they  seldom 
came  into  any  close  personal  contact  with  their  pupils.  But 
within  the  last  thirty  years  not  only  has  a  considerable  number 
of  new  Professorships  been  founded,  but  the  system  of  profes- 
sorial teaching  has  been  largely  altered.  Almost  the  whole  field 
of  academical  study  is  now  covered  by  public  lectures,  and  the 
set  discourses  of  former  times  have  been  to  a  great  extent  either 
superseded  or  supplemented  by  informal  teaching,  closely  adapted 
to  the  wants  of  individual  students. 

The  subjects  of  these  lectures,  which  of  course  vary  more  or 
less  from  Term  to  Term,  are  announced  in  the  University  Gazette, 
Those  who  wish  to  attend  them  are  usually  required  to  signify 
their  wish  to  the  Professor  beforehand  ;  in  many  cases  a  small  fee 
is  charged  for  the  first  two  courses ;  in  some  cases  the  consent  of 


OF   PROFESSORS.  29 

the  College  authorities  is  required  ;  and  in  some  cases  also  a 
student  is  not  allowed  to  attend  until  he  has  attained  a  certain 
academical  standing.  Each  of  these  conditions  is  mentioned  in 
the  Professor's  terminal  announcement. 

The  following  list  of  Professors  and  Lecturers  shows  the  help 
which  a  student  may  derive  from  the  public  teaching  of  the  Uni- 
versity in  reading  for  the  several  University  Examinations. 

I.  RESPONSIONS. 

The  work  which  is  necessary  for  this  Examination  being  rather 
preliminary  to,  than  a  part  of,  the  proper  work  of  the  University, 
receives  no  direct  help  from  the  lectures  of  Professors. 

II.  FIRST  PUBLIC  EXAMINATION. 

(i)  Classical  School. 

Regius  Professor  of  Greek. 
Corpus  Professor  of  Latin. 
Professor  of  Comparative  Philology. 
Professor  of  Logic. 

(  2  )  Mathematical  School. 

Savilian  Professor  of  Geometry. 

III.  SECOND  PUBLIC  EXAMINATION. 

1 i )  School  of  Literae  Humaniores. 
(a)  Philosophy. 

\V  byte's  Professor  of  Moral  Philosophy. 

\Vaynflete  Professor  of  Moral  and  Metaphysical  Phi- 
losophy. 

Regius  Professor  of  Greek. 

Professor  of  Logic. 
(0)  Ancient  History. 

<lcn  Professor  of  Ancient  History. 

Reader  in  Ancient  History. 

(2)  School  of  Mathematics. 

Scdlcian  of  Natural  Philosophy. 

ssor  of  Gi 
-sor  of  Astronomy. 


30  OF   TEACHING. 

(3)  School  of  Natural  Science. 
Regius  Professor  of  Medicine. 

Linacre  Professor  of  Anatomy  and  Physiology  (assisted  by  two 

Demonstrators). 
Professor  of  Zoology. 
Professor  of  Botany  and  Rural  Economy. 
Professor  of  Chemistry  (assisted  by  the  Aldrichian  Demon- 
strator in  Chemistry). 
Professor  of  Geology. 
Professor  of  Mineralogy. 

Professor  of  Experimental  Philosophy  (assisted  by  a  Demon- 
strator). 

(4)  School  of  Jurisprudence. 
Regius  Professor  of  Civil  Law. 
Vinerian  Professor  of  English  Law. 
Vinerian  Reader  of  English  Law. 
Corpus  Professor  of  Jurisprudence. 

Chichele  Professor  of  International  Law  and  Diplomacy. 

(5)  School  of  History. 

Regius  Professor  of  Modern  History. 

Chichele  Professor  of  Modern  History. 

Chichele  Professor  of  International  Law  and  Diplomacy. 

Professor  of  Political  Economy. 

Teacher  of  Indian  Law  and  History. 

(6)  School  of  Theology. 

Regius  Professor  of  Divinity. 

Regius  Professor  of  Hebrew. 

Regius  Professor  of  Ecclesiastical  History. 

Margaret  Professor  of  Divinity. 

Ireland  Professor  of  Exegesis. 

Grinfield  Reader  in  the  Septuagint. 

The  lectures  of  the  above-mentioned  Theological  Professors 
are  partly  with  a  view  to  the  School  of  Theology,  and  partly 
with  a  view  to  the  requirements  of  candidates  for  Holy  Orders. 
The  lectures  of  the  Regius  Professor  of  Pastoral  Theology  are 
entirely  devoted  to  the  latter  of  these  two  objects. 

The  Professors  and  Teachers  who  lecture  on  subjects  which  are 
not  directly  recognized  in  public  Examinations  of  the  University. 


OF   COLLEGE   TUTORS.  31 

although  some  of  them  are  rewarded  by  scholarships  or  prizes, 
are  the  following : — 

(1)  Fine  Arts. 
Professor  of  Poetry. 
Professor  of  Music. 

Slade  Professor  of  Fine  Art  (assisted  by  the  Teacher  of  the 
Ruskin  Drawing  School). 

(2)  Languages. 
Professor  of  Anglo-Saxon. 
Boden  Professor  of  Sanskrit. 
Laudian  Professor  of  Arabic. 

Lord  Almoner's  Professor  of  Arabic. 
Teacher  of  Hindustani. 
Taylorian  Teacher  of  French. 

„  „  German. 

Italian. 

„  „  Spanish. 


§  2.  Of  College  Tutors  and  Lecturers. 

Side  by  side  with  the  extension  of  the  public  teaching  of  the 
University  there  has  been  an  extension  of  the  teaching  of  Colleges 
and  Halls.  Some  years  ago  this  teaching  was  chiefly  confined  to 
catechetical  morning  lectures,  supplemented  by  weekly  written 
exercises ;  and  there  was  an  attempt  on  the  part  of  each  College 
or  Hall  to  provide  within  its  own  walls  all  the  instruction  that  its 
members  required.  Within  recent  years,  however,  this  system 
has  been  largely  modified.  On  the  one  hand,  there  has  grown  up 
a  much  greater  freedom  of  intercourse  between  Tutors  and 
students.  Teaching  is  neither  so  limited  nor  so  formal  as  it  used 
to  be.  The  special  needs  of  individual  students  are  regarded, 
and  a  student  of  ability  commonly  receives  from  his  Tutor  all 
the  private  help  which  it  is  possible  for  him  to  give.  <  >n  the 
other  hand,  the  principle  of  division  of  labour  ha*  l>cc:i  applied  to 
a  much  greater  extent  than  former! 

•  •ombincd  together  for  purpose*  of  instruction  in  -urli 
that  each  lecturer,  instead  of  bavin-  to  1  n  a  number  of 

heterogeneous  subjects,  is  able  to  approp;  one 


32  OF   TEACHING. 

or  more  special  branches.  The  advantage  of  this  system  to  the 
student  is  partly  that  a  much  wider  range  of  subjects  can  be 
covered,  and  partly  that  he  is  able  to  gather  the  best  thoughts  of 
several  minds. 

The  ordinary  lectures  of  Colleges  and  Halls  are  of  course 
chiefly  intended  for  their  members :  the  subjects  of  lecture  are 
not  published,  but  are  announced  by  a  written  notice  on  the 
buttery-board:  the  fees,  which  are  included  in  the  terminal 
'battels,'  vary  from  £15  to  £25  per  annum,  irrespective  of  the 
number  of  lectures  which  an  Undergraduate  attends.  This  charge 
for  tuition  sometimes  ceases  after  the  twelfth  Term  of  residence, 
and  sometimes  continues  to  be  paid  until  all  the  Examinations 
which  are  necessary  for  the  degree  of  B.  A.  have  been  passed. 
(See  p.  175.) 

Some  Colleges  and  Halls  admit  to  their  lectures  students  who 
are  not  members  of  their  own  body.  This  is  especially  the  case 
with  the  Readers  on  the  foundation  of  Dr.  Lee  at  Christ  Church, 
to  whose  lectures  all  members  of  the  University  are  admitted  on 
payment  of  a  fee  of  £i. 

The  combined  lectures  of  Colleges  and  Halls  are  usually 
announced  by  a  printed  schedule  which  is  circulated  in  the  Uni- 
versity, and  printed  in  the  University  Gazette.  The  combina- 
tions which  at  present  exist  are : — 

(1)  Between  University,  Balliol,  Exeter,  New,  Trinity,  and 
Worcester  Colleges  in  respect  of  all  lectures  (i)  for  the  First 
Public  Examination,  (2)  for  the  Schools  of  Literae  Humaniores, 
Mathematics,  Jurisprudence,  Modern    History,  and  Theology, 
in  the  Second  Public  Examination. 

(2)  Between  Merton,  Oriel,  Queen's,  Lincoln,  Brasenose,  Jesus, 
and  Wadham  Colleges  in  respect  of  lectures  in  the  Honour  School 
of  Literae  Humaniores. 

(3)  Between  Oriel  and  Lincoln  Colleges  in  respect  of  all  sub- 
jects of  University  Examinations. 

(4)  Between  University,  Balliol,  Merton,  Exeter,  and  Corpus 
Christi  Colleges  in  respect  of  lectures  in  Mathematics. 

(5)  Between   Merton,   Exeter,   New,    Magdalen,  and    Jesus 
Colleges  in  respect  of  lectures  in  Natural  Science. 

(6)  Between  University,  Balliol,  Merton,  Exeter,  Oriel,  Queen's, 
New,   Lincoln,    Magdalen,    Brasenose,    Corpus    Christi,    Christ 


OF  COLLEGE  TUTORS.  33 

Church,  Trinity,  St.  John's,  and  Wadham  Colleges,  and  St.  Mary 
Hall,  in  respect  of  lectures  in  Modern  History. 
(7)  Between  Exeter,  Brasenose,  St.  John's,  Jesus,  Wadham,  and 
e  Colleges  in  respect  of  certain  lectures  for  the  School  of 
Theology. 

Any  member  of  the  Colleges  which  have  entered  into  these 

al   combinations  is  free  to  attend  any  lectures  which  are 

given  by  the  lecturers  who  have  entered  into  the  combination. 

Other  members  of  the  University,  whether  they  are  or  are  not 

attached  to  a  College  or  Hall,  are  also  usually  admitted  to  these 

lectures  on  the  application  of  their  Tutors,  and  on  payment  of  a 

hich  varies  from  £i  to  £3  BJ. 

§  3.  Of  Private  Tuition. 

Before  the  recent  extension  of  Professorial  and  College  teaching 
most  candidates  for  University  Honours  were  practically  com- 
pelled to  avail  themselves  of  private  help.  This  help  was  given, 
partly  by  College  Tutors  during  the  hours  which  were  not  em- 
ployed in  College  lectures,  partly  by  other  resident  Graduates. 
Many  of  the  most  distinguished  members  of  the  University  were 
thus  employed,  and  much  of  the  best  teaching  was  only  thus  to  be 
obtained.  But  although  there  are  still  some  cases  in  which  a 
candidate  for  Honours  may  find  it  advisable  to  supplement  in  this 
way  the  help  which  he  can  derive  from  public  sources,  private 
tuition  is  no  longer  practically  indispensable  to  the  attainment  of 
high  distinction. 

.nts  of  another  class  private  tuition  prevails  to  an  even 
greater  extent  than  formerly.  Nearly  all  the  instruction  which 
is  given  by  College  Tutors  to  candidates  for  ordinary  degrees  is 
necessarily  adapted  to  the  average  requirements  of  such  candi- 
dates :  and  consequently  those  students  who,  from  defective  pre- 
liminary training  or  other  causes,  fall  below  the  average  standard 
of  attainment,  usually  require  more  full  and  individual  help  than 
College  Tutors  afford.  This  help  is  more  necessary  on  first 
entrance  than  afterwards:  and  it  is  often  a  mistaken  economy 
•  M'ck  it. 

r  purpose  a  private    Tutor  be  reqi 

at>le  that  a  student  should  seek  the  advice  of  his  College 
D 


34  OF   TEACHING. 

Tutor  or  of  the  Censors  of  Unattached  Students,  before  selecting 
one.  Among  private  Tutors  are  many  Graduates  of  high  attain- 
ments and  wide  experience,  but  it  should  be  remembered  that 
the  attainment  of  academical  distinction  is  not  always  an  indica- 
tion of  the  power  of  communicating  knowledge,  and  also  that 
where  a  subject  of  study  has  many  branches  it  is  not  always  easy 
for  a  student  to  find  out  without  guidance  the  particular  branch 
in  which  a  particular  Tutor  excels. 

The  fee  of  a  private  Tutor  has  been  for  a  long  time  fixed  by 
custom  at  £20  for  an  hour's  lecture  on  six  days  in  the  week  for 
eight  weeks,  or  £10  for  an  hour's  lecture  on  three  days  in  the 
week.  Some  private  Tutors  receive  their  pupils  in  small  classes, 
the  fee  for  which  varies  both  with  the  particular  Tutor  and  the 
particular  subject  of  study.  The  average  fee  for  each  member 
of  a  class  is  £5. 


BODLEIAN   LIBRARY.  35 


n.     OF  INSTITUTIONS  IN  AID  OF  TEACHING*. 

Oxford  has  long  been  singularly  rich  in  the  means  of  acquiring 
literary  information ;  it  has  lately  become  rich  also  in  the  means 
of  acquiring  scientific  knowledge.  It  is  less  rich  in  Antiquities 
and  objects  of  Art ;  but  what  it  does  possess  is  both  interesting 
and  valuable.  Most  of  these  means,  whether  literary,  scientific,  or 
artistic,  are  readily  accessible  to  all  members  of  the  University. 

§  1.    The  Bodleian  Library. 

The  Bodleian  Library  consists  partly  of  the  original  collection 
of  the  founder,  partly  of  collections  which  have  been  from  time 
to  time  bequeathed  to  the  University,  partly  of  copies  of  every 
copyright  work  published  in  England,  and  partly  of  purchased 
books  and  MSS.  It  contains  at  present  between  300,000  and 
400,000  volumes. 

For  purposes  of  reading  it  is  divided  into  two  parts. 

(1)  The  Library  proper,  which  contains  the  greater  part  of  the 
collection,  is  open  between  9  A.M.  and  4  P.M.  from  Lady-day  to 
Michaelmas,  and  between  9  A.M.  and  3  P.M.  from  Michaelmas  to 
Lady-day.     It  is  entirely  closed  on  Sundays,  on  the  Epiphany, 
from  Good  Friday  to  the  end  of  Easter-week,  on  Ascension-day, 
on  the  Monday  and  Tuesday  in  Whitsun-week,  on  Commemora- 
tion-day, the  first  seven  days  of  October,  on  November  7  and  8, 
and  from  December  24  to  January  i   inclusive.      On  days  on 
which  a  University  sermon  is  preached  it  is  not  opened  until  the 
sermon  is  concluded. 

(2)  The    Camera   Radcliviana,   which   occupies    the    building 

vd  for  Dr.  Radcliffe's  Library,  is  open  on  every 

day  on  which  the  Library  itself  is  open,  but  for  longer  hours, 

orn   10  A.M.  to  10  P.M.,  except  during  the  Long  Vacation, 

when  it  closes  on  Saturdays  at  4  P.M.     It  contains  most  of  the 

newest  additions  to  the  Bodleian  Library,  and  also  a  large  number 

of  standard  works  of  reference,  especially  upon  the  leading  sub- 

iral  study.      Its  tables  are  covered  with  the  chief 

.  literary,  scientific-,   and    religious,    both    British    and 

D  a 


36  INSTITUTIONS   IN   AID  OF   TEACHING. 

foreign,  and  most  of  its  shelves  are  accessible  to  all  readers  with- 
out the  necessity  of  making  a  formal  application  for  each  book. 
Any  book  which  is  contained  in  the  Bodleian  Library  may  be 
read  in  the  Camera,  provided  that  application  be  made  on  one 
of  the  written  forms  which  are  provided  for  the  purpose :  a 
student  who  commences  his  reading  in  the  Library  proper,  but 
wishes  to  continue  it  at  an  hour  when  that  building  is  closed, 
may,  on  giving  proper  notice,  have  his  books  transferred  to  the 
Camera:  and  a  student  who  wishes  to  continue  his  reading  of 
particular  books  from  day  to  day  can  have  them  kept  for  him  on 
application  to  one  of  the  attendants. 

Both  the  Library  proper  and  the  Camera  Radcliviana  are  open 
to  readers  on  the  same  conditions :  that  is  to  say, 

(1)  All  Graduates  whose  names  are  retained  on  the  books  of 
the  University,  and  all  Students  of  Civil  Law  or  Medicine,  are 
admitted  as  of  right. 

(2)  Undergraduates  are  admitted  on    presenting    a    written 
recommendation  from  their  Tutor,  to  be  countersigned  by  the 
Librarian. 

(3)  Strangers  are  admitted  on  presenting  a  written  recommen- 
dation from  a  Graduate  of  the  University,  or  on  other  sufficiently 
respectable  introduction.     (Strangers  who  wish  not  to  use  but 
merely  to  view  the  Library  are  admitted,  without  introduction, 
on  payment  of  a  small  fee  to  the  attendant.) 

All  readers  in  the  Library  proper  are  required  to  consult  the 
catalogue,  and  write  down  the  exact  title  of  any  book  they  re- 
quire. This  requirement  does  not  however  extend  to  the  biblio- 
graphical works,  which  will  be  found  in  a  case  near  the  Librarian's 
chair,  or  to  the  dictionaries,  encyclopaedias,  and  larger  works  of 
reference,  which  will  be  found  at  the  further  end  of  the  principal 
room.  Those  who  experience  a  difficulty  in  finding  any  books 
which  they  may  require  will  find  the  Librarian  and  his  assistants 
ready  to  give  them  efficient  help. 

The  catalogues  which  are  accessible  to  the  student  are  as  follows : — 
I.  CATALOGUES  OF  PRINTED  BOOKS. 

i.  The  General  Catalogue,  which  is  in  process  of  completion,  and  in 
which  the  full  titles  of  every  edition  of  an  author  which  the  Library 
possesses  are  arranged  in  chronological  order  under  the  author's  name. 


BODLEIAN   LIBRARY.  37 

So  far  as  this  catalogue  is  completed  it  renders  the  consultation  of  the 
other  catalogues  unnecessary  for  printed  books;  but  where  it  is  not 
yet  completed,  the  student  should  consult — 

(a)  The  catalogue  which  was  published  in  1843  of  books  (with  the 
exception  of  certain  collections)  which  existed  in  the  Library  up 
to  the  year  1835. 

(b)  The  supplemental  catalogue  which  was  published  in   1851,  of 

books  acquired  by  the  Library  between  the  years  1835  and  1847. 
Annotated  copies  of  both  these  catalogues  will  be  found  on  the 
desk  in  the  window  behind  the  Librarian's  chair. 

(c)  The  '  slips '  containing  the  titles  of  all  books  which  have  been  ac- 

quired since  1847.    These  may  be  consulted  on  application  to  an 
attendant. 
For  special  subjects,  the  special  catalogues  mentioned  below  should 

also  be  consulted. 

The  Catalogus  Dissertationum  Academicarum,    i.e.  a  list  of  about 
43,000  dissertations,  which  were  purchased  in  Germany  in  1827. 

3.  The  Catalogue  of  the  Gougb  Collection,  which  consists  of  about  3,700 
volumes,  (O  of  maps  and  topographical  prints  [of  these  a  more  detailed 
account  exists  in  MS.].    (2)  of  books  and   MSS.  relating  to  general, 
ecclesiastical,  and  English  county  topography,  (3)  of  books  and  MSS. 
bearing  on  Anglo-Saxon  and  Scandinavian  literature,  (4)  of  Early  Eng- 
lish service-books,  (5)  of  drawings  of  monuments  in  French  churches. 

4.  The  CTci!',gue  of  the  Douce  Collection,  which  consists  of  16,840 
printed  volumes,  besides  MSS.,  prints,  and  charters.     The  collection  is 
especially  rich  in  history,  antiquities,  Bibles  and  liturgical  works,  and 
early  French  literature. 

5.  The  Catalogue  of  the  Hope  Collection,  which  consists  of  760  speci- 
mens of  English  newspapers  and  essayists,  chiefly  of  the  eighteenth 
century. 

6.  The  Catalogue  of  the  Ofpenbeimer  Collection,  which  consists  of  about 
4,300  printed  works,  and  780  MSS.,  all  relating  to  Hebrew  literature. 

"iie  rf  the  Mortara  Collection,  which  consists  of  about 
1,400  volumes  of  Italian  literature. 

II.  CATALOGUE!  OF  MSS. 

The  general  catalogue  is  in  course  of  completion,  and  eight  parts 
have  already  been  published  :  they  are  as  follows  : — 

i.  (:<,,lict^  fjnitci :  a  catalogue-  of  all  tlu-  (iicik  MSS.  in  the-  Library 
which  are  not  included  in  the  special  collection-,  incntioin.il  below. 

tin.  Biblical,  ("h— ir.il.  nml 
•  f  the  colic  ;    l.v  AH!  ' 

1SS.  of  the  snmc  collection  !».-<l   in  the 

catalogue  'iraeci,  and  the  Oriental  in  the  variou>  catalogues 

enumerated  bel 


38  INSTITUTIONS   IN   AID  OF   TEACHING. 

3.  Codices  Graeci  et  Latini  Canoniciani  :  a   catalogue  of  part  of  the 
Canonici  collection.     The  catalogue  of  the  Italian  MSS.  of  the  same 
collection  is  mentioned  below.     No  catalogue  of  the  Liturgical  MSS. 
has  yet  been  made. 

4.  Codices  T.  Tanneri:  a  catalogue  of  the  series  of  papers  relating  to  the 
civil  war  and  to  the  ecclesiastical  history  of  the  seventeenth  century 
which  was  bequeathed  to  the  Library  by  Bishop  Tanner. 

5.  Codicnm  R.  Rawlinson  classes  duae  priores  :  a  catalogue  of  (i)  the 
Thurloe   State  Papers,    the  Miscellaneous   Papers    of  Samuel    Pepys, 
the  Bridgeman  MSS.,  with  some  others,  (2)  MSS.  relating  to  heraldry, 
genealogy,  English  and  Irish  history,  and  topography.  Of  a  considerable 
portion  of  the  other  MSS.  which  were  bequeathed  to  the  Library  by  Dr. 
Rawlinson  a  catalogue  exists  in  MS.  ;  they  chiefly  relate  to  the  literary 
history  of  the  seventeenth  century. 

'  n  ..   s  /  !?"*•  •      /  Complete    catalogues    of   all     the    Syriac, 


The  special  catalogues  are  as  follows  :  some  of  them  have  been  wholly 
or  partially  incorporated  in  the  general  catalogue  :  — 

1.  Catalogus  Codd.  MSS.  Orientalium  Bibl.  Bodl.     This  catalogue  was 
published  in  three  parts,  in  the  years  1788,  1821,  and  1835  respectively. 
The  two  latter  parts,  which  contain  the  catalogue  of  the  Arabic  MSS., 
are  complete  ;  but  the  Syriac,  ./Ethiopic,  and  Sanskrit  MSS.  have  since 
been  separately  and  more  completely  catalogued  (see  above),  and  separate 
catalogues  of  the  Hebrew  and  Persian  MSS.  are  in  preparation. 

2.  Catalogus  MSS.  qui  ab  E.   D.  Clarke  comparati  in  Bibl.  Bodl.   ad- 
servantur.    In  two  parts  :  (i)  containing  descriptions  of  the  Latin,  Greek, 
and  French  MSS.  ;  (2)  containing  the  Arabic,  Persian,  and  ^Ethiopic 
MSS. 

3.  Catalogus  Codd.  MSS.  et  Impressorum  cum  notis  MSS.  olim  HOrvilli- 
anorum.     The  D'Orville  collection  consists  (i)  of  annotated  copies  of 
Greek  and  Latin  Classics,  (2)  of  letters  and  adversaria  of  scholars  of 
the  eighteenth  century,  (3)  of  Greek,  Latin,  and  a  few  Turkish  and 
Arabic  MSS. 

4.  Catalogus  MSS.  Borealium  praecipue  Islandicae  Originis.     A  list  of 
the  MSS.  which  were  purchased  from  Finn  Magnusen. 

5.  Catalogo  di  Codici  MSS.  Canoniciani  Italici. 

6.  Catalogues  of  the  Asbmolean  MSS.     (i)  A  catalogue  of  the  manu- 
scripts bequeathed  to  the  University  by  Elias  Ashmole.     These  MSS. 
are  chiefly  on  heraldry,  genealogy,  and  astrology.     An  Index  to  the 
catalogue  has  been  separately  published.     (2)  A  catalogue  of  the  MSS. 
of  Anthony  h,  Wood,  which  consist  chiefly  of  documents  relating  to  die 
history  and  topography  of  Oxfordshire,  and  of  Anthony  a  Wood's  cor- 
respondence. 

7.  Catalogue  of  the  Clarendon  State  Papers.     Of  this  Vols.  I.  and  II. 
have  been  published. 


TAYLOR  INSTITUTION.  39 

8.  The  MSS.  of  the  Douce  Collection  are  included  in  the  catalogue  of 
that  collection  which  is  mentioned  above. 

9.  A  chronological  Catalogue  of  Pamphlets  from  1603-1740,  which 
had  been  transferred  from  the  Radcliffe  to  the  Bodleian  Library,  was 
published  in  i  794. 

10.  Of  the  Carle,  Dodswortb,  and  other  MSS.  no  catalogue  exists,  except 
the  lists  of  contents  which  were  drawn  up  by  the  collectors. 

11.  The  Music  has  not  been  fully  catalogued;   but  there  is  a  MS. 
catalogue  of  the  Wight  collection,  which  forms  the  most  important  part 
of  the  whole,  and  the  modern  music  is  arranged  in  alphabetical  order. 


§  2.    The  Taylor  Institution. 

The  Taylor  Institution  was  established  for  the  promotion  of  the 
study  of  Modern  European  Languages.  This  object  is  effected 
by  the  following  means  : — 

1 i )  Instruction  is  given,  either  gratuitously  or,  in  the  case  of  such 
persons  as  require  more  advanced  teaching,  on  payment  of  a  small 
fee,  to  all  members  of  the  University  who  choose  to  avail  them- 
selves of  it,  in  the  French,  German,  Spanish,  and  Italian  Languages. 

(2)  Lectures  on  subjects  connected  with  foreign  literature  are 
given  from  time  to  time  by  persons  of  eminence.     There  is  a 
special  bequest,  which  is  administered  by  the  Curators  of  the 
same    Institution,   for  lectures  on  the   Slavonic  languages  and 
literature. 

(3)  A  Scholarship  and  an  Exhibition  are  annually  awarded  for 
proficiency  in  some  one  or  more  of  the  languages  taught  in  the 
Institution.     (See  below,  p.  72.) 

(4)  A    Library  which  contains  a  large  collection  of  foreign 
literature  is  accessible  both  to  members  of  the  University  and  to 
other  persons. 

The  Library  consists  of  (i)  the  large  Reading-room,  (2)  a 

Reading-room  for  Masters  of  Arts,  (3)  a  smaller  Reading-room 

for  Undergraduates,  which  is  supplied  with  many  standard  works 

of  reference  on  the  hading  subjects  of  University  study:   the 

•graduates'  Room  is  also  provided  with  lockers  in  which  a 

to  continue  his  reading  of  the  same  books  on 

consecutive  days  may  lock  them  up  together  with  his  own  papers 

and  note-books. 


40  INSTITUTIONS  IN  AID  OF  TEACHING. 

The  Library  is  open  on  week-days  from  u  A.M.  to  5  P.M. 
throughout  the  year,  except  (i)  from  5  P.M.  on  the  last  week-day 
before  August  16  to  n  A.M.  on  the  first  week-day  after  September 
14,  (2)  from  5  P.M.  on  the  week-day  next  before  Christmas-day 
to  u  A.M.  on  the  week-day  next  after  January  i. 

The  Reading-rooms  are  open  to  all  members  of  the  University 
alike,  subject  to  the  Curators'  regulations.  But  the  use  of  books 
out  of  the  Library  is  a  privilege,  and  is  subject  to  the  following 
principal  conditions : — 

1.  All   Graduates  of  the   University,  all  Students  of  Civil  Law  or 
Medicine,   the  Taylorian   Scholars  and  Teachers,  are   considered   pri- 
vileged persons,  and  during  residence  are  allowed  the  use  of  books  out 
of  the  Library. 

2.  A  Master  of  Arts  or  Graduate  of  an  equivalent  or  superior  Degree, 
or  a  Taylorian  Teacher,  may  have  in  his  possession  six  volumes  belong- 
ing to  the  Institution,  and  no  more  at  any  one  time.     A  Graduate  of 
any  lower  Degree,  a  Student  of  Civil  Law  or  Medicine,  or  a  Taylorian 
Scholar,  not  more  than  four  volumes.     For  larger  numbers  applications 
must  be  made  on  special  grounds,  and  permission  in  writing  obtained 
from  the  Library  Committee. 

3.  No  person  can  be  allowed  more  than  one  new  work  at  a  time. 
Books  will  be  considered  new  during  the  year  of  their  publication. 

4.  Every  person  borrowing  a  book  shall  authenticate  the  Librarian's 
voucher  by  the  signature  of  his  name  and  College  or  Hall,  or  such 
other  address  as  the  Librarian  may  deem  requisite.     On  returning  a 
book  the   borrower   shall   demand   this  voucher,   which  will  then  be 
separated  from  its  counterfoil  and  given  him  as  his  acquittance.     Every 
borrower  not  applying  in  person  must  send  a  written  request,  which 
shall  be  treated  in  all  respects  as  a  voucher. 

5.  All  books  shall  be  brought  back  to  the  Library  at  or  before  the 
end  of  each  Term,  but  may  be  taken  out  again  by  privileged  persons 
intending  to  continue  residence,  on  condition  of  returning  the  same 
before  they  quit  Oxford.    Unbound  numbers  of  Periodicals  and  Reviews 
must  be  returned  at  the  end  of  one  week  from  the  time  of  borrowing. 

6.  If  application  be  made  to  the  Librarian  for  a  book  which  has 
been  taken  out,  he  shall  issue  notice  to  the  borrower,  who  must  return 
it  within  a  week  from  the  delivery  of  such  notice.      The  Library  Com- 
mittee may  also  direct  the  issuing  of  such  notices  at  their  discretion. 

7.  The  following  classes  of  books  are  subject  to  special  restrictions. 
Lists  are  kept  by  the  Librarian. 

(i)  Atlases,  Grammars,  and  Dictionaries,  in  common  use.  several 
Manuscripts,  volumes  remarkable  for  scarcity  or  condition, 
and  some  Bibliographical  and  other  books,  are  restrained 
from  circulation. 


RADCLIFFE   LIBRARY.  41 

(a)  Certain  Catalogues,  works  on  Bibliography,  Collections  of 
various  kinds,  some  illustrated  and  other  books,  can  be 
borrowed  only  by  written  pennission  of  the  Library  Com- 
mittee. 

(3)  Certain     Encyclopaedias    and    Biographical    Dictionaries     are 

allowed  to  circulate,  one  volume  at  a  time,  but  must  be 
returned  within  a  week  or  upon  twenty-four  hours'  notice. 

(4)  The  last  received  number  of  each  Periodical  work  or  Review  may 

be  taken  out  at  or  after  4.45  P.M..  and  not  earlier,  on  condi- 
tion of  being  returned  at  or  before  11.30  A.M.  next  morning. 

8.  No  book  shall  be  taken   out  of  Oxford  without  permission  in 
writing  obtained  from  the  Library  Committee.     Such  permission  can 
be  conceded  on  special  grounds  to  privileged  persons  only,  and  under 
no  circumstances  shall  any  book  be  taken  over  sea. 

9.  Undergraduate  Members  of  the  University,  not  being  privileged 
as  Taylorian  Scholars,  may  obtain  a  limited  privilege  of  using  books 
out  of  the  Library,  subject  to  its  Regulations,  upon  presenting  to  the 
Librarian  a  paper   (copies  of  which  may  be  obtained  from  him)  in 
\\hich  the  Head,  the  Vicegerent,  or  a  Tutor  of  the  applicant's  College 
or  Hall  not  only  recommends  the  applicant  to  the  Curators,  but  also 
undertakes  to  be  personally  responsible  for  any  loss  which  may  occur  to 
the  Library  by  default  of  the  person  whom  he  recommends. 

Books  can  be  borrowed  under  this  rule  during  Term-time  only; 
even-  book  must  be  returned  at  or  before  the  end  of  Term;  and  no 
person  thus  borrowing  shall  have  in  his  possession  more  than  two 
volumes  at  any  one  time.  For  any  special  extension  of  privilege 
application  must  be  made  to  the  Library  Committee. 

Attached  to  the  Library  is  also  a  room  containing  the  Finch 
Collection,  which  consists  chiefly  of  classical  works,  modern 
Italian  literature,  and  illustrated  works. 

The  Catalogue  both  of  the  Library  proper  and  of  the  Finch 
Collection  is  at  present  chiefly  in  MS.  A  new  Catalogue  is  in 
preparation.  The  Bibliographical  works  and  Dictionaries  will  be 
found  near  the  Librarian's  desk,  and  may  be  consulted  by  all 
readers. 


§  3.    The  Radcliffe  Library. 

Radcllffe   Library   was   founded    under   the    \vill    of   Dr. 

liffe,  early  in  the  eighteenth  century,  and  the  building  now 
used  as  the  Camera  Radclivinna  was  in  the  first  instance  luiilt  to 

ve  it.  At  present  it  is  placed  in  the  University  Museum, 
and  is  wholly  confined  to  scientific  literature.  Most  of  the 


42  INSTITUTIONS   IN   AID   OF   TEACHING. 

leading  works  in  the  several  departments  of  Physical  Science,  and 
almost  all  scientific  periodicals,  will  be  found  on  its  shelves. 

The  Library  is  arranged  in  two  parts:  (i)  the  Principal  Book- 
room;  (2)  the  Reading-room. 

In  the  Principal  Book-room,  the  books  are  arranged  in 
subjects,  viz.  i.  Philosophy;  2.  Mathematics;  3.  Astronomy; 
4.  Physics;  5.  Chemistry;  6.  Mineralogy;  7.  Geology;  8. 
Voyages  and  Travels;  9.  Biological  Science;  10.  Medicine; 
ii.  Biographies,  &c. ;  12.  Miscellaneous. 

The  many  large  illustrated  works,  such  as  those  of  Audubon, 
Gould,  and  Mascagni,  or  the  Voyage  de  1'Astrolabe,  have  places 
conveniently  allotted  to  them  apart  from  the  general  classification. 
They  are  for  the  most  part  in  cases,  standing  in  the  body  of  the 
room,  and  constructed  for  folios  of  any  size.  The  works  on 
Medicine,  and  the  older  and  less  used  volumes,  are  in  the 
galleries. 

The  Reading-room  has  wall-cases,  floor-cases,  and  an  eastern 
gallery.  In  the  presses  No.  179  to  No.  187  are  placed  General 
Transactions  of  Academies,  and  Journals :  those  of  the  British 
Empire  commence  the  series ;  they  are  followed  in  alphabetical 
order  by  those  of  other  countries,  America  (U.S.},  Denmark, 
France,  &c. 

In  other  wall-cases,  from  No.  154  to  No.  178  inclusive,  are 
journals  relating  to  special  subjects,  in  the  order  of  Mathematics, 
Physics,  Chemistry,  Geology,  Biology,  Medicine.  On  a  shelf 
before  each  window  is  placed  the  current  number,  weekly  or 
monthly,  of  the  serials  belonging  to  the  adjoining  case.  A 
special  catalogue  of  the  serials  has  been  printed,  and  may  be 
purchased  of  the  Sub-Librarian  in  attendance. 

In  the  south-eastern  corner  of  the  room,  presses  No.  188  to 
No.  190,  is  a  collection  of  standard  books,  for  the  most  part  ele- 
mentary, called  '  The  Students'  Library.'  It  contains  also  books 
of  reference,  and  monographs,  having  reference  to  the  subjects 
which  are  the  special  study  of  the  Museum. 

A  catalogue  of  the  works  in  the  Students'  Library  may  be  had 
from  the  Sub-Librarian. 

Then  follow  in  an  adjoining  case,  No.  191,  Dictionaries,  and 
Encyclopaedias  of  the  subjects  just  named. 

On  several  stands  in  the  centre  of  the  room,  are,  ist,  Maps 


RADCLIFFE  LIBRARY.  43 

and  Plans;  2nd,  such  Geological,  Anatomical,  and  Zoological 
works  as  consist  chiefly  of  large  plates  ;  and  3rd,  the  newer 
books  which  have  been  added  to  the  Library.  At  the  north  end 
of  the  room  are  Educational  Reports,  Examination  Papers,  and 
analogous  documents,  useful  to  scientific  teachers  or  students. 

Opposite  each  window  is  a  table  calculated  to  accommodate 
four  readers. 

At  the  south  end  of  the  Reading-room  is  a  stand  for  holding 
catalogues  and  other  books  pertaining  to  the  management  of  the 
Library,  as  well  as  shelves  for  bibliographical  works,  and  for 
keeping  the  books  of  such  readers  as  propose  to  return  and  again 
to  require  the  same  volumes. 

The  Reading-room  is  open  daily  from  10  A.M.  to  4  P.M.  ;  and 
Mondays  and  Thursdays  during  Term-time  at  7  P.M.  All 
persons  who  are  allowed  to  use  the  Museum  may  enter  this 
room,  and  obtain  orders  to  read  from  the  Sub-Librarian ;  all  the 
books  in  it  may  be  removed  from  the  shelves  by  them  without 
further  permission,  or  any  condition  except  the  observance  of 
the  regulations  of  the  Library. 

The  regulations  are  as  follows  : — 

1 .  All  persons  who  are  admitted  to  study  in  the  Museum  will  be 
admitted  to  the  Reading-room  of  the  Library,  for  the  purpose  of  reading. 

2.  Persons  who  desire  to  use  the  Reading-room  without  studying  in 
other  parts  of  the  Museum,  may  obtain  an  order  for  the  Reading-room 
by   letter,  addressed   to  'The    Radcliffe    Librarian — Oxford   Museum,' 
enclosing,  if  personally  unknown,  a  sufficient   letter   of  reference   or 
introduction. 

3.  All  persons  entering  the  Reading-room  are  at  liberty  to  use  all 
books,   maps,  and  documents  in  it,  and  to  take  any  such  from  their 
places.    They  are  requested  to  leave  them  on  the  table,  and  not  to  return 
them  to  their  shelves. 

4.  Renders  may,  by  application  to  the  Sub-Librarian  in  attendance, 
obtain  any  book  which  N  in  the  Library,  other  than  those  in  the  Read- 
ing-room.     They  may  apply  orally,  or  in  writing  on  one  of  the  slips 
provided  at  the  Catalogue  Stand. 

There  are  two  forms  of  slips  for  written  application,  one  for  books 
to  be  used  in  the  Kcading-room,  one  for  books  to  be  taken  into  the 
Central  Court. 

6.  Books  may  be  removed  according  to  the  regulation  on  the 
for  study  of  objects  in  the  Court,  1  may  biing   fi«'i. 

•  to  the  Reading-room  such  objects  as  ostcological  specimens,  if 


44  INSTITUTIONS   IN   AID   OF   TEACHING. 

the  rules  of  the  Court  allow  it ;   such  as  are  calculated  to  injure  the 
books  cannot  be  so  introduced. 

7.  The  peimission  to  use  books  in  the  Court  does  not  extend  to  the 
Work-rooms.  Private  Rooms,  or  Laboratories. 

8.  By  means  of  the  'Subjects'  Catalogue,'  and  by  application  to  the 
Sub-Librarian,  it  is  believed  that  readers  will  obtain  everything  which 
they  require;    under  special  circumstances  an   order  may  be    obtained 
from  the  Librarian  to  consult  works  in  the  Principal  Book-room  with- 
out removal  to  the  Reading-room. 

9.  Readers  who  intend  to  frequent  the  Reading-room  may  have  part 
of  a  table  reserved  for  them,  if  they  leave  their  names  with  the  Sub- 
Librarian — subject,  of  course,  to  the  condition  that  they  retain   their 
right  by  use.     If  they  wish  books  in  use  to  be  reserved  for  the  next 
day,  they  should  express  their  wish  to  the  Sub-Librarian. 

10.  Readers  who  desire  to  draw,  either  from  objects  in  the  Museum 
or  from  plates  existing  in  the  Radcliffe  Library,  may  have  an  easel  and 
water  (for   water  colours)    on   application    to   the   Sub-Librarian.     At 
present    Mr.  Drummond  is  ready  to  take  pupils  in  Natural   History 
Drawing. 

11.  The  Teacher  in  the  Ruskin  Drawing  School  (see  p.  62)  holds 
Evening  Classes  for  teaching  the  Anatomical  drawing  of  the  Figure,  on 
certain  evenings  during  Term. 

12.  A  first-class  microscope  by  Powell  and  Lealand  (including  a  ^ 
object-glass)  is  attached  to  the  Library,  for  reference,  and  for  comparison 
of  real  objects  with  the  illustrated  works. 

13.  Readers  are  earnestly  requested   to  observe  silence.     They  can 
communicate  to  the  Sub-Librarian  any  wants  they  mny  find  unsupplied, 
and  any  inconvenience  which  they  desire  to  have  remedied. 


§  4.     College  Libraries. 

At  University,  the  College  Library  is  open  to  all  members 
of  the  College,  and  books  may  be  taken  out  at  all  times,  the 
borrower  being  only  required  to  enter  his  name  in  the  Register 
kept  in  the  Library. 

At  Balliol,  the  College  Library  is  especially  rich  in  Divinity  and 
modern  books  bearing  on  Classical  Literature.  Undergraduates 
can  obtain  books  by  depositing  in  the  messenger's  box  a  slip  con- 
taining the  name  of  the  book  which  they  require.  There  is  also 
a  small  Library  of  books  bearing  on  academical  studies  which  is 
managed  by  Undergraduates  themselves. 


COLLEGE   LIBRARIES.  45 

At  Merton,  the  College  Library  is  open  without  restriction  to 
all  members  of  the  College :  a  special  reading-room  for  Under- 
graduates is  attached.  The  Library  is  especially  rich  in  Mediaeval 
Theology  and  Medicine :  it  will  hereafter  be  devoted  chiefly  to 
books  on  Modern  History. 

At  Exeter,  ( i )  the  Fellows'  Library  is  open  to  Undergraduates 
Saturday  in  full  Term  between  the  hours  of  u  and  12.  A.M. 
The  entrance  is  from  the  Undergraduates'  Library.  Books  may 
be  taken  out  at  that  time  on  application  to  the  Librarian,  and  at 
other  times  on  application  to  a  Fellow.  (2)  There  is  a  Library 
for  the  special  use  of  Undergraduate  Members  of  the  College, 
which  is  open  every  week-day  from  9  A.M.  to  sunset,  and  from 
which  books  may  be  taken  out  under  certain  conditions. 

At  Oriel,  (i)  the  College  Library  is  open  to  Undergraduates 
under  certain  restrictions ;  (2)  there  is  a  special  Library  for 
Undergraduates  which  is  open  to  them  without  restriction. 

At  New  College,  the  College  Library  is  open  to  Undergra- 
duates, and  books  may  be  taken  out  under  conditions  prescribed 
by  the  College  or  by  the  Librarian. 

At  Queen's,  the  College  Library  is  especially  rich  in  Modern 
Literature.  It  is  open  (i)  to  all  resident  Graduates  of  the 
College,  who  may  on  application  to  the  College  obtain  a  private 
key  lor  use  during  Term  ;  (2)  to  all  Undergraduate  members  of 
the  Coll  .-go,  who  are  allowed  to  take  out  books,  not  being  books 
ference,  for  any  period  not  exceeding  three  weeks.  It  is 
also  open  to  all  Graduates  of  the  University,  residing  in  Oxford, 
who  may  take  books  out,  under  certain  conditions,  on  application 
to  the  Librarian. 

At  Lincoln,  (i)  the  College  Library  is  especially  rich  in 
Scholastic  Theology,  in  pamphlets  of  the  period  of  the  Civil  \ 
and  in  books  bearing  on  the  Old  Testament.  In  future  it  will  be 
chiefly  confined  to  works  on  Theology.  It  is  open  to  Fellows 
.e  College  only,  except  by  special  leave.  (2)  The  Under- 
grad  iring  on  the  subjects 

of  t-  -.animations.     It  is  open  to  Under- 

grad  t  ion,  between  y  A.M.  and 

10  P.M.  on  every  day  during  Term. 

All  Souls',  the  Library  !y  rich  in  work-  hearing 

•ry  and  L,r 


46  INSTITUTIONS  IN   AID  OF   TEACHING. 

it,  which  is  open  to  all  Graduates  of  the  University,  to  Barristers 
on  the  Oxford  Circuit,  and  to  Undergraduates  who  produce  a 
written  recommendation  from  either  a  Chichele  Professor  or  their 
College  Tutor,  from  n  A.M.  to  4  P.M.  every  week-day,  except 
during  the  months  of  August  and  September,  and  some  few  other 
days  during  the  year,  when  it  is  entirely  closed. 

At  Magdalen,  the  Library  is  rich  in  Divinity,  Natural  Science, 
and  Topography.  Standard  works  in  Classics  and  other  branches 
of  University  education  are  added  as  required.  Undergraduates 
can  obtain  books  from  it  by  application  to  the  Librarian  or  one  of 
the  Fellows. 

At  Brasenose,  there  is  an  Undergraduates'  Library  and  Read- 
ing-room, in  addition  to  the  College  Library. 

At  Corpus,  the  Library  is  rich  in  Divinity,  and  in  Early 
Printed  Classics.  The  archives  contain  a  large  collection  of 
valuable  MSS.,  and  also  a  curious  collection  of  Italian  works 
relating  to  Italian  history  and  topography. 

At  Christ  Church,  (i)  the  Library  is  rich  in  old  Divinity,  and 
is  kept  up  in  all  subjects  entering  into  academical  study:  (2)  a 
Reading-room  is  open  to  Undergraduates  four  hours  every  week- 
day in  full  Term,  and  they  may,  subject  to  certain  regulations, 
take  out  books. 

At  Trinity,  Undergraduates  may  obtain  books  from  the  College 
Library  by  applying  to  the  Librarian. 

At  St.  John's,  (i)  the  College  Library  is  especially  rich  in 
Theology,  and  contains  also  some  valuable  works  in  History: 
Undergraduates  can  obtain  any  book  from  it  by  applying  to  their 
Tutor.  (2)  There  is  also  a  special  Library,  consisting  chiefly  of 
books  of  reference,  which  is  open  from  8  A.M.  to  10  P.M.  every 
week-day  in  full  Term,  and  from  which,  subject  to  certain 
rules,  Undergraduates  are  at  liberty  to  take  books  out  for 
themselves. 

At  Jesus,  the  College  Library  is  especially  rich  in  English  con- 
troversial divinity  of  the  latter  half  of  the  seventeenth  century. 
There  is  also  a  Library  of  selected  books  for  the  use  of  Under- 
graduates. 

At  Wadham,  Undergraduates  may  obtain  books  from  the 
College  Library  by  applying  to  the  Librarian.  Graduates  may, 
on  application,  be  provided  with  keys. 


UNIVERSITY   MUSEUM.  47 

At  Pembroke,  Undergraduates  can  obtain  books  from  the 
College  Library  by  applying  to  the  Librarian  or  to  a  resident 
Fellow. 

At  Worcester,  (i)  the  College  Library  is  rich  in  Architectural 
ks,  Travels,  Old  Plays,  and  Pamphlets  :  it  is  especially  rich  in 
works  bearing  on  the  studies  of  the  University.  All  members  of 
the  College  may,  under  certain  restrictions,  obtain  books  from  it, 
for  use  both  in  Term-time  and  in  Vacation.  (2)  The  Under- 
graduates' Library,  containing  books  bearing  on  the  subjects  of 
the  several  Schools,  is  open  as  a  reading-room  every  day  until 

II   P.M. 

At  St.  Mary  Hall,  the  Library  is  at  all  times  accessible  to 
Undergraduates  without  restriction. 

At  St.  Edmund  Hall,  the  Library  is  rich  in  Patristic  and 
Modern  Theology.  It  is  open  at  fixed  times  on  three  days  in  the 
week  to  all  members  of  the  Hall. 

At  Keble,  Undergraduates  may  take  out  books  from  the  Library 
on  making  an  entry  in  a  book  which  is  kept  for  the  purpose. 


§  5.  The  University  Museum. 

The  University  Museum  consists  of  a  large  group  of  buildings 
which  are  wholly  devoted  to  the  study  and  teaching  of  various 
branches  of  Physical  Science.  It  contains  collections  in  illustra- 
tion of  Mineralogy,  Geology,  Zoology,  Comparative  Anatomy, 
Pathology ;  together  with  the  necessary  apparatus  for  Chemistry 
and  Physics.  It  also  contains  Lecture-rooms,  Libraries,  Labora- 
tories, Dissecting-rooms,  and  other  appliances  for  each  class  of 
teaching. 

It  is  divided  into  separate  Departments,  which  correspond  to  the 
several  Professorships  of  Mathematical  and  Physical  Science,  and 
all  of  which  are  accessible  without  fee  to  all  members  of  the 
!  udents  of  Physical  Science  who  are  not  members 
of  the  University  arc  admitted  on  the  introduction  of  a  Professor; 
and  strangers  from  a  d  ho  wish  merely  to  view  the 

ire  admitted  daily.  :  P.M.  and  4  P.M.,  on  re- 

cording their  names  in  the  Visitors'  Book. 

The  separate  Departments  are  described  in  the  following  pages. 


48  INSTITUTIONS   IN   AID  OF   TEACHING. 


i.  DEPARTMENT  OF  MATHEMATICS. 

This  Department  consists  of  Lecture-rooms  in  which  the 
Sedleian  Professor  of  Natural  Philosophy  and  the  Savilian  Pro- 
fessor of  Geometry  give  lectures,  the  former  upon  Applied,  the 
latter  usually  upon  Pure,  Mathematics. 


a.  DEPARTMENT  OF  ASTRONOMY. 

This  Department  is  in  process  of  being  remodelled,  in  con- 
sequence of  a  recent  grant  of  the  University  for  the  purchase  of 
a  refracting  telescope  of  12^  inches  aperture,  and  the  erection  of 
a  suitable  building  to  contain  it.  This  instrument  will  be  provided 
with  its  proper  spectroscopes,  and  all  the  other  modern  appliances 
for  researches  connected  with  Astronomical  Physics.  In  addition 
to  this,  Mr.  Warren  De  La  Rue  has  offered  to  the  University  his 
well-known  reflecting  telescope,  together  with  all  its  valuable  ap- 
purtenances. Until  these  instruments  are  fixed,  the  Depart- 
ment consists  of  a  small  observatory,  in  which  either  the  Pro- 
fessor or  an  assistant  usually  attends  every  evening,  except 
Sunday,  from  half-past  seven  to  half-past  ten.  This  observatory 
contains  a  good  five-feet  Transit,  with  its  accessories  ;  a  clock,  an 
eighteen-inch  Altazimuth,  and  a  small  equatorial  telescope. 

The  lectures  of  the  Professor  embrace  the  ninth  and  eleventh 
sections  of  Newton,  the  Lunar  and  Planetary  Theories,  Spherical 
Astronomy,  and  the  construction  and  use  of  Astronomical  Instru- 
ments. It  is  also  the  Professor's  desire  to  give  annually  a  public 
course  of  lectures  on  some  branch  of  Astronomy,  in  which 
mathematical  terms  are  as  far  as  possible  avoided. 

(For  a  notice  of  the  RadclifFe  Observatory,  see  p.  59.) 

3.  DEPARTMENT  OF  PHYSICS. 

The  Clarendon  Laboratory  attached  to  the  University  Museum 
is  specially  designed  to  afford  facilities  for  the  study  of  Physics. 
It  contains  the  Physical  Cabinet,  a  Lecture  Theatre  adapted  for 
lectures  requiring  experimental  illustration,  and  several  labora- 
tories respectively  devoted  to  the  different  branches  of  Physics, 
Acoustics,  Heat,  Electricity,  Magnetism,  and  Optics. 


UNIVERSITY    MUSEUM.  49 

The  instruction  given  is  of  two  kinds. 

First,  the  Lecture  course,  intended  for  students  who  have  not 
yet  made  much  progress  in  the  study  of  Physics,  and  for  those 
who  desire  a  general  knowledge  of  the  subject  without  the  con- 
sideration of  minute  details. 

In  general,  two  lectures  are  delivered  in  each  week  during  the 
Michaelmas  and  Lent  Terms.  These  lectures  are,  when  neces- 
sary, illustrated  by  experiments,  and  are  designed  to  make  as  little 
demand  as  possible  on  the  mathematical  knowledge  of  the  student ; 
an  acquaintance  with  the  simplest  elements  of  Geometry  and 
Algebra  being  alone  necessary. 

Upon  first  entering  the  class  for  this  course  the  student  is 
required  to  pay  a  fee  of  «€i ;  he  is  then  free  to  attend  all  the 
experimental  lectures  during  his  University  career. 

Secondly,  the  Laboratory  course,  intended  for  students  aiming 
at  Honours  in  Physics  in  the  School  of  Natural  Science,  and  for 
those  requiring  a  thorough  knowledge  of  the  use  of  physical 
apparatus,  and  of  the  methods  of  accurate  measurement  and 
physical  research. 

In  the  Physical  Laboratory  the  students  work  singly  or  in 
small  groups,  according  to  the  nature  of  the  instrument  or  method 
under  consideration.  Instruction  is  given  to  each  student  in  the 
accurate  use  of  instruments,  and  he  is  then  required  himself  to 
carry  out  experiments,  or  to  make  accurate  measurements  sug- 
gested to  him,  under  the  superintendence  of  the  Professor  and 
Demonstrator. 

The  Laboratory  is  open  daily  from  10  A.M.  to  4  P.M.,  but  it  is 
usual  for  a  student  to  work  in  the  Laboratory  only  on  alternate 
and  the  time  required  on  any  occasion  varies  from  two  to 
six  hours,  according  to  the  nature  of  the  work  in  hand.    Refresh- 
ments of  a  simple  character  can  be  obtained  by  arrangement  with 
the  Porter  of  the  Laboratory,  and  a  room  is  set  apart  for  the  use 
ients,  as  a  common  room. 

-.'.•irking  three  days  a  week   is    £3   per  Term,  no 
additional  expense  being  incurred  by  a  student,  unless  by  inatten- 

>ness  he  should  injure  the  apparatus  cntnM. 
him. 

It  is  essential  that  a  student' in  the  Physic;-.!  :  v  >h<mld 

possess  some  knowledge  of  Mathematics,  and  the  greater   this 


50  INSTITUTIONS   IN   AID  OF   TEACHING. 

knowledge,  the  greater  will  be  the  range  of  physical  study  open 
to  him ;  it  is  also  most  desirable  that  before  entering  the  Labora- 
tory the  student  should  have  acquired  some  knowledge  of  general 
Physics,  such  for  instance  as  is  represented  by  the  elementary 
portions  of  Jamin's  Gours  de  Physique. 

If,  upon  coming  to  the  University,  a  student  intends  to  become 
a  candidate  for  Honours  in  Physics,  it  is  generally  desirable  that 
he  should  give  his  attention  mainly  to  the  study  of  Mathematics 
and  Mechanics  until  he  has  passed  Moderations,  merely  acquiring 
a  general  knowledge  of  Physics  and  Chemistry  by  attending  the 
experimental  lectures.  He  should  then  devote  his  whole  time  to 
the  study  of  works  on  Physics  and  Chemistry  and  to  working  in 
the  Laboratories. 

As  however  the  most  desirable  course  to  pursue  depends  so 
much  on  the  extent  of  the  student's  knowledge  on  entering  the 
University,  it  is  recommended  that  each  student  intending  to  give 
special  attention  to  Physics,  should,  as  soon  as  possible  after 
coming  into  residence,  consult  the  Professor  of  Experimental 
Philosophy,  or  any  other  teacher  of  Physics  in  the  University. 


4.  DEPARTMENT  OF  CHEMISTRY. 

This  department  comprises  a  lecture-room  fitted  with  ap- 
pliances for  experimental  illustration,  and  a  principal  working 
laboratory,  together  with  demonstration-rooms,  subsidiary  labo- 
ratories, balance-rooms,  furnace-rooms,  store-rooms,  &c. 

The  oral  instruction  consists  of  two  general  lectures  and  one 
demonstration,  or  less  formal  lecture,  given  weekly,  usually 
during  the  Michaelmas  and  Lent  Terms.  For  attendance  on 
these  lectures  no  fee  is  required. 

The  principal  laboratory  is  open  daily  from  9  A.M.  to  3  P.M. 
during  Term-time,  for  instruction  in  Practical  Chemistry.  The 
fee  for  each  Term  is,  for  students  working  three  days  in  the 
week,  £•$  ;  for  students  working  every  day,  £5.  This  fee  entitles 
the  student  to  the  use  of  all  apparatus  and  reagents  essential  for 
his  work,  with  the  exception  of  a  small  amount  of  apparatus 
peculiarly  liable  to  be"broken.  The  ordinary  \vork  of  the  student 
in  the  laboratory  consists  in  the  practice  of  elementary  qualita- 
tive analysis;  and  of  practice  in  those  methods  of  qualitative 


UNIVERSITY  MUSEUM.  51 

analysis,  a  knowledge  of  \vhich  is  required  of  candidates  for 
Honours  in  the  School  of  Natural  Science  who  make  Chemistry 
their  special  subject. 

In  addition  to  this,  two  courses  of  instruction  are  given  in  the 
subsidiary  laboratories;  namely,  a  course  on  the  methods  of 
quantitative  analysis,  given  by  the  Aldrichian  Demonstrator ;  and 
a  course  of  elementary  instruction  in  chemical  manipulation, 
intended  for  those  beginning  the  practice  of  Chemistry,  given  by 
the  Junior  Demonstrator.  The  fee  for  each  of  these  courses  is, 
to  students  otherwise  working  in  the  laboratory,  IGJ.,  to  other 
students,  £i  the  Term. 

Opportunities  are  moreover  afforded  in  the  different  labora- 
tories for  the  experimental  investigation  of  special  subjects  of 
chemical  enquiry. 

5.  DEPARTMENT  OF  MINERALOGY. 

(1)  Mineralogy.     The  specimens,  mostly  obtained  by  gifts  to 
the  University  from  Dr.  Simmons  of  Christ  Church,  and  others, 
are  arranged  in  table-cases  in  the  order  of  their  chemical  consti- 
tution.     Beginning  with  meteoric  iron,  the  series  is  continued 
through  metals  and  combinations  of  metals,  sulphides,  chlorides, 
and  fluorides ;  a  large  variety  of  oxides,  carbonates  and  silicates 
succeeds,   followed  by  sulphates,   phosphates,  &c.      The   series 
closes  with   combustible  substances,  including  jet  and  amber. 
The  specimens  are  labelled,  and  may  be  studied  by  help  of  Miller's 
Mineralogy,  and  other  works  in  the  Radcliffe  Library. 

(2)  Litbology.     To  assist  in  the  study  of  rocks  and  associations 
of  minerals — a  subject  common  to  Mineralogy  and  Geology —there 
is  a  case  of  Vesuvian  lavas  and  minerals,  and  two  tables  of  rock 

selected  to  show  crystalline  segregations,  veins,  faults, 
cleavage,  metamorphism,  and  other  varieties  of  structure.   A  con- 
•it  book  for  these  subjects  is  Cotta's  Gesteinslehre,  translated 
by  Lawrence. 

6.  DEPARTMENT  OF  GEOLOGY. 

The  collections  include  fossils  from  the-  whole  Krfef  of  British 
Actions  from    foreign   localities.     Of  the   original 
collection   anciently  in  the  Aslnnolcan   Museum,  and  descr 

E  a 


52  INSTITUTIONS   IN   AID   OF   TEACHING. 

by  Lhwyd,  only  a  few  specimens  can  be  recognized ;  a  great  part 
of  those  now  exhibited  were  bequeathed  to  the  University  by  the 
late  Rev.  Dr.  Buckland. 

One  collection  is  general,  and  is  placed  in  the  order  of  the 
strata,  in  vertical  cases,  beginning  with  the  Lower  Palaeozoic. 
In  the  lower  east  corridor,  the  Palaeozoic  and  Mesozoic  strata  are 
represented  by  their  fossils,  including  the  chalk;  in  the  upper 
corridor,  the  Cainozoic  forms  of  life  are  continued  through 
Eocene  and  later  systems  to  the  deposits  of  modern  periods. 
The  greater  part  of  the  large  series  of  bones  from  caverns  was 
collected  by  Dr.  Buckland.  The  cases  are  numbered  i  to  32  in 
the  lower,  33  to  64  in  the  upper  corridor;  in  each  great  division 
of  the  strata  the  fossils  are  placed  in  the  order  of  natural  affinity, 
so  that  either  a  condensed  view  of  one  great  system  or  period  of 
associated  life — as  the  Cambro-Silurian,  or  Oolitic,  or  Cretaceous 
— may  be  had,  or  the  student  may  follow  one  selected  group  of 
organic  forms— as  Brachiopoda,  or  Cephalopoda,  or  Fishes — 
through  the  whole  extent  of  geological  time.  The  specimens  are 
numbered,  and  a  Catalogue  in  MS.  may  be  consulted  on  applica- 
tion to  the  Professor  of  Geology,  who  will  also  recommend 
books  suited  to  the  student  in  this  department. 

Another  collection  is  special ;  it  is  entirely  derived  from  ex- 
plorations of  localities  near  Oxford,  being  intended  to  illustrate 
fully  the  fossils  of  the  several  strata  accessible  within  moderate 
distances  to  Oxford  students:  it  is  placed  on  the  southern  and 
eastern  walls  of  the  corridor.  The  specimens  are  labelled  or  in 
process  of  being  so,  and  separate  Catalogues  will  be  prepared  for 
each  of  the  cases.  The  series  extends  downwards  from  the 
modern  to  the  lower  oolitic  deposits. 

7.  DEPARTMENT  OF  ZOOLOGY. 

Zoology.  Specimens  illustrative  of  the  great  divisions  of  the 
animal  kingdom  (excepting  Crustacea,  Insecta,  &c.)  are  placed  in 
the  middle  of  the  Court,  labelled  and  catalogued.  At  present 
the  space  for  mammalia  is  very  restricted.  Each  natural  division 
of  birds  from  various  regions  of  the  earth  is  placed,  as  far  as 
possible,  together,  and  distinct  from  other  groups.  Of  reptiles 
a  considerable  proportion  was  part  of  the  large  gifts  of  the  Rev. 


UNIVERSITY   MUSEUM.  53 

F.  W.  Hope,  including  the  fine  series  of  Chelonida  collected  by 
Mr.  Bell :  Dr.  Gunther  has  examined  a  considerable  number  of 
the  Batrachians,  Lacertians,  Ophidians,  and  Crocodilians — very 
many  specimens  being  preserved  in  spirits.  In  the  central  aisle  of 
the  Court  are  cabinets  containing  a  general  collection  of  the  shells 
of  Mollusca,  mostly  presented  by  Admiral  Sir  T.  Wilson  and 
Lady  Wilson.  These  are  arranged  in  natural  groups,  numbered 
and  catalogued. 

There  is  a  distinct  collection  of  British  Vertebrata,  including 
fishes,  reptiles,  birds,  and  mammalia,  in  the  upper  north  corridor, 
which  also  contains  a  very  valuable  collection  of  Arctic  birds 
nted  by  John  Barrow,  Esq.  Among  the  British  birds  are 
especially  to  be  noticed  many  groups  of  young  birds.  Large 
and  valuable  collections  of  British  shells,  presented  by  Sir  Walter 
Trevelyan  and  the  late  Mr.  Barlee,  are  placed  in  a  room  on 
the  north  side  of  the  building.  Special  collections,  including 
eggs  of  British  birds,  shells  of  Madeira,  and  shells  of  the  vicinity 
of  Oxford,  are  arranged  in  glazed  drawers  under  the  general 
collection  of  shells. 

In  a  distinct  cabinet,  Echinodermata  appear  in  two  main 
groups — Echinida  and  Asterida — and  the  series  is  closed  by 
a  collection  of  Corals,  Gorgoniae,  and  Spongidae,  labelled  and 
catalogued. 

The  collections  of  articulated  animals  of  the  Entomological 
Library  are  placed  in  rooms  in  the  South  Upper  Corridor  of  the 
urn.     The  collection  of  insects,  both  Britisli  and  foreign, 
..resented  to  the  University  by  the  Rev.  F.  W.  Hope,  is  one 
of  the  largest  in  existence,  and  in  some  of  the  groups  is  un- 
surpassed by  any  other  museum.     The  collection  of  Economic 
:-med  by  the  present  Professor  of  Zoology,  is  of 
<-nt;   portions  of  it  are  exhibited  in  gla/od  I 
in  the  large  Insect-room  and  in  the  Corridor. 

The  rich  collection  of  Crustacea  formed  by  Professor  Bell  is 
en  presented  to  the  University  by 
the   Professor  of  Zoology    on    his    appointment    to    that    • 

i.l   Insccta  in  spirits 

•i  the  wall  cu^es  of  tl  :-ooni  and  Corridor. 

The  Entomological  Library  of  the   Re?.  F.  \V.   H..JU- 
extensive,  and  is  open  to  students  01  ion  to  the  i 


54  INSTITUTIONS  IN   AID   OF   TEACHING. 


8.    DEPARTMENT  OF  BIOLOGY. 

The  way  in  which  a  beginner  is  introduced  in  the  Anatomical 
Department  of  the  University  Museum  to  the  study  of  Biology 
as  recognized  in  the  School  of  Natural  Science,  may  be  given  in 
the  following  words : — '  The  first  requisite  for  a  commencing 
student  in  this  department  of  knowledge  is  that  he  should  be 
taught  how  much  there  is  to  be  observed  and  described  in  a 
natural  object,  and  it  has  been  found  that  such  a  person  can  have 
this  lesson  impressed  upon  his  mind  in  an  excellent  yet  easy  way, 
by  addressing  himself  with  osteological  specimens  actually  before 
him  to  the  task  of  verifying  the  statements  made  relatively  to 
them  in  some  work  specially  devoted  to  the  description  of  them. 
The  vertebral  column  and  the  bones  of  the  cranium  are  the 
specimens  selected,  and  recourse  is  taken  to  human  rather  than 
to  other  osteologies,  inasmuch  as  the  descriptions  they  contain 
are  at  once  more  intelligible  to  beginners,  as  being  couched  in 
less  technical  language,  and  more  full  and  precise,  and  therefore 
more  valuable  for  the  purpose  in  question,  than  most  of  the  ordi- 
narily accessible  descriptions  of  the  bones  of  the  lower  animals. 

'  When  this  portion  of  the  preliminary  course  is  completed,  a 
similar  study  of  the  principal  organs  of  animal  and  vegetable  life, 
such  as  the  brain,  the  heart,  the  digestive  tract,  the  hepatic,  and 
the  renal  organs,  is  entered  upon;  preparations  of  these  structures 
preserved  so  as  to  be  accessible  to  manipulation,  and  also  micro- 
scopic specimens,  being  available  for  comparison  with  such  de- 
scriptions as  the  ordinary  works  on  Anthropotomy  give  in  their 
chapters  on  Visceral  Anatomy.' 

As  soon  as  the  student  has  obtained  a  sufficient  familiarity  with 
these  natural  objects,  he  enters  upon  the  study  of  a  series  of  dis- 
sections prepared  and  designed  so  as  to  introduce  him  to  a 
natural  classification  of  the  Animal  Kingdom  based  upon  the  varia- 
tions in  relative  arrangement  which  those  organs  and  systems  of 
organs  exhibit  from  one  class  to  another.  He  is,  in  the  first 
instance,  provided  with  specimens  already  dissected,  and  available, 
iis  in  the  case  of  the  various  organs  already  specified,  for  manipu- 
lation ;  and,  subsequently,  he  proceeds  to  the  dissection  of  similar 
specimens  for  himself,  reference  being  in  each  case  made  to 


UNIVERSITY   MUSEUM.  55 

printed  accounts  of  such  dissections.  The  details  given  in  these 
printed  accounts  are  to  be  verified,  and  then  reproduced  by  the 
student  in  his  own  dissection  by  the  aid  of  reference  to  a  series 
of  preparations  known  as  the  '  Zoological  Series  with  Dissections 
in  illustration.'  This  series  consists  of  fifty  preparations,  and  is, 
for  convenience  in  the  way  of  reference,  provided  in  duplicate 
within  the  precincts  of  the  department.  After  going  through 
this  amount  of  work,  the  Biological  student  proceeds  to  study 
the  Anatomical  and  Physiological  series  arranged  in  the  Court 
and  in  other  parts  of  the  Museum.  A  very  large  part  of  these 
series  is  arranged  upon  a  Physiological  rather  than  upon  a  Mor- 
phological basis,  and  corresponding,  as  it  does,  in  general  outline 
with  the  Physiological  series  in  the  Museum  of  the  Royal  College 
of  Surgeons  in  London,  it  secures  to  the  student  the  advantage 
of  easy  and  systematized  reference  to  the  valuable  volumes 
of  the  Physiological  Catalogue  of  that  Museum  arranged  by  Pro- 
fessor Owen.  In  other  series  again,  as  in  the  case  already  referred 
to  of  the  '  Zoological  Series  with  Dissections  in  illustration,' 
regard  is  held  primarily  to  the  Morphological  aspects  of  Biology. 
Amongst  these  series  may  be  mentioned  those  illustrating  the 
variations  presented  to  us  by  the  Teeth,  by  the  Brain,  and  by  the 
Skeleton  in  different  divisions  and  subdivisions  of  the  Sub- 
kingdom  Vertebrata. 

Catechetical  instruction  in  Microscopical  Anatomy  is  given  to 
the  student  whilst  carrying  on  the  above-mentioned  lines  of  work, 
and  he  has  from  time  to  time  opportunities  for  making  himself 
familiar  by  means  of  demonstrations  with  the  rudiments  of 
Animal  Chemistry. 

Lectures  of  a  catechetical  kind  are  given  upon  all  the  subjects 

i  in  the  Biological  Department  of  the  School  of  Natural 

,ce;  and  at  the  conclusion  of  each  Term,  as  also  at  other 

,  papers  of  questions  to  be  answered  in  writing  are  given 

The  Anatomical  collections  have  placed  in  relation  with  them 
manuscript  catalogues,  which  explain  their  uses  and  applications ; 
and  in  these  catalogues  re:  .re  constantly  given  to  printed 

work  r  detail  of  the  subjects  which  tlu 

.      The   Radclille    I  by  an  arrangement 

:  greatly  increases  the  value  of  thebc  collections,  allow  the 


56  INSTITUTIONS   IN   AID   OF   TEACHING. 

scientific  works  contained  in  their  now  very  extensive  library 
to  be  brought  into  the  Court  where  the  larger  part  of  these 
collections  are  arranged;  so  that  the  student  can  compare  the 
actual  natural  objects  with  descriptions  and  explanations  of  them 
given  by  the  scientific  writers  of  all  civilized  nations. 

The  courses  of  lectures  and  of  practical  instruction  are  open 
to  the  student  during  Term-time  on  the  payment  (except  in  the 
cases  of  members  of  Christ  Church  and  Merton  College)  of  a 
terminal  fee  of  £2  2s. 

There  are  two  Demonstrators  of  Anatomy. 

9.  DEPARTMENT  OF  MEDICINE. 

Although  the  University  has  not  at  present  undertaken  to 
develop  teaching  in  the  technical  applications  of  the  Natural 
Sciences,  and  has  not  therefore  a  practical  Medical  School, 
any  more  than  a  practical  Engineering  School,  yet  it  has  been 
thought  desirable  to  form  in  the  Museum  for  certain  purposes  a 
Medical  Department,  as  being  necessary  for  a  philosophical  view 
of  Biological  Science.  These  purposes  include  generally  the 
study— (i)  of  the  ways  in  which  the  healthy  structures  of  living 
beings  become  unhealthy;  (2)  of  the  modes  of  preventing  the 
tendencies  to  ill-health,  or  death  ;  (3)  of  the  principles  by  which 
injuries  may  be  repaired ;  and  (4)  of  the  several  ways  in  which 
life  is  brought  to  a  close. 

The  arrangements  for  these  ends,  though  for  the  reason  just 
stated  much  smaller  than  those  of  a  Medical  School,  include — 

1.  A  small   Sanitary   Laboratory. — In  this   are  made  Sanitary 
Analyses  for  either  public  or  for  private  purposes,  at  an  average 
fee  of  £i  i  j.  for  a  Qualitative,  and  £2  2s.  for  a  Quantitative  analysis. 
Pupils  are  taken  in  this  department.     Demonstrations  on  Adulte- 
rated Food  are  given,  and  the  chemical  and  microscopic  methods 
for  detecting  the  adulterations  explained  by  the  Professor  or  his 
Deputy. 

2.  A  Pathological  Museum,  consisting  of  about  1000  specimens, 
and  comprising  the  collection  of  Schroeder  van  der  Kolk,  that 
of  the  present  Regius  Professor,  and  others. 

This  is  divided  into  two  parts,  arranged  according  to  the 
divisions  of  the  Hunterian  Collection.  The  first  part  illustrates 


THE   I10TAXIC   GARDEX.  57 

the  general  forms  of  disease,  and  the  second  local  diseases.  It 
aims  at  showing  these  processes  in  animals  generally  as  well  as  in 
man,  and  so  is  to  be  counted  a  continuation  of  the  Biological 
series  in  the  Court,  also  arranged  on  the  plan  of  the  Hunterian 
Collection. 

The  collection  is  catalogued,  and  may  be  studied  by  leave  of  the 
Professor.  Pathological  Books  are  to  be  found  either  in  the 
Pathological  Museum  itself,  or  in  the  Radcliffe  Library. 

3.  An  Instrument  Room. — In  this  apartment  are  being  collected 
instruments    of  Diagnosis,    Ophthalmoscopes,    Optometers,   the 
Phacoidoscope,  Laryngoscopes,  Sphygmographs,  &c. 

The  room  can  be  darkened  for  the  use  of  these  reflecting 
instruments.  Members  of  the  University  desiring  to  use  them 
are  to  apply  to  the  Professor  or  to  his  Deputy. 

In  this  room  the  Radcliffe  Artist  may  be  consulted  as  to 
instruction  in  Anatomical  Drawing,  Natural  History  Drawing,  or 
the  mode  of  drawing  Diagrams. 

4.  Tbf  Office  of  the  Regius  Professor  of  Medicine.— The    Regius 
Professor  attends  on  certain  days,  which  are  announced  in  the 

rsitj  Gazette,  to  advise  members  of  the  University  on  subjects 
connected  with  the  department. 

5.  From  time  to  time  the  Professor  takes  members  of  the 
University  to  inspect  localities  in  town  or  country,  for  instruction 
in   Sanitary  defects  and  remedies.     He  also,  in  his  capacity  of 
Clinical  Professor,  gives  Clinical  Instruction  at  the  Infirmary  on 
two  days  in  the  week  during  Term. 

§  6.  The  Botanic  Garden. 

The  Botanic  Garden,  formerly  known  as  the  Physic  Garden, 
was  founded  in  the  year  16^2  through  the  munificence  of  Lord 
.     It  wa>  the  first  piece  of  public  ground  set  apart  in  this 
ry  for  the  scientific  study  of  plants. 

material   now  existing   in   it  for  instruction  or  r. 
IMJ  described  under  the  three  following  heads: — 
Tbt  Garden,  containing  collections  of  living  plants. 

t  Herbarium,  containing  collections  of  dried  plants. 
3.  Tbf  Museum,  containing  collections  of 

cannot  conveniently  be  ino  I  .  ith  the  Herbarium. 


58  INSTITUTIONS   IN   AID   OF   TEACHING. 

1.  The  Garden. — The  Gardens,  which  are  open  from  seven  in 
the  morning  till  sunset,  contain  collections  of  both  hardy  and 
tender  plants.     Of  the  former,  those  within  the  walls  are  for  the 
most  part  arranged  in  beds  illustrative  of  the  natural  orders  ;  but 
on   the  plot  of  ground   outside  the  walls,  facing  the   Merton 
meadows,  about  500  of  the  more  common  wild  flowers  have  been 
arranged  in  rows  to  illustrate  the  British  genera.    This  Generic 
Garden  has  been  laid  out  with  the  view  to  assist  the  student,  who, 
upon  application  to  the  Professor,  will  have  leave  to  gather  for  him- 
self such  specimens  as  he  may  need,  and  may  be  further  supplied 
with  special  opportunities  for  carrying  on  his  examination  of  them. 

The  more  tender  plants  are  preserved  in  conservatories. 
These  are  not  open  to  the  public,  on  account  of  the  narrowness 
of  the  passages  leading  through  them ;  but  any  student,  upon 
application,  will  have  the  same  opportunities  afforded  him  for 
study  in  them  as  are  mentioned  above  in  connection  with  the 
collection  of  hardy  plants. 

2.  Ihe  Herbarium. — The  collections  contained  in  the  Herbarium 
may  be  classed  under  three  heads. 

(a)  The  Modern  British  Collection ;  (£)  The  Modern  General  Col- 
lection ;  (y)  The  Ancient  Collection. 

(a)  The  Modern  British  Herbarium  is  now  completed,  and  is 
especially  intended  as  an  herbarium  of  reference  for  students. 
Not  only  have  good  typical  specimens  of  each  species  been 
selected,  but  seeds  also  and  the  more  minute  parts  are,  in  most 
cases,  preserved  in  capsules,  from  which  the  student  may  be 
supplied.  Special  appliances  are  also  offered  him  for  their  macer- 
ation and  dissection. 

(/3)  The  Modern  General  Herbarium,  the  noble  gift  of  the  late 
Mr.  Fielding,  is,  after  those  at  Kew  and  the  British  Museum,  one 
of  the  largest  and  most  valuable  in  the  country.  It  is  now  cleaned 
and  rendered  safe  from  the  further  attacks  of  insects  :  it  is  also 
being  rapidly  arranged,  and  all  the  post-Linnean  collections  are 
being  incorporated  with  it. 

(y)  The  Ancient  Collections  include  all  such  as  have  been  made 
previous  to  the  time  of  Linnaeus.  Among  these  may  be  reckoned 
those  of  Morison,  Sherard,  Dillenius,  and  Dubois.  All  these  are 
kept  separate,  and  serve  to  illustrate  the  state  of  botanical  science 
in  the  times  in  which  they  were  made. 


RADCLIFFE  OBSERVATORY.  59 

3.  The  Mtueum,  although  containing  at  one  time  a  great  number 
of  valuable  and  useful  specimens,  is  unfortunately  of  little  service 
to  the  student,  owing  in  part  to  the  excessive  darkness  of  the 
room  in  which  the  cases  are  placed,  and  in  part  to  the  lamentable 
destruction  of  many  of  the  specimens  through  the  agency  of  insects. 

A  course  of  lectures  on  Botany  is  given  every  Term.  In  the 
autumn  and  spring  the  subject  treated  of  is  the  Minute  Anatomy 
and  Physiology  of  Plants.  These  lectures  consist  mainly  of  a  series 
of  practical  demonstrations.  Each  student  is  required  to  come 
furnished  with  a  compound  microscope,  and  to  work  out  for  him- 
self the  different  points  under  consideration. 

In  the  summer  Term  the  subject  treated  of  is  Morphological 
and  Systematic  Botany. 

On  account  of  the  Gardens  having  no  lecture-room  attached  to 
them,  the  lectures  are  given  either  in  the  Herbarium  or  at  the 
Professor's  residence. 

§  7.  Radcliffe  Observatory. 

The  Radcliffe  Observatory,  although  situated  within  the  limits 
of  the  University,  is  not  an  educational  institution.  At  the  same 
time  the  present  Radcliffe  Observer  has  at  all  times  shown  the 
greatest  willingness  to  admit  advanced  and  meritorious  students 
to  the  benefit  of  practical  observation  within  the  Observatory. 

The  Astronomical  instruments  of  the  Observatory  are  at  pre- 
sent:  (i)  a  transit-circle  with  telescope  of  66  inches  focal  length 
and  5  inches  aperture:  (2)  a  heliometer,  of  which  the  telescope 
is  of  io|-foot  focal  length  and  y|  inches  aperture :  (3)  an  equa- 
torically-nvjunted  l  "f  ro-foot  focal  length  and  7  inches 

(4)  a  42-inch  achromatic  telescope:  (5)  four  sidereal 
clocks,  and  a  sidereal  box  chronometer.  The  foregoing  are  all  in 
il  u«c:  there  are  in  addition,  (6)  two  8-foot  mural  quadrants 
with  corresponding  12- foot  zenith  sectors,  (7)  a  transit-instrument 
and  meridian  circle,  (8)  a  lo-foot  Newtonian  telescope,  (9)  two 
unmojntc'!  i-h  arc  not  in  actual  use. 

•.:ph,  thcrmo- 

h,  for  automatic  registration 

of  the  COI  '.f  the  ordinary   standard 

l>ulb  thermometers, 
and  maximum  and  minimum  thermomc 


60  INSTITUTIONS   IN   AID   OF   TEACHING. 

§  8.    College  Scientific  Institutions. 

At  the  following  Colleges  there  are  Scientific  Institutions, 
accompanied  with  scientific  teaching,  in  addition  to  the  Institu- 
tions which  are  common  to  all  members  of  the  University,  and 
which  have  been  described  above. 

At  Merton  a  Reading-room  has  been  opened,  containing 
a  few  physical  instruments,  and  a  small  library  for  the  use  of 
students.  In  this  room  lectures  on  Theoretical  Chemistry  are 
delivered  by  the  College  Tutor.  These  lectures  are  free  to 
members  of  the  College,  and  by  arrangement  to  members  of 
Magdalen  and  Jesus  Colleges. 

At  Magdalen  there  is  a  laboratory  with  an  efficient  Curator, 
and  also  a  library  for  the  use  of  its  Natural  Science  students.  The 
laboratory  is  a  block  of  buildings  exclusively  devoted  to  the 
teaching  of  science.  The  lecture-room  is  fitted  up  with  ordinary 
appliances  for  chemical  demonstration,  and  contains,  in  addition, 
a  quantity  of  physical  apparatus.  One  room  is  devoted  to  the 
geological  collection  of  the  late  Professor  Daubeny,  and  this, 
together  with  a  large  collection  of  minerals,  is  well  catalogued 
and  arranged  for  the  use  of  the  student.  A  second  room  contains 
a  number  of  instruments  connected  with  meteorology,  and  on  the 
roof  is  placed  an  achromatic  telescope,  with  a  sj-inch  object- 
glass,  equatorially  mounted,  and  with  tangent  screw  motions.  \ 
series  of  daily  meteorological  observations  are  taken  and  recorded, 
including  readings  from  a  standard  barometer,  maximum  and 
minimum  temperature,  dew-point,  maximum  solar  radiation,  rain- 
fall, &c.  A  large  upper  room  is  fitted  up  as  a  reading-room  for 
students,  and  contains  a  collection  of  specimens  illustrating  Com- 
parative Osteology,  a  Zoological  series  with  dissections  in  illus- 
tration, together  with  microscopes  and  microscopic  preparations. 

The  course  of  instruction  given  by  the  College  Tutor  comprises 

(1)  A  course  of  lectures  intended  for  candidates  for  Honours 

in  the  Natural  Science  School. 

(2)  A  course  of  elementary  lectures  on  Chemical  Physics, 

intended  for  beginners,  i.  e.  {a}  for  those  who  are  not 
necessarily  candidates  for  the  Natural  Science  School, 
as  a  means  of  general  education,  (£)  as  an  introduction 
to  the  advanced  course. 


ART   COLLECT!'  6 1 

Each  course  of  lectures  combines  formal  teaching  with  attention 
to  the  requirements  of  each  candidate  in  private. 

The  laboratory  is  open  for  the  use  of  students  at  all  reason- 
able hours,  the  intention  of  the  College  being  that  each  student 
should  receive  the  same  help  and  attention  in  Science  from  his 
College  Tutor  as  that  enjoyed  by  the  students  in  Classics  and 
Mathematics. 

At  Christ  Church  there  is  a  large  laboratory,  in  which  the 
Lee's  Readers  in  Physics  and  Chemistry  lecture  on  their  respec- 
tive subjects  on  alternate  mornings.  The  laboratory  is  open, 
without  charge  for  teaching  or  apparatus,  to  all  members  of 
Christ  Church. 

:nall  Physical  and  Chemical  Library  is  in  course  of  collec- 
tion, from  which  books  may  be  taken  out  by  the  Undergraduates. 

The  Lee's  Reader  in  Anatomy  lectures   in  his  room  at  the 
•vim,  and  has  joint  rights  with  the  Linacre  Professor  to  the 
use  of  the  anatomical  specimens  belonging  to  Dr.  Lee's  Trustees, 
which  are  at  present  deposited  there. 

The  senior  Lee's  Reader  is  'Tutor  to  the  men  who  are  reading 
Natural  Science,  who  are  transferred  from  their  Classical  Tutor 
to  him  as  soon  as  they  have  passed  Moderations. 

All  three  Christ  Church  Readers  admit  to  their  lectures  mem- 
bers of  other  Colleges  on  payment  of  a  fee. 


§  0.  Art  Collections. 

i.  The  Umversity  Galleries  contain  (i)  a  collection  of  original 
drawings  by  Michael  Angelo  and  Rafiaelle,  of  which  a  full  ac- 
count has  been  published  by  Mr.  J.  C.  Robinson  (Clarendon  Press, 
Oxford,  1870) ;  (2)  a  collection  of  drawings  by  J.  M.  W.  Turner, 
;  (3)  a  small  collection  of  paintings  by  English  and  Early 
Italian  Masters;  (4)  the  original  models  of  the  statues  of  Sir 
F.  Chantrey;   (5)  the  Douce  collection  of  early  prints,  chiefly 
.in   and     Italian.     They   also    contain    the    Pomfrct    and 

,  which  arc  mentioned  below,  p.  63. 
ire  open  without  fee  to   all   members  of  the 
University,  and  to  persons  introduced  by  them,  daily  throughout 
the  year  (except  during  a  short  interval  in  the  Long  Vacation), 


62  INSTITUTIONS  IN  AID  OF  TEACHING. 

from  1 1  A.M.  to  r  P.M,,  and  from  2  to  4  P.M.  On  Thursdays  they 
are  open  to  the  general  public,  without  the  necessity  of  an  intro- 
duction. 

2.  The  Ruskin  Draining  School,  which  occupies  part  of  the  same 
building  as  the  University  Galleries,  is  under  the  direction  of  the 
Slade  Professor  of  Fine  Art  and  of  the  Teacher  appointed  by  him. 
It  is  open,  under  certain  regulations,  not  only  to  all  members  of  the 
University,  but  also  to  the  general  public.     Students  have  access, 
for  the  purpose  of  practical  work,  not  only  to  the  collections  in 
the  University  Galleries,  but  also  to  the  following  special  collec- 
tions which  have  been  prepared  for  the  School  by  the  Slade  Pro- 
fessor:—(i)  the  Rudimentary  Series,  which  illustrates  the  instruc- 
tion in  elementary  drawing  which  is  given  in  the  School  5(2)  the 
Educational  Series ;  (3)  the  Reference  Series,  and  (4)  the  Standard 
Series,  which  illustrate  the  higher  work  of  the  School.     Of  these 
series  there  are  two  descriptive  catalogues,  which  can  be  obtained 
at  the  School.    A  small  fee  is  charged  to  those  who  attend  the 
Teacher's  classes. 

3.  An  Art  Library  is  in  the  course  of  formation:   the  books 
are  obtained  chiefly  through  funds  given  by  the  present  Lord 
Eldon.     Information  respecting  it  may  be  obtained  at  the  Uni- 
versity Galleries. 

[In  the  same  building  as  the  University  Galleries,  a  School  of 
Art,  in  connection  with  the  South  Kensington  Museum,  is  main- 
tained chiefly  for  the  use  of  Artisans  and  their  children.  Evening 
classes  are  held  there.] 


ARCHAEOLOGICAL   COLLECTIONS.  63 


§  10.  Archaeological  Collections. 

1.  The  Asbmolean  Museum  originally  consisted  of  the  miscel- 
laneous collections  (including  books  and  manuscripts)  of  Elias 
Ashmole,  given  to  the  University  in  1684,  and  subsequent  addi- 
tions have  been  made  to  it  in  all  its  branches.     On  the  building 
of  the  University  Museum  all  natural  objects  were  removed  to  it, 
the  coins,  books,  and  manuscripts,  including  those  of  Ashmole, 
Duu-dale.  Aubrey,  and  Anthony  Wood,  were  transferred  to  the 
Bodleian  Library,  and  the  Ashmolean  was   re-arranged   as  an 
Antiquarian,   Archaeological,   and   Ethnological    Museum.      The 

urn  now  contains  (i)  a  choice  collection  of  flint  implements ; 
(2)  Egyptian,  Etruscan  or  Italo-Greek,  Roman,  British,  Romano- 
British,  Anglo-Saxon,  and  Mediaeval  articles  of  considerable 
interest;  (3)  a  collection  of  upwards  of  3000  photographs  of  the 
principal  buildings  of  Egypt,  Palestine,  Syria,  Greece,  and  Rome, 
including  Mr.  Parker's  photographs  of  buildings,  etc.  of  Rome, 
Pompeii,  and  other  parts  of  Italy,  with  the  Recent  Excavations, 
the  whole  of  which  are  systematically  arranged  for  reference; 
(4)  an  Ethnological  collection.  Every  article  in  the  Museum 
now  has  a  label  distinctly  written,  and  there  is  a  manuscript  cata- 
logue for  the  use  of  visitors.  The  Museum  is  open  daily  from 
2  to  4  o'clock,  and  occasionally  for  a  longer  time.  The  Keeper 
of  the  Museum  occasionally  gives  lectures  upon  Archaeological 
subjects. 

2.  The  Arunde I  and  Seldf  n  Marbles,  of  which  some  are  deposited 
in  the  Ashmolean  Museum,  and  others  in  one  of  the  rooms  in  the 
quadrangle  of  the  Schools.    Among  the  latter  is  the  most  impor- 
tant marble  in  the  collection,  viz.  that  which  is  known  as  the 
Parian  Chronicle. 

3.  The  Castellani  Collection,  which   is  deposited  in  the    Uni- 
versity Galleri<  tl  of  (i)  Greek  Fictile  Vases,  including 

from  the  earliest  to  the  latest  period  of  that  style 
of  art;  (2)  Bronzes,  chiefly  from  Magna  Graecia;  (3)  Turn 
COtta-  i  and  Etruri.i. 

4.  The   Pomfret  Collection  consists  of  a   number  of  am 
marbles,  which  arc  deposited  in  the  University  (Jalli 


CHAPTER    III. 


OF  PECUNIARY  REWARDS  OF  AND  AIDS  TO  LEARNING. 

THE  pecuniary  rewards  of  and  aids  to  learning  may  be  divided 
according  as  they  are  in  the  gift  of  the  University  itself  or  of  the 
several  Colleges  and  Halls.  It  is  sufficient  to  say  of  them  in 
general  that  they  are  so  various  as  to  leave  no  branch  of 
academical  study  without  its  appropriate  recognition,  and  so 
numerous  that  few  students  of  ability  can  fail  to  obtain  sub- 
stantial help. 

It  has  not  been  thought  advisable  to  mention  here  any  but 
those  which  are  in  the  immediate  disposal  of  the  University  itself 
or  of  the  Colleges  and  Halls,  but  it  may  be  pointed  out  that 
there  are  in  addition  two  important  classes  of  pecuniary  aid 
which  are  available  by  those  who  are  or  intend  to  become 
members  of  the  University : — 

1.  A  considerable  number  of  Exhibitions  are  awarded  by  the 
London  City  Companies  and  other  bodies  to  deserving  students 
of  slender  means.    The  nature  of  these  and  the  conditions  under 
which  they  may  be  held  are  best  described  in  Low's  Charities  of 
London. 

2.  A  still  larger  number  of  Exhibitions  are  awarded  by  various 
Public  Schools  to  their  pupils.     The  nature  of  these   and   the 
conditions  under  which  they  may  be  held  can  only  be  ascertained 
in  each  case  by  enquiry  at  the  respective  Schools. 

I.  OF  UNIVERSITY  SCHOLARSHIPS  AND  PRIZES. 

The  University  encourages  learning  among  its  students  partly 
by  prizes,  i.e.  gifts  of  money  or  books,  and  partly  by  scholarships, 
i.e.  gifts  of  money  extending  over  one  or  more  years.  The 


UNIVERSITY   SCHOLARSHIPS   AND   PRIZES.        65 

latter  were  probably  intended  in  the  first  instance  chiefly  as  a 
help  to  further  study,  and  to  some  of  them  conditions  which 
imply  study  are  still  attached,  but  they  are  now  for  the  most  part 
rewards  of  past  attainment  given  to  those  who  best  satisfy  the 
conditions  of  a  more  or  less  limited  competition.  It  will  be  con- 
venient to  classify  them  according  to  the  branches  of  study  to 
which  they  relate.  The  general  conditions  of  competition  only 
can  be  mentioned  here ;  more  precise  information  will  be  found 
from  time  to  time  in  the  Oxford  University  Gazette.  The  nature 
of  the  examination  for  Scholarships  will  be  best  gathered  from 
the  Examination  Papers,  most  of  which  will  in  future  be  published 
at  the  Clarendon  Press. 

i.  CLASSICS. 

1 i )  Craven  Scholarships.  These  are  six  in  number :  two  Scholars 
are   elected    every  Act   Term:    the   emoluments  are  £80  per 
annum  for  three  years.    Candidates  must  have  passed  the  Second 
Public  Examination  in  one  School  at  least,  and  must  not  have 
exceeded  their  twenty-fourth  Term.  The  subject  of  examination 

ok  and  Latin  scholarship. 

(2)  Ireland  Scholarships.     These   are    four   in    number:   one 
Scholar   is  selected  every    Hilary  Term  :    the  emoluments  are 
about   £30   per  annum  for  four  years.      Candidates   must   be 
Undergraduates  who  have  not  exceeded  their  sixteenth  Term. 

abject  of  examination  is  Greek  and  Latin  scholarship. 

(3)  Hertford  Scholarship.  This  is  awarded  every  Hilary  Term: 
the  emolument  consists  of  one  year's  dividend  on  £1142   los.  \d. 
reduced  3  per  cent.  Annuities.     Candidates  must  not  have  com- 
pleted two   years  from   their   matriculation.      The   subject  of 
examination  is  Latin  scholarship. 

(4)  Ibe  Chancellor' 's  Prize  for  a  Latin  Essay.  This  is  awarded 

iity  Trnn:    its  value  is   £20  in  money.     Competit  »n 
'1  tour  but  completed  seven  years 

;  iculation. 

(5)  Ibe  Chancellor  s    Prize  for   Latin  I'ersc.     Tli 

•  riculation. 


66         REWARDS   OF  AND   AIDS   TO   LEARNING. 

(6)  Gaisford  Prizes.     These   are   two    in    number,    and   are 
awarded  every  Trinity  Term.     One  prize  is  given  for  a  com- 
position in  Greek  Verse,  the  metre  as  well  as  the  subject  being 
fixed  from  year  to  year ;  the  other  is  given  for  a  composition  in 
Greek  Prose.    The  emolument  of  each  prize  consists  of  a  moiety 
of  the  dividends  on  £1258  TJ.  %d.  New  3  per  Cents.,  and  averages 
about  £18.     Competitors  must  not  have  exceeded  the  seven- 
teenth Term  from  their  matriculation. 

(7)  Conington  Prize.    This  is  awarded  once  in  every  three  years 
for  a  dissertation,  to  be  written  either  in  English  or  in  Latin,  at 
the  option  of  the  writer,  on  some  subject  appertaining  to  classical 
learning.     It  is  open  to  all  members  of  the  University  who,  on 
the  day  appointed  for  sending  in  the  dissertations,  have  passed  all 
the  Examinations  required  for  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Arts, 
and  have  completed  six  years,  and  not  exceeded  fifteen  years, 
from  their  matriculation.     The  value  of  the  prize  is  three  years' 
income  of  the  investment  of  £1275,  subject  to  a  deduction  for 
the  payment  of  Examiners  and  other  expenses. 

(8)  Derby  Scholarship.     This  is   awarded   every   year  to   the 
Candidate  who  has  in  the  judgment  of  the  electors  attained  the 
highest  academical  distinction   in  Classical  Scholarship.     Candi- 
dates must  be  members  of  the  University  who  have  completed 
their  twentieth  and  not  completed  their  twenty-fourth  Term  of 
standing,  and  who  have  attained  the  following  academical  dis- 
tinctions:   (i)   a   First   Class  in   Classics  at   the   First    Public 
Examination ;  (2)  a  First  Class  in  Literis  Humanioribus  at  the 
Second  Public  Examination ;  or,  a  Second  Class  in  Literis  Hu- 
manioribus at  the  Second   Public   Examination,  together  with 
the  Chancellor's  Prize   for   Latin  Verse   and   the   Chancellor's 
Prize  either  for  the  English  or  the  Latin  Essay;  (3)  two  out 
of  the  three  Classical  University  Scholarships,  that  is  to  say, 
the  Hertford,  Ireland,  and  Craven  Scholarships. 

2.  MATHEMATICS. 

(i)  Senior  Mathematical  Scholarships.  These  are  two  in  number. 
One  Scholar  is  elected  every  Hilary  Term :  the  emoluments  of 
the  Scholarship  itself  are  £30  per  annum  for  two  years ;  but  in 
addition  to  this  the  Scholar  receives  during  his  first  year  a  moiety 


UNIVERSITY    SCHOLARSHIPS   AND   PRIZES.        67 

of  the  dividends  upon  £1389  i^j.  ^d.  Consols,  which  is  derived 
from  another  fund,  and  on  account  of  which  he  is  called  during 
that  year  'Johnson  University  Scholar.'  Candidates  must  be 
Bachelors  of  Arts,  or  at  least  have  passed  all  the  Examinations 
necessary  for  that  degree,  and  must  not  have  exceeded  the 
twenty-sixth  Term  from  their  matriculation  inclusively.  The 
subjects  of  examination  are  Pure  and  Mixed  Mathematics. 

(2)  Junior  Mathematical  Scholars  hips.    These  are  two  in  number. 
One  Scholar  is  elected  every  Hilary  Term :  the  emoluments  are 
£30  per  annum  for  two  years.     Candidates  must  not  have  ex- 
ceeded eight  Terms  from  their  matriculation  inclusively.     The 
subject  of  examination  is  Pure  Mathematics. 

(3)  Johnson  Memorial  Prize.     This  is  awarded  once  in  every 
four  years,  for  an  essay  on  some  astronomical  or  meteorological 
subject.     It  consists  of  a  gold  medal  of  the  value  of  ten  guineas, 
together  with  the  balance  of  four  years'  dividends  upon  £338  8j. 
Reduced  Annuities,  which  usually  amounts  to  about  £30.     It  is 
open  to  all  members  of  the  University,  whether  Graduates  or 
U  ndergraduates. 

3.  PHYSICAL  SCIENCE. 

(i)  Radcllffe  Travelling  Fellowships.  These  are  three  in  number. 

One  Fellow  is  elected  every  Hilary  Term:  the  emoluments  are 

£200  per  annum  for  three  years,  subject  to  the  condition  that 

not  more  than  eighteen  months  of  that  period  shall  be  spent  in 

the  United  Kingdom.     Candidates  must  be  Bachelors  of  Arts  (or 

at  least   have   passed  all   the  necessary   Examinations  for  that 

degree),  who  have  either  been  placed  in  the  First  Class  in  one  of 

Public  Examinations  of  the  University,  or  have  gained  a 

Scholarship.     They  are  further  required  to 

,:e  that  they  intend  to  graduate  in  Medicine  in  the  Uni- 

1  abroad  with  a  view  to  their  improvement 

>t  study;  but  if  cither  no  candidates  are  willing  to  make-  this 

declar  having  made  it  arc  found  not  to  be  of  sufficient 

1    to   be   elected,  the    competition    is    thrown   open   to   all 

•ul.jcct    only  to    the    restriction  as 

,,irxhij>  mentioned  above.     In 

no  case,  h<  m  any  one  be  elected  who  is  already  legally 

F    2 


68         REWARDS   OF   AND   AIDS   TO   LEARNING. 

authorized  to  practise  as  a  physician.  The  subject  of  the  ex- 
amination is  Medicine. 

(2)  Burdett-Coutts  Scholarships.  These  are  two  in  number.  One 
Scholar  is  elected  every  Hilary  Term :  the  emoluments  of  each 
Scholar  are  a  moiety  of  the  dividends  on  £5800  Consols,  for  two 
years.  Candidates  must  have  passed  all  the  Examinations  for 
the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Arts,  and  must  not  have  exceeded 
the  twenty-seventh  Term  from  their  matriculation. 

The  subject  of  the  examination  is  Geology  generally,  with  so 
much  of  Experimental  Physics,  Chemistry,  and  Biology  as  is 
requisite  for  an  understanding  of  the  principles  and  applications 
of  Geological  Science. 

4.  JURISPRUDENCE. 

(1)  Eldon  Law  Scholarship.     This   is  awarded  once  in  every 
three  years.     Candidates  must  have  passed  all  the  Examinations 
necessary  for  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Arts,  and  must  have 
been  placed  in  the  First  Class  in  one  School  at  least,  or  have 
gained  one  of  the  Chancellor's  Prizes.     There  is  no  examination 
for  the  Scholarship,  but  candidates  are  required  to  send  a  written 
application  to  the  Trustees. 

(2)  Flnerian  Scholarships.     These  are  three  in  number.    One 
Scholar  is  elected  every  Hilary  Term :  the  emoluments  are  £80 
per  annum  for  three  years.     Candidates  must  have  completed 
two,  but  not,  have  exceeded  six  years  from  their  matriculation. 
The  subjects  of  examination  are  the  Civil  Law,  International 
Law,  General  Jurisprudence,  and  especially  the  Law  of  England, 
both  public  and  private. 

5.  HISTORY. 

(1)  The  Arnold  Historical  Essay  Prize.     This  is  awarded  every 
Hilary  Term  for  the  best  essay  on  some  subject  of  Ancient  or 
Modern  History  alternately.     Its  value  is  £42  in  money.     Can- 
didates must  be  Graduates  of  the  University  who  have  not.  on 
the  day  appointed  for  sending  in  the  compositions,  have  exceeded 
eight  years  from  their  matriculation. 

(2)  The  Stanhope  Historical  Essay  Prize.     This  is  awarded  every 
Hilary  Term   for  the   best  essay  on  some  subject  of  Modern 


UMVKRSITY   SCHOLARSHIPS  AND  PRIZES.        69 

History,  Foreign  or  English,  between  A.D.  1300  and  A.D.  1815. 
lue  is  £20  in  books.     Candidates  must  not,  in  the  Term  in 
which  the  prize  is  to  be  awarded,  have  exceeded  the  sixteenth 
Term  from  their  matriculation. 

(3)  Tbf  Marquis  of  Lothian's  Historical  Essay  Prize.  This  is 
awarded  every  year  for  the  best  essay  on  some  subject  of 
Foreign  History  between  the  Dethronement  of  Romulus 
Augustulus  and  the  Death  of  Frederick  the  Great.  Its  value  is 
£40,  in  money  or  books,  at  the  discretion  of  the  adjudicators. 
Candidates  must  be  members  of  the  University  who,  on  the  day 
appointed  for  sending  in  the  compositions,  have  not  exceeded  the 
twenty-seventh  Term  from  their  matriculation. 

6.  DIVINITY. 

(1)  Denyer  and  Johnson  Theological  Scholarships.     These    are 
three  in  number,  and  are  awarded  to  the  three  persons  who 
obtain  the  three   highest  places   in    a  theological   examination 
which  is  held  annually  in  Hilary  Term,  and  which  is  open  to  all 
Bachelors  of  Arts  who  have  not,  at  the   time  of  examination, 
exceeded  the   twenty-seventh   Term   from  their  matriculation. 
The  emoluments  are  about  £40  for  one  year.  The  subjects  of  the 
examination,  which  are  slightly  varied  from  year  to  year,  usually 
include  (i)  the  Old  Testament,  with   special  reference  to  the 
Hebrew  text  and  Septuagint  version  of  one  or  more  books,  (2) 
the  New  Testament  in  the  original,  (3)  the  Three  Creeds,  and 
the  Thirty-nine  Articles,  (4)  Butler's  Analogy,  (5)  the  Book  of 
Common  Prayer,  (6)  a  specified  portion  of  Ecclesiastical  History, 
(7)  one  or  more  treatises  of  the  early  Fathers. 

(2)  Elltrton  Theological  Essay  Prize.     This  is  awarded  every 

i  in-  best  English  essay  <>:i  some  doctrine  or  duty  of  the 
tian  religion,  or  on  s<  the  points  on  which   we  differ 

the  Romish  Church,  or  on  any  other  subject  of  theology 
which  shall  be  deemed  meet  and  useful.'  Candidates  must  he- 
members  of  tli  :ly  who  1:  ,  nninations 

'•ic  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Arts,  \\-ho  have  commenced  their 

•n  their  matriculation   inclusively  for  the 

appointed   for  sending  in   the 
essays,  and  w); 


70         REWARDS   OF   AND   AIDS   TO   LEARNING. 

on  the  day  on  which  the  subject  of  the  essay  is  proposed  (which 
is  in  the  Trinity  Term  of  each  year).  The  value  of  the  prize  is 
£21  in  money. 

(3)  Canon  Hall  Greek  Testament   Prizes.      These    are   two    in 
number,  a  Senior  Prize  of  the  value  of  £30,  and  a  Junior  Prize 
of  the  value   of    £20,  and   are   awarded   every   Hilary   Term. 
(#)   Candidates  for  the  Senior  Prize  must  be  members  of  the 
University  who  have  completed  the  eighteenth  but  have  not  ex- 
ceeded the  twenty-eighth  Term  from  their   matriculation,  and 
who  have  passed  all  the  Examinations  necessary  for  the  degree 
of  Bachelor  of  Arts.     The  subject  of  examination  is  'the  New 
Testament  in  the  original  Greek,  in  respect  of  translation,  criti- 
cism, interpretation,  inspiration,  and  authority.'     (£)  Candidates 
for  the  Junior  Prize  must  be  members  of  the  University  of  not 
more  than  eighteen  Terms'  standing.    The  subject  of  examina- 
tion is  the  Gospels  and  Acts  of  the  Apostles  in  the  original  Greek, 
in  respect  of  translation,  criticism,  and  interpretation. 

(4)  Hall-Houghton  Septuagint  Prizes.  These  are  two  in  number, 
a  Senior  Prize  of  the  value  of  £25,  and  a  Junior  Prize  of  the 
value  of  £15,  and  are  awarded  every  Hilary  Term.     («)  Candi- 
dates for  the  Senior  Prize  must  be  members  of  the  University 
who  have  completed  the  eighteenth  but  have  not  exceeded  the 
twenty-eighth  Term  from  their   matriculation,   and  who   have 
passed  all  the  Examinations  necessary  for  the  degree  of  Bachelor 
of  Arts.     The  subject  of  examination  is  '  the  Septuagint  version 
of  the  Old  Testament  in  its  twofold  aspect,  retrospectively  as 
regards  the   Hebrew   Bible,   and   prospectively  as  regards   the 
Greek  Testament.'    (£)  Candidates  for  the  Junior  Prize  must  be 
members  of  the  University  of  not  more  than  eighteen  Terms' 
standing.     The  subject  of  examination  is  one  or  more  books  of 
the  Septuagint  which  are  announced  from  year  to  year  by  the 
Trustees  of  the  Prizes. 

(5)  Houghton   Syriac   Prize.     This    is   of  the    value    of  £15, 
and  is  awarded  every  Hilary  Term.     Candidates  must  not  have 
exceeded    the  twenty-eighth   Term   from  their   matriculation. 
The  examination  is  in  the  ancient  versions  of  the  Holy  Scriptures 
in   Syriac,  in    respect  of  translation,  criticism,  and  interpreta- 
tion :  the  particular  books  and  versions  are  announced  from  year 
to  year  by  the  Trustees  of  the  Prize. 


UNIVERSITY   SCHOLARSHIPS   AND   PRIZES.        71 

7.  ENGLISH  COMPOSITION. 

1 i )  English  Essay  (Chancellor's  Prize).    This  is  awarded  every 
Trinity  Term  for  the  best  essay  in  English  on  a  subject  which 
has  been  announced  in  the  preceding  year.     Its  value  is  £20  in 
money.     Competitors  must  have  completed  four  but  not  have 
exceeded  seven  years  from  their  matriculation. 

(2)  English   Verse    (Sir   Roger   Newdigate's    Prize).     This   is 
awarded  every  Trinity  Term  for  the  best  composition  in  English 
Verse.     There  is  no  limitation  as  to  the  length  of  the  composi- 
tion, but  the   metre  is  usually  required  to  be  heroic  couplets. 
The  value  of  the  prize  is  £21.     Competitors  must  be  Under- 
graduate  members   of  the   University  who  have  not  exceeded 

cars  from  their  matriculation. 

(3)  English  Poem  on  a  Sacred  Subject.   A  prize  for  this  is  awarded 
once  in  every  three  years :  there  is  no  restriction  as  to  metre, 
but  the  length  of  the  composition  must  be  not  less  than  sixty  nor 
more  than  three  hundred  lines.     The  value  of  the  prize  is  about 
£100.     Competitors  must  be  members  of  the  University  who  at 
the  time  the  subject  is  announced  have  passed  the  Examinations 
necessary  for  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Arts. 

[The  Arnold  and  Stanhope  Historical  Essay  Prizes  are  men- 
tioned above,  p.  68.] 

• 

8.  LANGUAGES. 

(i)  Boden  Sanjkrit  Scholarships.     These  are  four  in  number: 

one   is  awarded  every  Hilary  Term  after    an   examination  in 

-.rit:  the  emoluments  are  .£50  per  annum  for  four  years. 

Candidates  must  be  matriculated  members  of  a  College  or  Hall 

who  on  the  day  of  election  have  not  exceeded  their  twenty-filth 

of  the  Scholarships  are  required  to  keep  their 

the  hooks  of  a  College  or  Hall,  to  keep  .1  statutable 

I  inns  in  each  year,  to  attend  the  lectures  of 

feSSOT,  .ind  to  satiny  him  at  the  end  of  each  Term 

acy  in  the  Sanskrit  langi: 

(a)  Kmnicott    Hebrew    Scholarship.       This    is    awarded     « 

\amination  in  Hebrew:   the  emolument 
4s  of  one  .  idends  on  £5261  iu.  id.  Consols,  sub- 


72         REWARDS   OF   AND   AIDS   TO   LEARNING. 

ject  to  the  condition  of  residence  during  seven  weeks  in  Michael- 
mas and  Hilary  Terms  severally,  and  seven  weeks  between  the 
commencement  of  Easter  Term  and  the  twenty-first  day  of  Act 
Term.  Candidates  must  be  members  of  a  College  or  Hall  who 
have  passed  all  the  Examinations  for  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of 
Arts,  and  who  have  not  on  the  day  of  election  exceeded  twenty- 
eight  Terms  from  their  matriculation. 

(3)  Pusey  and  Ellerton  Hebrew  Scholarships.     These  are  three  in 
number :  one  is  awarded  every  Trinity  Term :  the  emoluments 
are  about  £55  per  annum  for  three  years,  subject  to  the  condition 
that  every  Scholar  shall  reside  not  less  than  seven  weeks  in  the 
Michaelmas  and  Lent  Terms  respectively  of  each  of  the  first 
two  years,   and  seven  weeks  in  the  Easter  and  Act  Terms  of 
some  one  of  those  two  years,  and  that  during  such  periods  of 
residence  he  shall  pursue  his  studies  in  Hebrew  and  the  cognate 
languages  under   the   direction   of    the  Professor    of    Hebrew. 
Candidates  must  be  members  of  the  University  under  the  degrees 
of  M.A.  or  B.C.L.,  or  persons  who  having  taken  those  degrees 
have  not  exceeded  twenty-five  years  of  age.     The  subjects  of 
examination  are  Hebrew  and  other  Semitic  languages,  together 
with  the  application  of  Hebrew  to  the  illustration  of  the  New 
Testament. 

(4)  Taylorian  Scholarship  and  Exhibition.     These  are  awarded 
every  Michaelmas  Term,  and  are  of  the  value  of  £$p  and  £25 
respectively  for  one  year.     Candidates  must  be  members  of  the 
University  who  have  not  exceeded  the  twenty-third  Term  from 
their  matriculation.     The  subject  of  examination  is  some  one  or 
more  of  the   languages  taught    within  the   Taylor   Institution, 
comparative  philology  as  applied  to  the  same,  and  the  literature 
of  such  selected  language  or  languages.    .The  particular  language 
for  examination  is  fixed  from  year  to  year. 

[The  Syriac  Prize  is  mentioned  above  under  the  heading  of 
Divinity  Prizes,  p.  70.] 


COLLEGE  FELLOWSHIPS.  73 


II.  COLLEGE  FELLOWSHIPS. 

College  Fellowships  are  eleemosynary  institutions  which  consti- 
tute their  holders  members  for  the  time  being  of  an  intra-aca- 
Val  corporation,  with  a  voice  in  its  government  and  a  claim 
upon  its  revenues.-  They  were  established  for  the  promotion  of 
religion  and  learning,  and  the  original  intention  has  been  so  far 
respected  by  subsequent  usage  that  literary  or  scientific  merit  is 
still  the  basis  of  election  ;  but  a  Fellow  once  elected  is  at  liberty 
to  follow  his  own  pursuits,  whether  they  be  literary  or  otherwise. 
The  conditions  of  eligibility  and  tenure  vary  considerably  in 
different  Colleges.  As  a  general  rule,  a  candidate  must  be  un- 
married, he  must  have  passed  all  the  Examinations  required  for 
the  degree  of  B.A.,  and  he  must  not  be  possessed  of  more  than  a 
11  amount  of  property  :  but  to  each  of  these  conditions  there 
are  important  exceptions,  which  will  be  found  stated  in  detail  below. 
The  election  in  all  cases  (excepting  that  of  one  Fellowship  at 
r  and  another  at  Lincoln)  is  by  cooptation,  and  is  generally 
preceded  by  a  competitive  examination.  Some  Colleges  have 
a  limited  ;  dispensing  with  this  examination  in  the  case 

of  persons  who  are  in  the  judgment  of  the  electors  singularly 
qualified  to  serve  the  College  in  an  educational  capacity  ;  and 
t  all  Colleges  have  the  right  to  elect  without  examination, 
and  without  any  restriction  as  to  marriage,  one  or  more  Uni- 
Y  Professors.     The  subjects  of  examination  for  a  Fellow- 
those   which   are   recognized   in   the    Schools    of  the 
i   it  is  usually   intimated,  at  the  time  of  the  de- 
claration of  a  vacancy,  in  which  class  of  subjects  the  Examination 

•Id.     Until   recently  a   Fellowship  was  al\v:i\ 
by  marriage,  by  the  acceptance  of  ecclesiastical  pn  h-i -nu-nt  of 
a   certain    annual    value,   and    by   the    non-fulfilment   of  certain 
as    to    academical    decrees    or     Holy     <>rdrr-;     but 
lired  the  power  to   retain   in 
••llo\v  who   has  provrd   liiniselt 
in  the  office  of  Tutor  or  Bursar;  and  in 
iinary  Fcl  •  rminable  at  tin 

Although  the  salary  of  a  Tutor  o  is  to  be  rcga- 


74         REWARDS   OF   AND   AIDS   TO   LEARNING. 

as  wages  for  work  done,  and  is  therefore  distinct  from  the 
income  of  a  Fellowship,  it  must  be  borne  in  mind  that  a  Fellow 
who  resides  in  Oxford  has  almost  always  the  opportunity  of 
adding  to  his  income  in  this  way.  The  average  income  of  a 
Fellowship  and  Tutorship  combined  may  be  estimated  at  from 
£500  to  £900  per  annum.  Other  collateral  advantages  may  also 
be  taken  into  account.  The  chief  of  them  are  that  a  Fellow, 
unless  he  be  married,  has  the  right  to  rooms  within  the  College, 
the  use  of  the  Establishment  and  the  Library,  and  also,  if  he  be 
in  Holy  Orders,  a  prescriptive  claim  to  succession  in  his  turn  to 
a  College  living. 

At  University  there  are  twelve  Foundation  Fellowships,  which 
are  open  to  all  persons  who  have  passed  the  Examinations  for  the 
degree  of  B.A.,  provided  that  they  are  unmarried,  and  that  their 
income  is  not  such  as  would  disqualify  them  from  retaining  their 
Fellowship.  They  are  tenable  for  eight  years,  exclusive  of  the 
period  in  which  they  have  held  office  within  the  College,  and  in 
certain  cases  for  life.  They  are  vacated  (i)  if  a  Fellow  marries 
within  five  years  from  the  date  of  election,  (2)  if  he  becomes 
possessed  of  a  fixed  annual  income  from  certain  specified  non- 
academical  sources,  which  amounts  to  £400  if  from  a  single 
source,  or  to  £500  if  from  two  or  more  sources  combined ;  but 
in  this  case,  if  he  be  an  officer  of  the  College,  or  a  Professor  or 
Public  Lecturer  within  the  University,  he  may  be  retained  in  his 
Fellowship  by  a  special  resolution;  (3)  if  he  has  enjoyed  for 
three  consecutive  years  an  average  annual  income  from  all  sources, 
exclusive  of  his  Fellowship,  of  £700,  and  has  not  during  any  por- 
tion of  those  three  years  resided  or  held  office  within  the  College, 
or  been  a  Professor  or  Public  Lecturer  within  the  University. 
Two  at  least  of  the  Fellows  must  be  in  Holy  Orders.  There  is 
also  a  Civil  Law  Fellowship,  which  is  open  to  all  members  of  the 
University  who  have  passed  the  Examinations  requisite  for  the 
degree  of  B.A.,  without  restriction  as  to  marriage. 

At  Balliol  there  are  eleven  Fellowships,  which  are  open  with- 
out any  restriction  as  to  age,  marriage,  property,  or  academical 
standing,  except  that  if  a  candidate  be  or  have  been  a  member 
of  any  University  in  Great  Britain  or  Ireland  he  must  have 
passed  all  the  Examinations  required  by  that  University  for  the 
degree  of  Bachelor  of  Arts.  The  Fellows  are  generally  elected 


COLLEGE   FELLOWSHIPS.  75 

after  an  examination,  in  which  the  candidates  may  offer  any 
subject  recognized  in  the  Schools  of  the  University.  They  are 
divided  into  two  classes :  (i)  Fellows  on  the  Tutorial  List,  who  hold 
their  Fellowships  for  twenty  years,  at  the  expiration  of  which 
period  they  may  be  re-elected  from  time  to  time  for  further  periods 
of  ten  years,  or  may  receive  a  pension  not  exceeding  the  value  of 
their  Fellowship.  They  are  elected,  with  certain  exceptions,  from 
those  Fellows  who  have  been  engaged  for  at  least  three  years  in 
the  educational  work  of  the  College ;  they  are  bound  to  be  resi- 
dent at  the  University  during  the  usual  College  Terms ;  and  they 
may  marry  with  the  consent  of  the  Master  and  Fellows,  provided 
that  not  more  than  one-half  of  their  number  shall  be  married  at 
the  same  time.  (2)  Fellows  not  on  the  Tutorial  List,  who  are 
entitled  to  hold  their  Fellowships  for  seven  years  from  the  date 
of  their  election,  exclusive  of  any  time,  not  exceeding  three  years, 
during  which  they  may  have  been  engaged  in  the  educational 
work  of  the  College,  or  have  held  the  Bursarship  of  the  College, 
or  a  Professorship  or  Public  Readership  within  the  University. 
But  the  Master  and  Fellows  may,  with  the  consent  of  the  Visitor, 
re-elect  for  periods,  not  exceeding  five  years  in  all,  any  Fellow 

is  engaged  in  the  study  of  any  branch  of  literature  or  science 
provided  that  evidence  be  laid  before  them  and  the  Visitor  that 
such  studies  are  likely  to  produce  important  results  in  published 
writings.  Of  the  whole  number  of  Fellows  two,  and  if  the 
r  be  not  in  Holy  Orders  three,  must  be  in  Holy  Orders. 
Under  certain  circumstances,  Fellows  whose  income  from  other 
sources  exceeds  £300  per  annum,  receive  only  one-third  of  the 
emoluments  of  their  Fello v 

Merton  there  are  twenty-four  Fellowships,  which  are  open 

1    persons  who  have  passed  the  Examinu'ions  requisite  for 

'  .  \.      [here  is  no  restriction  as  to  Holy  Order>. 

They  are  oidinarily  vacated  by  marriage,  but   Fellows  who  hold 

the    office  of  Tutor,    Lecturer,  or   Bursar  of  the  College,  may 

M  the  consent  of  the  Warden  and   Fc!!<  Min  their 

;  s  after  marriage,  provided   that   the  number  of  such 

man  >  shall  not  at  any  one  time  exceed  four,  and  that 

tfivcn  shall  only  b»  >M;<  as  the  Frllmv  to 

of  the  above-mentioned 

offices  in  the  Col 


76          REWARDS   OF   AND   AIDS   TO   LEARNING. 

At  Exeter  there  are  fifteen  Fellowships,  which  are  open  to  all 
persons  who  have  passed  the  Examinations  required  by  the 
University  for  the  degree  of  B.A.,  or  who  have  been  incorporated 
into  the  University  as  Bachelors  of  Arts,  or  who  have  become  in 
any  way  members  of  Convocation.  There  is  in  addition  a 
Chaplain  Fellow,  who  is  nominated  by  the  Dean  and  Chapter 
of  Exeter. 

At  Oriel  there  are  eighteen  Fellowships,  of  which  one  is  at 
present  suspended.  Candidates  must  be  under  twenty-six  years 
of  age,  and  must  have  taken  the  degree  of  B.A.  in  some  Uni- 
versity in  the  United  Kingdom.  If  at  the  time  of  holding  an 
election  there  be  not  five  Fellows  in  Holy  Orders,  the  person 
who  shall  be  elected  shall  either  be  in  Holy  Orders  (in  which 
case  he  may  be  more  than  twenty-six  years  of  age),  or  shall 
proceed  to  Deacon's  Orders  within  three  years  from  his  election. 
The  Provost  and  Fellows  have  power  to  elect  without  examina- 
tion, by  a  majority  of  not  less  than  two-thirds,  any  person  who  in 
their  judgment  is  eminently  qualified  to  hold  the  office  of  Tutor, 
Lecturer,  or  Senior  Treasurer,  but  the  Fellow  so  elected  shall 
vacate  his  Fellowship  on  ceasing  to  hold  such  office,  unless  re- 
tained in  his  Fellowship  by  the  majority  which  was  requisite  for 
his  election. 

At  New  College  the  number  of  Fellowships  will  in  future  be 
thirty,  of  which  fifteen  will  be  open  to  all  persons  who  have 
passed  the  Examinations  requisite  for  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of 
Arts.  The  other  fifteen  will  be  open  to  persons  who,  having  re- 
ceived education  for  at  least  two  years  in  the  School  of  Win- 
chester College,  or  having  been  for  at  least  twelve  Terms  mem- 
bers of  New  College,  have  passed  the  Examinations  requisit 
the  degree  of  B.A.,  or  have  taken  the  degree  of  B.A.  in  some  other 
University  of  Great  Britain  or  Ireland.  Fellows  who  for  a  cer- 
tain length  of  time  have  filled  the  office  of  Tutor,  Lecturer, 
or  Bursar,  may  be  re-elected  to  be  continued  in  their  Fellowships 
upon  their  marriage;  and  persons  who  are  considered  likely  to 
be  eminently  useful  to  the  College  in  an  educational  capacity  may 
be  elected  Fellows  without  examination  and  without  any  restric- 
tion as  to  marriage. 

At  Lincoln  there  are  ten  Fellowships,  which  are  open  to  all 
persons  who  have  passed  the  Examinations  necessary  for  the 


COLLEGE   FELLOWSHIPS.  77 

degree  of  B.A.,  provided  that  they  have  not  *  certi  reditus  ' 
exceeding  twice  the  value  of  the  Fellowship.  Every  Fellow 
niu-t  take  Holy  Orders  within  ten  years  from  his  admission  as 
actual  Fellow,  unless  during  that  time  he  has  become  one  of  the 
two  senior  Lay  Fellows.  Their  approximate  annual  value  is  £300, 
and  they  are  all  vacated  by  marriage,  except  that  if  any  Fellow 
holds  either  of  the  College  livings  of  All  Saints  and  St.  Michael's 
in  Oxford,  he  may  retain  his  Fellowship  although  he  be  married. 
The  College  has  also  power  to  elect  without  examination  any 
person,  otherwise  eligible  for  a  Fellowship,  who  is  considered 
likely  to  be  eminently  useful  to  it  in  an  educational  capacity. 
One  of  the  ten  Fellowships  is  in  the  appointment  of  the  Bishop 
of  Lincoln. 

At  Brasenose  there  are  thirteen  Fellowships,  which  are  open 
to  all  persons  who  have  passed  the  Examinations  requisite  for  the 
degree  of  B.A.  Six  at  least  of  the  Fellows  must  be  in  Holy 
Orders,  or  must  take  Holy  Orders  within  a  limited  period,  usually 
three  years,  from  the  date  of  election. 

At  Queen's  there  are  eighteen  Fellowships  (of  which  one  is 
at  present  temporarily  suspended),  which  are  open,  with  certain 
limitations  as  to  property,  to  all  persons  who  have  passed  the 
Examinations  required  by  the  University  for  the  degree  of  B.A. 
Nine  of  the  Fellows  must  be  in  Holy  Orders,  and  all  the  Fellow- 
ships are  vacated  by  marriage. 

At  All  Souls'  there  are  thirty  Fellowships,  which  are  open, 

without  any  restriction  as  to   the   holding   of  property,  to  all 

persons  who  have  passed  the  Examinations  required  by  the  Uni- 

r  the  degree  of  B.A.,  provided  that  they  have  either 

been  placed  in  the  First  Class  at  any  of  the  Public  Examinations 

of  th'  or  have  obtained  some  Prize  or  Scholarship 

within  the  University  unattached  to  any  College  or  Hall,  and 

open  to  general  competition  among  the  members  of  the  University. 

'nation  i>  held  in  such  subjects  recognized  in  the  School 

CC  and  Modern  as  are  determined  from 

Warden  and  Fi-llows.     All  the  Fellowship"-, 

except  those  which   are    held  by   Pro:  I    1  \ 

marriage. 

At  Magdalen  there  arc  thirty  Fellowships  which  are  open  to 
all  persons  who  have  passed  the  Kxaininations  required  by  the 


78          REWARDS   OF   AND   AIDS   TO   LEARNING. 

University  of  Oxford  or  the  University  of  Cambridge  for  the 
degree  of  B.A.  The  examination  for  every  fifth  Fellowship  must 
be  in  Mathematics  and  Physical  Science  alternately.  Two-thirds 
of  the  Fellows  must  be  in  Holy  Orders,  and  all  the  Fellowships 
are  vacated  by  marriage. 

At  Corpus  there  are  eighteen  Fellowships,  which  are  open  to 
all  persons  who  have  passed  the  Examinations  required  by  the 
University  for  the  degree  of  B.A.  Six  of  the  Fellows  must  be  in 
Holy  Orders.  All  Fellowships  are  vacated  by  marriage,  but  the 
College  has  power  to  elect  without  examination,  and  without  any 
restriction  as  to  marriage,  any  person,  otherwise  qualified  to  be  a 
Fellow,  who  is  considered  likely  to  be  eminently  useful  to  it  in  an 
educational  capacity. 

At  Christ  Church  there  are  at  present  twenty-eight  Senior 
Studentships,  of  which  nineteen  are  Clerical,  nine  Lay.  Three 
are  entitled  Lee's  Readerships  in  Chemistry,  Anatomy,  and  Physics 
respectively.  A  Lee's  Reader  may  be  elected  without  examina- 
tion, may  be  allowed  to  retain  his  position  after  marriage,  and 
may  hold  property  beyond  the  amount  to  which  Senior  Students 
are  restricted. 

An  election  to  the  other  vacant  Senior  Studentships  is  held  on 
December  1 8,  after  an  examination ;  candidates  must  have  passed 
all  Examinations  required  by  the  University  for  the  degree  of  B.A. 

At  Trinity  there  are  twelve  Fellowships  (of  which  two  are  at 
present  suspended),  which  are  open  to  all  persons  who  have 
passed  the  Examinations  required  by  the  University  for  the  degree 
of  B.A.  Four  of  the  Fellows  must  be  in  Holy  Orders ;  and  all 
the  Fellowships  are  vacated  at  the  expiration  of  six  months  after 
marriage. 

At  St.  John's  the  number  of  Fellowships  will  eventually  be 
eighteen.  They  are  open  to  all  persons  w^ho  have  passed  the 
Examinations  required  by  the  University  for  the  degree  of  B.A. 
Two-thirds  of  the  number  of  Fellows  for  the  time  being  must  be 
in  Holy  Orders ;  and  all  the  Fellowships  are  vacated  by  marriage, 
except  in  the  case  of  a  Professor  or  Head  of  a  Hall.  The 
emoluments  of  a  Fellow  are  fixed  at  double  those  of  a  Scholar 
of  the  College. 

In  addition  to  the  above,  there  are  four  Fellowships  tenable 
for  fourteen  years,  and  of  the  annual  value  of  about  £iSo.  They 


COLLEGE  FELLOWSHIPS.  79 

are  open,  with  certain  limitations  and  under  certain  conditions 
in  respect  of  literary  proficiency,  first  to  the  kindred  of  the 
;  der  (Dudley  Fereday,  Esq.);  secondly,  to  natives  of  Staf- 
fordshire ;  and  in  case  of  a  Founder's  kin  or  Staffordshire  candi- 
date not  satisfying  the  conditions,  then  to  any  other  person 
whatsoever,  being  a  member  of  the  Church  of  England. 

At  Jesus  there  are  thirteen  Fellowships,  of  which  one  moiety 
is  confined  to  natives  of  Wales  or  Monmouthshire,  if  any  such 
be  found  of  sufficient  merit ;  the  other  moiety  is  open  without 
such  limitation.  Candidates  for  all  the  Fellowships  must  have 
passed  the  Examinations  required  by  the  University  for  the  degree 
of  B.A.  Nine  of  the  Fellows  must  be  in  Holy  Orders,  and  all 
the  Fellowships  are  vacated  by  marriage. 

At  Wadham  there  are  fourteen  Fellowships,  which  are  open 
to  all  persons  who  have  passed  the  Examinations  required  by  the 
University  for  the  degree  of  B.A.  There  is  no  restriction  as  to 
Holy  Orders.  The  Fellowships  are  vacated  by  marriage:  but 
the  College  is  empowered  to  elect  two  Fellows  who  may  retain 
their  Fellowships,  even  though  married,  so  long  as  they  hold  the 
office  of  Tutor,  Lecturer,  or  Bursar.  There  are  two  Exhibitions, 
intended  to  promote  the  study  of  Law  and  of  Medicine,  to  be 
held  by  Fellows  (p.  94). 

At  Pembroke  there  are  ten  Fellowships,  which  are  open  to  all 

persons   who   have   passed   the   Examinations  required   by   the 

University  for  the  degree   of  B.A.     Two  of  the  Fellows   are 

entitled  Sheppard  Fellows :  of  these,  one  must  be  called  to  the 

Bar,  as  soon  as  he  lawfully  can  after  his  election ;  the  other  must 

proceed,  as  soon  as  he  lawfully  can,  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor  and 

Medicine  in  the  University.  Four  of  the  ten  Fellows  must 

Orders,  and  all  the  Fellowships  are  vacated  by  marriage. 

At  Worcester  the  number  of  the  Fellowships  will  ultimately 

ire  open  to  all  persons  who  have  passed  the 

<  quired  by  the  University  for  the  degree  of  B.A., 

t  that  candidates  for  the  Fellowships  founded  by  Mrs.  Sarah 

Eaton  mil-1  of  clergymen  of  the  Church  of  England,  and 

not  be  possessed  of  any  property  or  income  exceeding  £150 

1  number  of  the  Fellows  must 

be  in  Holy  Orders;  and  all  the  Fellowships,  except  two  \\hen 
held  by  Profess* 


SO         REWARDS   OF   AND   AIDS   TO  LEARNING. 


III.   COLLEGE    SCHOLARSHIPS,    EXHIBITIONS, 
AND   CLERKSHIPS. 

Scholarships  are  institutions  which  constitute  their  holders 
members  of  an  intra-academical  corporation,  without  a  voice 
in  its  government,  but  with  a  claim  to  instruction,  to  rooms,  and 
to  an  allowance  for  maintenance.  They  were  in  most  cases 
originally  intended  to  provide  for  the  education  at  the  University 
of  the  inhabitants  of  certain  localities,  or  the  descendants  of 
certain  families :  their  length  of  tenure  was  unlimited ;  and  they 
gave,  as  vacancies  occurred,  a  right  of  succession  to  Fellowships. 
But  in  all  these  respects  subsequent  legislation  has  effected  con- 
siderable changes :  they  are  now  for  the  most  part  open  to  a 
competitive  examination,  which  has  no  other  limit  than  that  of 
age  or  academical  standing ;  their  tenure  is  usually  limited  to  five 
years  ;  they  confer  no  right  of  succession  to  Fellowships ;  and 
the  various  allowances  of  the  older  Statutes  are  commuted  for 
a  fixed  money  payment.  Election  in  all  cases  takes  place  after 
an  examination,  of  which  due  notice  is  given  in  the  Oxford  Uni- 
versity Gazette,  and  also  in  the  principal  London  newspapers: 
about  two-thirds  of  the  total  number  are  awarded  for  excellence 
in  Classics,  the  remainder  are  divided  between  Mathematics, 
Physical  Science,  and  Modern  History.  The  examination-papers 
are  not  published,  but  copies  of  them  can  sometimes  be  procured 
from  one  of  the  officers  of  a  College ;  and  candidates  who  have 
not  been  at  one  of  the  larger  Public  Schools,  where  the  standard 
required  is  usually  well  known,  will  do  well  to  endeavour  to 
ascertain  the  nature  of  what  is  required  of  them  before  entering 
into  the  competition. 

Exhibitions  differ  from  Scholarships  partly  in  that  they  do  not 
constitute  their  holders  members  of  the  corporation  of  a  College, 
partly  in  that  the  limit  of  age  is  often  extended,  and  partly  in  that 
they  are  frequently  confined  to  persons  who  produce  evidence  of 
their  need  of  assistance.  Until  the  passing  of  the  Universities 
Act  of  1854  they  were  for  the  most  part  conferred  at  the  abso- 
lute discretion  of  the  Head  or  Head  and  Fellows  of  a  College ; 
but  they  are  now  more  commonly  given  after  an  examination  of 
the  same  kind  as  that  which  is  held  for  Scholarships. 


COLLEGE   SCHOLARSHIPS   AND   EXHIBITIONS.      Si 

Bible-Clerkships  are  offices  to  which  certain  small  duties,  such 
as  those  of  marking  the  attendance  of  Undergraduates  in  Chapel 
and  of  saying  Grace  at  dinner,  are  usually  attached.  They  are 
in  the  free  gift  of  the  Head  of  a  College  or  Hall,  but  it  is  not 
infrequent  for  him  to  open  them  to  a  competition  among  persons 
who  produce  evidence  of  want  of  pecuniary  assistance. 

At  University  there  are — 

(1)  Twelve   Scholarships,  of  which   two   or  three  are  filled 
up  every  year  in  Hilary  Term.    They  are  open  without  regard 
to  place  of  birth  or  education,  and  without  limitation  of  age,  and 
are  tenable  for  five  years  from  the  day  of  election.     Candidates, 
if  already  members  of  the  University,  must  not  have  exceeded 
four  Terms  from  their  matriculation.     Their  annual  value  is  £80 
during  residence,  inclusive  of  all  allowances. 

(2)  The  Exhibitions   in   the  gift   of  the  College  are  mostly 
attached  to  certain  schools,  some  of  them  being  open  to  general 
competition  in  default  of  properly  qualified  candidates  from  the 
favoured  schools.     They  are  of  various  values. 

Balliol  there  are— 

(1)  Ten  Foundation  Scholarships,  two  of  which  are  awarded 

in  Michaelmas  Term,  after  an  examination  in  Classics. 
They  are  open  to  all  persons  under  the  age  of  nineteen,  and  are 
tenable  for  five  years.  Their  annual  value  is  about  £80  per 
annum  during  residence. 

(2)  Four  Mathematical  Scholarships,  one  of  which  is  awarded 

.   They  are  open  to  all  persons  who  have  not  exceeded 
car  from  their  matriculation,  and  are  tenable  for  four  years. 
Their  annual  value  is  £80. 

(3)  Four    Modern    History    Scholarships,   one    of    which    i- 

year.      They   are   open    to  all  candidates  who 
two  years  from  their  matriculation,  and  arc 
tcnabl-  I  heir  annual  value  is  £80. 

'•..tural    Science    Scholarships,    one    of    which    is 
i   to   all    candidates   who 
from  their  matriculation,  ami  are 
tenable  for  four  years.     "I'heir  annual  value  is  £80. 

(5)  Ten   Classical    Exhibit;  hich    t\\o   or 

awarded  e 

G 


82         REWARDS   OF   AND   AIDS   TO   LEARNING. 

not  exceeded   eight  Terms   from  their  matriculation,  and  are 
tenable  for  five  years.     Their  annual  value  is  £60. 

(6)  An  Exhibition  (called  the  Jenkyns  Exhibition)  is  usually 
awarded  every  year,  after  a  competitive  examination  in  Scholar- 
ship,   History,   and    Philosophy,   to    an    Undergraduate   of  the 
College  who  has  not  exceeded  his  sixteenth  Term.     Its  annual 
value  is  £100,  it  is  tenable  for  four  years,  and  it  may  be  held 
together  with  any  other  Scholarship  or  Exhibition  in  the  College. 

(7)  It  has  also  been  the  custom  of  the  College  to  offer  two 
Exhibitions  every  year  to  those  candidates  who  have  distinguished 
themselves  in  the  Oxford  Local  Examinations,  and  also  to  award 
two  Exhibitions  for  Classical  or  General  Knowledge,  according  to 
the  result  of  an  examination  held  at  the  College.     The  annual 
value  of  both  these  classes  of  Exhibitions  is  £40,  and  they  are 
tenable  for  four  years. 

(8)  Fourteen  Exhibitions  (called  the  Snell  Exhibitions),  two  or 
three  of  which  are   awarded  every  year,  after  an  examination 
held  at  Glasgow.      They  are  open   to   those  members  of  the 
University   of    Glasgow   whose    fathers    or    grandfathers    were 
Scotchmen:  they  are  tenable  for  five  years,  and  their  annual 
value  is  about  £110. 

(9)  Five  Scholarships  (called  Blundell  Scholarships),  which  are 
confined  to  persons  educated  at  Tiverton  School,  and  one  of  which 
is  awarded  every  year  after  an  examination  held  at  that  School. 
They  are  tenable  for  five  years,  and  their  annual  value  is  £60. 

(10)  An  Exhibition  (called  the  Warner  Exhibition)  is  awarded 
once  in  every  five  years,  after  an  examination  held  at  the  College. 
Its  annual  value  is  £90,  and  it  is  tenable  for  five  years.    Candi- 
dates must  have  been  born  in  Scotland,  or  be  the  sons  of  fathers 
who  were  born  in  Scotland.      The  subjects  of  examination  are 
the  same  as  for  the  Classical  Scholarships. 

(n)  Two  small  Exhibitions,  confined  to  Tiverton  and  Ludlow 
Schools  respectively,  if  candidates  of  sufficient  merit  appear. 

At  Merton  there  are  eighteen  Postmasters  and  four  Scholars. 
Of  the  Postmasterships,  two  are  in  the  nomination  of  the  Provost 
of  Eton  and  the  Provost  of  King's  alternately  :  of  the  remaining 
Postmasterships,  and  the  Scholarships,  ten  are  awarded  after  an 
examination  in  Classics  (which  is  usually  held  in  Easter  Term), 


COLLEGE   SCHOLARSHIPS   AND   EXHIBITIONS.      83 

five  after  an  examination  in  Mathematics,  and  five  after  an 
examination  in  Natural  Science  (the  two  latter  examinations  are 
usually  held  in  October).  They  are  all  open  without  limitation 
.re  tenable  for  five  years,  and  their  annual  value  is 
£80. 

At  Exeter  there  are  at  this  time  twenty-three  Scholarships :  (i) 
ten  of  the  value  of  £80  per  annum,  open  to  all  British  subjects ; 
(2)  ten  of  the  value  of  £60  per  annum,  limited  in  the  first  instance 
to  persons  born  in  the  diocese  of  Exeter,  or  educated  in  some 
school  in  that  diocese  for  at  least  three  years  last  past ;  (3)  three 
of  the  value  of,  sometimes  £80,  sometimes  £70  per  annum,  limited 
in  the  first  instance  to  persons  born  in  the  Channel  Islands,  or 
educated  for  three  years  last  past  at  Victoria  College,  Jersey,  or 
Elizabeth  College,  Guernsey.  In  the  event  however  of  no  can- 
didate offering,  who  in  the  judgment  of  the  electors  is  duly  quali- 
fied to  be  a  Scholar  of  the  College,  both  the  Scholarships  for  the 
diocese  of  Exeter  and  those  for  the  Channel  Islands  may  be 
thrown  open  to  all  British  subjects. 

All  the  Scholarships  are  tenable  for  five  years,  and  the  candi- 
dates for  any  must  not,  on  the  day  of  election,  have  completed 
the  twentieth  year  of  their  age. 

Besides  Exhibitions  attached  to  the  College  from  Eton,  Exeter, 
and  other  schools,  there  are  at  present  nine  Exhibitions  in  the 
gift  of  the  College. 

(1)  Two  called  How  Exhibitions,  of  the  value  each  of  about 
£35  per  annum,  limited  in  the  first  instance  to  the  kin  of  the 
Founder;  in  default  of  such  kin,  to  the  sons  of  clergymen  resi- 
dent in  Somerset  or  Devon,  or,  on  failure  of  fit  candidates  from 

to  sons  of  clergymen  of  the  Church  of  England 
t  limitation  of  locality. 

(2)  Two  Gi fiord  Exhibitions,  of  the  value  of  about  £35  per 
annum   each,   limited   first   to  persons   educated   at   Ashburton 
School ;  in  failure  of  such,  to  persons  born  or  educated  in  the 

.on,  or   in   failure   of  such,  open   to  all   British 

(3)  Tin  Inhibition,   worth   about    £63    per  annum, 

e  to  persons  born  or  educated  either  in 
ounty  of  Somerset  or  Dorset ;  or,  on  failure  of  .such,  open 
G  a 


84         REWARDS   OF   AND   AIDS   TO   LEARNING. 

to  all  British  subjects.  The  Exhibitioner,  however,  must  be 
a  person  intending  to  take  Holy  Orders  in  the  Church  of 
England. 

(4)  The  Michell  Exhibition,  of  the  value  of  about  £40  per 
annum,  open  to  all  members  of  the  College  who  are  applying 
themselves  to  the  study  of  Divinity. 

(5)  The  Richards  Exhibition,  of  the  value  of  £30  per  annum, 
open  to  general  competition. 

(6)  Two  College  Exhibitions,  value  £50  per  annum  each,  open 
to  general  competition. 

The  candidates  for  the  Exhibitions  must  in  all  cases  be  such  as 
appear  to  be  in  need  of  assistance  at  the  University. 

At  Oriel  there  are — 

(1)  Ten  Scholarships,  two  of  which  are  awarded  every  year. 
They  are  open  to  all  persons  under  the  age  of  twenty,  pro- 
vided that,  if  already  members  of  the  University,  they  have  not 
exceeded  two  years  from  their  matriculation.     They  are  tenable 
for  five  years,  and  their  annual  value  is  £80.    Scholars  may  reside- 
either  within  or  without  the  walls  of  the  College :  if  resident  in 
College,  they  are  subject  to  the  usual  College  charges  ;  if  resident 
out  of  College,  they  pay  £10  for  Caution-money,  £21  for  Tuition- 
fees,  and  £i  for  College  dues. 

(2)  Four  Exhibitions  (Adam  de  Brome's  Exhibitions),  which 
are  confined   to    deserving   persons  in  need  of  support  at  the 
University.     They  are  tenable  until  the  end  of  the  twentieth 
Term  from  matriculation,  and  their  annual  value  is  £80. 

(3)  Three  Exhibitions  (Robinson  Exhibitions),  to  which  all 
members  of  the  College  are  eligible.     They  are  tenable  for  three 
years,  and  their  annual  value  is  about  £38.     The  examination  is 
chiefly  in  Logic  and  Moral  Philosophy. 

(4)  Two  Exhibitions  (Ludwell  Exhibitions),  which  are  in  the 
first   instance  confined  to  the  founder's  kin  and  to  natives  of 
Kent,  .but,  in  default  of  such  candidates,  are  thrown  open  to 
general  competition.     They  are  tenable  for  seven  years,  and  are 
of  the  annual  value  of  about  £40. 

(5)  Four  Exhibitions  (Beaufort  Exhibitions),  the  holders  of 
which  are  nominated  by  the  Duke  of  Beaufort,  from  natives  of 
Gloucestershire,  Monmouthshire,   and    Glamorganshire.      They 


COLLEGE   SCHOLARSHIPS   AND   EXHIBITIONS.      85 

are  tenable  for  seven  years,  and   are   of  the   annual   value  of 
about 

(6)  Two  Exhibitions  (Ireland  Exhibitions),  which  are  open 
to  members  of  the  College  who  have  not  exceeded  their  tenth 
Term  from  matriculation.  They  are  tenable  until  the  end  of 
the  sixteenth  Term  from  matriculation,  and  their  annual  value 
is  £30.  The  subjects  of  examination  are  those  of  the  First 
Public  Examination  for  Classical  Honours. 

OIK>  Exhibition  (Rutland  Exhibition),  open  to  members 
of  the  College  under  the  age  of  twenty  who  have  not  exceeded 
two  years  from  their  matriculation.  It  is  tenable  for  four,  or 
in  certain  cases  five,  years;  and  its  annual  value  is  £21.  The 
examination  is  the  same  as  that  for  the  College  Scholarships. 

(8)  Two  Clerkships,  the  holders  of  which  must  be  deserving 
persons  in  need  of  assistance  at  the  University.  Their  charges 
are  less  than  those  of  other  members  of  the  College,  and  they 
enjoy  certain  Exhibitions  the  gross  annual  amount  of  which  is 
between  £70  and  £80.  The  Clerkships  are  tenable  for  three  years 
from  matriculation. 

Scholar  or  Adam  de  Brome's  Exhibitioner  can  hold  more 
than  one  of  the  other  Exhibitions  mentioned  above. 

At  Queen's  there  are— 

(i)  Fifteen  Foundation  Scholarships,  which  are  open,  without 
respect  to  place  of  birth,  to  all  persons  under  the  age  of  twenty 
years  who  produce  satisfactory  testimonials  of  moral  character. 
are  tenable  for  five  years  from  the  day  of  election,  and 
innual  value  is  not  less  than  £75.     One  Scholar- 
ship at  lea  ;ir.  is  awarded  for  proficiency  in  Mathematics 
and  Physical  Science. 

'c-Clerkships,  which  arc  in  the  gift  of  the  Provost, 

and  which  are  conferred  by  him  on  deserving  persons  whom  he 

has  ascertained  to  be  in  need  of  support  at  the  University.    They 

ITS,  and  their  annual  value   is  £75  with 

rooms. 

(?)  .larship  (Jodrell   Scholarship),  which   i 

•     '     .  and   Divinity. 

dates  must  be  natives  <  '  Britain   or  Ircl.iml  under 

twenty  years  of  age,  and  if  members  of  the  University,  must  not 


86         REWARDS  OF   AND   AIDS   TO   LEARNING. 

have  exceeded  three  Terms  from  their  matriculation  ;  they  must 
also  produce  certificates  of  moral  character.  Ceteris  paribus  that 
candidate  is  to  be  preferred  who  stands  most  in  need  of  pecu- 
niary assistance.  The  annual  value  of  the  Scholarship  is  at  present 
£100,  and  it  is  tenable  for  four  years. 

(4)  Four  Exhibitions  (Eglesfield  Exhibitions),  open  to  natives 
of  Cumberland  and  Westmoreland  under  the  age  of  twenty  years. 
They  are  tenable  for  four  years,  and  are  of  the  inclusive  annual 
value  of  £75. 

(5)  Fifteen  Exhibitions  (Hastings  Exhibitions),  open  without 
restriction   as    to  age    to  persons    educated  at  the   Schools  of 
Carlisle,    Penrith,    or    St.    Bees    in    Cumberland,    Appleby  or 
Heversham    in    Westmoreland,    Bradford,    Doncaster,    Giggles- 
wick,   Hipperholme,    Leeds,   Pontefract,    Richmond,   Sedbergh, 
Wakefield,  or  York  in  Yorkshire  :  one  candidate  may  be  sent 
by  each  School  for  each  vacancy.     They  are  at  present  of  the 
annual  value  of  £90,  and  are  tenable  for  five  years. 

(6)  One  Exhibition   (Fitzgerald   Exhibition),  open,  without 
restriction  as  to  age,  to  natives  of  Middlesex.     Its  annual  value  is 
about  £65,  and  it  is  tenable  for  seven  years. 

(7)  One  Exhibition  (Thanet  Exhibition),  open  to  all  persons 
educated  at  Appleby  School.     Its  annual  value  is  £40,  and  it  is 
tenable  for  five  years. 

(8)  Two  Exhibitions  (Holmes  Exhibitions),  open  to  all  natives 
of  Cumberland  and  Westmoreland.     Their  annual  value  is  £45, 
and  they  are  tenable  for  five  years. 

(9)  One  Exhibition  (Fox  Exhibition),  open  to  all  natives  of 
Cumberland  or  Westmoreland  who  have  been  educated  at  St. 
Bees'  School.     Its  annual  value   is   £30,.  and   it  is  tenable  for 
five  years. 

(10)  Two  Exhibitions  (Dixon  Exhibitions),  one  of  which  is 
open   to   all   natives    of  Whitehaven,  the  other  to   natives  of 
Whitehaven  who  have  been  educated  at  St.  Bees'  School.    Their 
annual  value  is  about  £35,  and  they  are  tenable  for  five  years. 

(n)  Two  Exhibitions  (Wilson  Exhibitions),  one  of  which  is 
open  to  persons  educated  at  Kirkby-Lonsdale  School,  the  other 
to  persons  educated  at  Kendal  School.  The  annual  value  of  the 
former  is  £20,  and  of  the  latter  £15 ;  they  are  both  tenable  for 
five  years. 


COLLEGE   SCHOLARSHIPS    AND    EXHIBITIONS.      87 

The  following  Exhibitions  are  also  attached  to  the  College, 
though  not  in  its  immediate  gift :  — 

(1)  One  of  the  annual  value  of  £40  (Tylney  Exhibition),  the 
nomination  to  which  is  in  the  hands  of  the  possessor  of  Tylney 
Hall. 

(2)  Two  of  the  annual  value  of  about  £65  (Thomas  Exhi- 
bitions), open  to  sons  of  clergymen  of  the  diocese  of  Carlisle 
educated  at  the  Schools  of  Carlisle   or  St.  Bees,  or  in  default 
thereof  for  sons  of  clergymen  who  have  been  resident  for  three 
years  in  the  diocese  of  Carlisle.     These  Exhibitions  are  in  the 
appointment  of  the  Bishop  and  Dean  of  Carlisle  and  the  Provost 
of  the  College. 

In  addition  to  the  above,  there  are  several  small  Exhibitions 
which  are  usually  held  with  some  other  Scholarship  or  Exhibition 
within  the  College ;  but  no  Scholarship,  Exhibition,  or  Bible- 
Clerkship  can  be  held  with  any  other  Exhibition  within  the 
College  in  any  case  in  which  the  aggregate  income  of  the  two 
emoluments  would  exceed  £no  per  annum. 

The  Exhibitions  \vhich  are  mentioned  above  as  being  confined 
to  particular  schools  or  counties  may  be  thrown  open  to  general 
competition,  if  Candidates  of  sufficient  merit  do  not  present  them- 
selves from  the  favoured  localities ;  and  in  the  cases  in  which  the 
Exhibitions  are  in  the  gift  of  persons  external  to  the  College,  the 
College  is  not  bound  to  receive  the  persons  so  nominated,  unless 
they  are  fit,  in  the  judgment  of  the  Provost  and  Fellows,  to  be 
Exhibitioners  of  the  College. 

The  election  to  vacancies  takes  place  (i)  on  the  second  Satur- 
day after  Easter,  (2)  on  the  third  Tuesday  in  October,  in  each 

At  New  College  there  will  be  in  future — 

J  hirty  Scholarships,  which  arc  tilled  by  an  annual  election, 
held  at   Winchester  College,  of  six  l><  :ig  education  in 

the  School  of  that  College.     In  default  of  a  sufficient  mini' 
duly-qualified  candidates,  these  Scholarships  arc  thrown  op 

•ition. 

(ai  h  are  open  to  all  persons   u 

the  age  of  twenty. 

All   the   Scholarships   arc  tenable   for   uV 


88         REWARDS   OF   AND   AIDS   TO   LEARNING. 

inclusive   annual  value  is  £100.     There  are  also  from  time  to 
time  some  Exhibitions  in  the  gift  of  the  College. 

At  Lincoln  there  are — 

(1)  At  least  twelve  Foundation  Scholarships,  which  are  open 
without  limitation  of  age,  and  of  which  three  are  awarded  at 
the  beginning  of  every  Michaelmas  Term,  after  an  examination 
usually  in  classical  subjects.      They  are  tenable  for  four  \ 
provided  that  the  holder  does  not  accept  any  position  incom- 
patible with  residence  in  Oxford,  and  are  of  the  annual  inclusive 
value  of  £80.    A  Scholarship  may  be  forfeited  (r)  by  misconduct, 
(2)  by  neglect  of  study,  (3)  by  failing  to  pass  any  of  the  Uni- 
versity Examinations  at  the  proper  time. 

(2)  Two  Scholarships  (the  Matthews  and  the  Radford  Scholar- 
ships), which  are  open  under  the  same  conditions  as  the  pre- 
ceding, but  are  of  somewhat  less  value. 

(3)  One  Scholarship  (the  Tatham  Scholarship),  in  the  election 
to  which  there  is  a  preference  to  persons  born  or  educated  in 
Buckinghamshire. 

(4)  Two  Scholarships,  of  the   value   of  £60,  to  which  the 
Rector  nominates. 

(5)  Two  or  three  Exhibitions  of  the  value  of  £30,  tenable 
for  three  years,  are  usually  offered  at  the  close  of  the  annual 
Scholarship  examination   to  those   candidates  who  have    most 
distinguished  themselves. 

At  Magdalen  there  will  be  in  future — 

(i)  Thirty  Demyships,  of  which  three  or  four  are  usually 
awarded  at  the  beginning  of  every  Michaelmas  Term  after  an 
examination  in  Classics,  one  or  more  in  Mathematics,  and  one 
or  more  in  Natural  Science.  All  the  Demyships  are  open  to  all 
persons  who  have  not  attained  the  age  of  twenty  years :  they  are 
tenable  for  five  years,  provided  that  the  holder  does  not  accept 
any  appointment  which  will,  in  the  judgment  of  the  electors, 
interfere  with  the  completion  of  his  University  studies;  and 
their  inclusive  annual  value  is  £95. 

a.  The  examination  for  the  Classical  Demyships  consists  of 
Greek  and  Latin  composition  in  prose  and  verse,  translations 
from  Greek  and  Latin  into  English,  questions  in  Divinity, 
Ancient  History,  and  Philology:  for  such  candidates  as  desire 


COLLEGE   SCHOLARSHIPS   AND   EXHIBITIONS,      89 

it,  either  as  an  alternative  for,  or  in  addition  to,  the  Classical 
papers,  questions  are  also  set  in  Modern  History  and  Litera- 
ture, with  translations  from  French  and  German  into  English, 
and  vice  versa. 

0.  In  the  examination  for  Mathematical  Demyships,  papers 
•ct  in  Arithmetic  and  Algebra,  in  Pure  Geometry,  in  Tri- 
gonometry and  the  Theory  of  Equations,  and  in  Analytical 
Geometry  of  Two  Dimensions.  Candidates  have  also  to  satisfy 
the  electors  of  their  ability  to  pass  the  ordinary  Classical  Exam- 
inations required  by  the  LTniversity. 

y.  In  the  examination  for  Natural  Science  Demyships,  ques- 
tions are  set  relating  to  General  Physics,  to  Chemistry,  and  to 
Biology,  including  Human  and  Comparative  Anatomy  and  Phy- 
siology, with  the  principles  of  the  classification  and  distribution 
of  plants  and  animals ;  but  a  clear  and  exact  knowledge  of  the 
principles  of  any  one  of  the  above-mentioned  sciences  will  be 
preferred  to  a  more  general  and  less  accurate  acquaintance  with 
more  than  one.  The  examination  in  Chemistry  and  Biology 
will  be  partly  practical,  if  necessary.  Candidates  have  also  to 
satisfy  the  electors  of  their  ability  to  pass  the  ordinary  Classical 

•linations  required  by  the  University. 

(2)  Exhibitions,  the  number  of  which   is   at  present  uncer- 
tain, but  of  which  four  will  eventually  be  offered  for  compe- 
tition ur.      The  subjects  and  time  of  examination  are 
the  same  as  those  for  the  Demyships,  but  while  the  Demyships 
imply  competitive,  the  Exhibitions  are  awarded  to  persons 
who  fail  to  obtain  Demyships,  but  are  known  to  need  support  at 
the  University  and  to  deserve  it.    Candidates  should  prove  to  the 
sction   of  the  electors  that  they  cannot  be   supported    at 
^e  without  such  assistance;  evidence  on  this  point  is  con- 
'ly  confidential.      Testimonials  of  good  conduct 
are  likewise  of  great  importance.     As  there   arc- 
•  found  t< '  con- 
about  tlv                            the  merit  of  the  candidate 

•nination     •  material 

only  very 

n   the  ground   of  ;." 
reco::  •  ,r  the  trouble  ;:n<l  ex  uting 


90         REWARDS   OF   AND   AIDS   TO   LEARNING. 

(3)  Vacancies  occur  from  time  to  time  for  an  Academical 
Clerk,  whose  duties  are  to  take  part  in  the  daily  Choral  Ser- 
vices in  the  Chapel,  which  extend  over  about  nine  months  in 
the  year,  and  such  choir  practices  as  may  be  appointed.  Candi- 
dates are  required  to  pass,  i.  the  ordinary  matriculation  exami- 
nation of  the  College;  2.  an  examination  in  Music,  i.e.  they 
have  to  sing  a  solo  of  their  own  selection,  and  also  some  pieces 
selected  by  the  organist.  The  inclusive  annual  emolument  is 
about  £95.  The  candidate  elected  is  required  to  pass  at  the 
proper  time  the  several  Examinations  required  by  the  University 
for  the  degree  of  B.A. 

At  Brasenose  there  are — 

(1)  Open   Scholarships,  which   will   eventually  be  twelve  in 
number,  and  of  which  two  or  three  are  usually  awarded  every 
year  in  Easter  Term.     They  are  tenable  for  five  years,  and  their 
inclusive  annual  value  is  £80.     Candidates  must  be  under  the  age 
of  twenty. 

(2)  Twenty-two  Scholarships  (Somerset  Scholarships),  which 
are  confined  in  the  first  instance  to  Hereford,  Manchester,  and 
Marlborough  Schools,  but  which  in  default  of  properly-qualified 
candidates  from  those  Schools  are  thrown  open  to  general  com- 
petition, two  Scholarships  being  in  such  cases  occasionally  held 
by  the  same  person.     They  are  tenable  for  five  years,  and  vary 
in  value  from  £36  8j.  to  £52. 

(3)  Seventeen  Exhibitions  (Hulme  Exhibitions),  the   holders 
of  which  are  nominated  by  the  Dean  of  Manchester  and  the 
Rectors  of  Prestwich  and  Bury  from  among  those  members  of 
the  College  who  have  entered  upon  the  thirteenth  Term  from 
their  matriculation.     They  are  tenable  for  four  years  from  the 
beginning  of  the  thirteenth  Term,  provided  that   the   holders 
reside  in  Oxford  during  the  usual  Academical  Terms.     Their 
annual  value  is  £135  in  money,  and  £20  to  be  spent  in  books 
approved  of  by  the  Principal. 

(4)  Three  Exhibitions  (Colquitt  Clerical  Exhibitions),  which 
are  intended  to  assist  in  the  education  for  Holy  Orders  the 
sons  of  poor  or  deceased  clergymen,  or  of  such  laymen  as  can- 
not unaided  support  the  expenses  of  a  College  education.    They 
are  tenable  until  the  expiration  of  four  years  from  matriculation, 


COLLEGE   SCHOLARSHIPS   AND   EXHIBITIONS.      9 1 

and  are  of  the  annual  value  of  £40.  Candidates  must  be  Under- 
graduate members  of  the  College  who  have  resided  at  least  one 
Term. 

At  Corpus  there  are — 

(1)  Twenty-four  Scholarships,  which  are  open  to  all  persons 
under  the  age  of  twenty,  and  are  tenable  until  the  completion  of 
five  years  from  matriculation.      They  are  of  the  gross  annual 
value  of  £95  or  £100,  being  worth  £80,  in  addition  to  rooms 
rent-free  during  residence.     The  examination  usually  takes  place 
in  Hilary  Term. 

(2)  Exhibitions  are  also  occasionally  offered  for  competition 
at  the  same  time  as  the  Scholarships.     They  have   usually  no 
limit  of  age,  and  their  value  is  £60,  together  with  rooms  rent- 
free  during  residence. 

(3)  A  number  of  Exhibitions  have  also  been  instituted  by  the 
dent  and    Fellows,   tenable    only  by   Commoners   of  the 

College,  and  awarded  at  the  Midsummer  College  examinations. 

At  Christ  Church  there  are— 

(1)  Twenty-one  Junior  Studentships,  confined  to  boys  educated 
estminster  School,  and  awarded  after  an  examination  held 

at  that  School.     They  are  tenable  for  seven  years. 

(2)  Thirty-one  Junior  Studentships,  of  which  at  least  one  in 
every    three   is   awarded   for   excellence    in    Mathematics   and 

cal  Science  alternately;  the  others  are  usually  awarded  for 
excellence  in  Classics.  Candidates  for  Physical  Science  Student- 
ships must  be  under  the  age  of  twenty  on  the  ist  of  January 
preceding  the  election :  candidates  for  other  Studentships  under 
the  age  of  nineteen  on  the  same  day.  The  Studentships  are 
tenable  for  five  years  from  the  day  of  election,  and  arc  worth 
£75,  or  in  some  cases  £90,  a  year,  exclusive  of  rooms.  The 
iield  in  Hilary  Term,  and  the  election  takes  place 
on  the  second  Saturday  in  Lent. 

(3  ,  of  the  annual  v.ihu 

of  £50  in  money,  together  with  free  tuition  and  dinner  in  hall. 
Candidates  must  show  to  t lie  D  oi  the  De.m  thai 

arc  in  need  of  pecuniary  help  to  enable  them  to  pursue  their 

:io  limit  of  age. 

(4)  One  Exhibition  (Slade  Exhibition),  of  £30,  tenable  for 


92  REWARDS   OF  AND   AIDS   TO   LEARNING. 

one  year,  and  open  to  persons  who  have  not  already  matricu- 
lated. 

The  following  Exhibitions  are  also  attached  to  Christ  Church, 
though  not  in  its  immediate  gift. 

Two  Exhibitions  (Holford  Exhibitions),  open  to  persons  who 
have  been  educated  for  the  two  years  preceding  either  the 
day  of  election,  or  if  already  members  of  the  University,  the  day 
of  their  matriculation,  at  Charterhouse  School.  They  are  tenable 
for  five  years,  and  are  of  the  inclusive  annual  value  of  £60. 
Candidates  must  not  have  exceeded  the  fourth  Term  from  their 
matriculation,  but  there  is  no  further  limitation  as  to  age. 

At  Trinity  there  are — 

(1)  Thirteen  Scholarships,  open   to    all  candidates  above  the 
age  of  sixteen  and  under  the  age  of  twenty.     They  are  tenable 
for  twenty  Terms,  inclusive  of  the  Term  of  election,  and  their 
annual  value  is  £80.     The  examination  is  usually  held  in  Hilary 
Term  :  its  subjects  are  the  usual  branches  of  Latin  and  Greek 
scholarship. 

(2)  One  Scholarship  (Henniker  Scholarship),  of  the   annual 
value  of  £20,  and  tenable  in  case  of  re-election  for  five  years. 
The  examination  takes  place  in  Divinity  and  Mathematics. 

(3)  Two  Exhibitions  of  £20  each,  tenable  for  one  year,  open 
to  Commoners  of  the  College  without  limitation  of  age.     These 
are  usually  filled  up  in  October. 

At  St.  John's  there  are — 

(i)  Twenty-eight  Scholarships,  of  which  twenty-one  are  con- 
fined to  persons  under  the  age  of  nineteen,  who  for  the  two  years 
preceding  the  day  of  election  have  been  educated  at  Merchant 
Taylors'  School,  or  in  default  of  properly-qualified  candidates 
from  that  School,  at  Christ's  Hospital.  Of  the  remaining  seven, 
two  are  appropriated  to  Coventry  School,  two  to  Bristol  School, 
two  to  Reading  School,  and  one  to  Tunbridge  School.  Candi- 
dates must  be  under  the  age  of  twenty,  and  must  produce 
certificates  of  having  been  educated  for  the  two  years  preceding 
the  day  of  election  at  one  or  other  of  the  above-mentioned 
Schools.  The  Merchant  Taylors'  Scholarships  are  tenable  for 
seven  years,  the  other  Scholarships  are  tenable  for  five  years ; 
they  are  all  of  the  inclusive  annual  value  of  £100.  In  default 


COLLEGE   SCHOLARSHIPS   AND   EXHIBITIONS.      93 

of  properly-qualified  candidates  from  the  favoured  Schools,  all 
the  above  Scholarships  may  be  thrown  open  to  general  com- 
petition. 

(2)  Five  Scholarships,  open  to  all  persons  under  the  age  of 
twenty.     They  are  tenable  for  five  years,  and  are  of  the  inclusive 
annual  value  of  £100.     The  examination  usually  takes  place  in 
Trinity  Term. 

(3)  One  Scholarship  (Holmes  Scholarship),  open  to  all  persons 
without  any  limitation  as  to  age,  and  tenable  for  five  years. 

(4)  Four  Scholarships  (Casberd  Scholarships),  which  are  con- 
fined to  members  of  the  College  who  have  been  one  year  at  least 
in  residence,  and  who  are  on  no  foundation.     They  are  tenable 
for  four  years,  and  are  of  the  annual  value  of  £90. 

At  Jesus  there  are — 

(1)  Twenty  Scholarships,  confined  to  persons  who  are  either 
natives  of  Wales  or  Monmouthshire,  or  who  for  the  four  years 
preceding  the  day  of  election,  or  if  members  of  the  University, 
the  day  of  their  matriculation,  have  been  educated  at  one  of  the 
Free  Grammar  Schools  of  Abergavenny,  Bangor,  Beaumaris,  and 
Bottwnog,  or  the  Free  School  of  Cowbridge.     They  are  of  the 
inclusive  annual  value  of  .£80,  and  they  are  tenable  until  the  end 
of  the  twentieth  Term  from  matriculation.     Candidates  must  be 
under  twenty-four  years  of  age. 

(2)  Two  Scholarships,  of  the  same  value  and  tenable  for  the 
same  length  of  time  as  the  above,  but  open  without  restriction  as 
to  place  of  birth. 

(3)  Kxhibitions,  the  number  of  which  is  at  present  thirty,  and 

confined  to  *  deserving  persons,  being  natives  of  Wales 

.  whom  the  Principal  and  Fellows  have  asccr- 

I  to  be  in  need  of  support  at  the  University.'     They  arc 

tenable  until  the  end  of  the  twentieth  Term  from  matriculation, 

and  are  of  the  annual  value  of  £40. 

Wadham  there  are — 

(i  )  :rships,  open  to  all  persons  under  twenty 

of  a^  :i able  for  i  "I  heir  annual  value,  inclusive 

o.     The  election  takes  place  on  December  c>,  ami 
j>  is  usually  a\\  .1  Hence  in 

.tics. 


94         REWARDS  OF  AND   AIDS   TO   LEARNING. 

(2)  Two  Clerkships,  of  the  approximate  annual  value  of  £80, 
inclusive  of  rooms.     They  are  in  the  nomination  of  the  Warden, 
and  are  usually  tenable  until  the  degree  of  B.A. 

(3)  Ten  Exhibitions  (Hody  Exhibitions),  which  are  awarded 
after   examination,  four  for  the  study  of  Hebrew,  and  six  for  the 
study  of  Greek.      They  are  tenable  for  four  years,  and  are  at 
present  of  the  annual  value  of  £45  :  and  the  holders  of  them  are 
examined  once  in  each  Term  by  the  Regius  Professors  of  Hebrew 
and  Greek  respectively. 

(4)  Four  Exhibitions  (Wills'   Exhibitions),  intended  to  pro- 
mote the  study  of  law  and   of  medicine,  two  to  be  held  by 
Fellows,  and  two  by  Scholars.     The  annual  value  of  a  Fellow's 
Exhibition  is  £90,  of  a  Scholar's  £18. 

(5)  Four  Exhibitions   (Goodridge   Exhibitions),  two  of   the 
annual  value  of  £20,  and   two  of  £12,  which  are  awarded  to 
deserving  Commoners. 

(6)  One  Exhibition  (Warner  Exhibition),  of  the  annual  value 
of  £10,  intended  to   promote  the  study  of  Botany.      It  is   in 
the  nomination  of  the  Warden.      The  Exhibitioner  is  to  give 
proof  of  his  study  every  year  to  the  Professor  of  Botany. 

(7)  One  Exhibition  (Somerscales  Exhibition),  of  the  annual 
value  of  £12,  (or  two  of  £6  each,)  in  the  nomination  of  the 
Warden. 

In  addition  to  the  above  the  College  gives  an  annual  sum  of 
£100  from  its  corporate  funds  to  be  assigned  by  the  Warden  and 
Tutors  to  deserving  Undergraduates,  in  such  proportions  as  they 
may  think  fit. 

At  Pembroke  there  are — 

(1)  Five  Scholarships,  open  to  all  persons  under  the  age  of 
twenty.     They  are  tenable  for  five  years,  and  are  of  the  annual 
value  of  £60  in  money,  together  with  an  allowance  of  £12  to- 
wards the  rent  of  rooms  in  College,  or  of  £10  towards  lodgings. 

(2)  Five  Scholarships  confined  to  persons  under  the  age  of 
twenty,  who  have  been  educated,  for  the  two   years  preceding 
the  day  of  election,  at  Abingdon  School.     They  are  tenable  for 
five  years,  and  are  of  the  annual  value  of  £50,  together  with  an 
allowance  of  £10  towards  the  rent  of  either  rooms  in  College  or 
lodgings. 


COLLEGE   SCHOLARSHIPS   AND   EXHIBITIONS.      95 

(3)  Two  Scholarships  (King  Charles  I.  Scholarships),  confined 
to  persons,  under  the  age  of  twenty,  born  in  Jersey  or  Guernsey, 
or  in  one  of  the  islands  adjacent  to  them,  or  educated  for  the 
two  years  preceding  the  election  at  Victoria  College  in  Jersey  or 

izabcth  College  in  Guernsey.  They  are  tenable  for  five 
years,  and  are  of  the  annual  value  of  £90  ;  the  senior  of  the  two 
Scholars  has  in  addition  an  allowance  of  £10  towards  the  rent 
of  either  rooms  in  College  or  lodgings. 

(4)  Om.  hip  (Bishop  Morley's  Scholarship),  confined 
to  the  same  persons  as  the  preceding :  it  is  tenable  for  five  years, 
and  its  annual  value  is  £70,  together  with  an  allowance  of  £10 
towards  the  rent  of  rooms  in  College. 

(5)  One  Scholarship  (Rous  Scholarship),  confined  to  persons 
educated  for  the    two   years  preceding  the   election   at   Eton 
College,  and  nominated  by  the  Head  Master.     If  more  than  one 
person  be  nominated  by  the  Head  Master,  the  College  elects  the 
most  proficient.     The  Scholarship  is  tenable  for  five  years,  and 
its  annual  value  is  £60. 

(6)  One  Scholarship  (Holford  Scholarship),  confined  to  persons 
on  the  foundation  of  Sutton  at  the  Charterhouse :  but  if  on  any 
vacancy  two  or  more  such  candidates  do  not  present  themselves, 

'.he  candidates  who  present  themselves  are  not  judged  by  the 
r  and  Fellows  to  be  of  sufficient  merit  to  be  elected,  the 
Scholarship  is  thrown  open  for  that  turn  to  all  scholars  of  the 
Charterhouse  School,  educated  for  not  less  than  two  years  at  that 
School.  The  Scholarship  is  tenable  for  five  years,  and  is  of  the 
annual  value  of  £60. 

(7)  Two  Scholarships   (Boulter  and    Radcliffe   Scholarships), 
open  without  restriction :  they  are  tenable  for  live  years,  and  are 
of  the  annual  value  of  £60. 

(8)  One  Scholarship  (Henney  Scholarship),  open  without  re- 

tenable  for  five  years,  and  is  of  the  annual  value 
.  70. 

(9)  Two  Scholarships  (Oadcs  and  Stafford  Scholarships),  con- 
to  persons  who  pro  lencc  that  they  arc-  unable  to 

defray  the  expense  of  a  University  i-<!ur.:ii<»n  without  assistance. 
years,  and  are  of  the  annual  value  of  £60. 

(10)  Eight  Scholarships  (T«  -cholarships),  con  fin- 
persons  who  have  been  educated  for  the  continuous  period  of 


9<5         REWARDS   OF   AND   AIDS   TO   LEARNING. 

two  out  of  the  three  years  preceding  the  day  of  election  at  Glou- 
cester, Cheltenham,  Northleach,  or  Chipping-Campden  School. 
They  are  tenable  for  eight  years,  but  the  holders  share  in  the 
emoluments  during  only  four  years,  and  are  of  the  annual  value 
of  £90,  together  with  an  allowance  of  £10  towards  the  rent  of 
either  rooms  in  College  or  lodgings. 

All  the  Scholarships  which  are  confined,  as  mentioned  above, 
to  particular  Schools  or  localities,  may  be  thrown  open  to  general 
competition,  if  in  the  judgment  of  the  Master  and  Fellows  no 
candidate  of  sufficient  merit  presents  himself  from  the  favoured 
places.  And  in  the  case  of  the  Scholarships  No.  i  to  7  inclusive, 
the  Master  and  Fellows  may  extend  the  time  during  which  they 
are  tenable  for  any  period  not  exceeding  two  years. 

At  "Worcester  there  are — 

(1)  One   Scholarship   (Barnes   Scholarship),  of  the   inclusive 
annual  value  of  £120,  and  tenable  for  four   years.     It  is  open 
without  restriction.     The  subjects  of  examination  are  Classics, 
and  the  languages  and  subject-matter  of  Holy  Scripture. 

(2)  Five  Scholarships  (Mrs.  Eaton's  Scholarships),  confined  to 
sons  of  clergymen  who  require  assistance  to  support  them  at  the 
University.     They  are  tenable  for  five  years  from  matriculation, 
and  are  of  the  inclusive  annual  value  of  £75. 

(3)  Three  Scholarships  (Dr.  Clarke's  Scholarships),  open  with- 
out restriction.     They  are  tenable  for  five  years,  and  are  of  the 
inclusive  annual  value  of  £75. 

(4)  Six  Scholarships  (Sir  Thomas  Cooke's  Scholarships),  con- 
fined to   persons   educated  at    Bromsgrove   School.     They  are 
tenable  for  five  years,  and  are  of  the  inclusive  annual  value  of 
£55. 

(5)  One  Scholarship  (Finney  Scholarship),  confined  to  natives 
of  Staffordshire.     It  is  tenable  for  five  years,  and  its  inclusive 
annual  value  is  £60. 

(6)  Two  Exhibitions  (Lady  Holford's  Exhibitions),  confined  to 
persons  educated  at  the  Charterhouse.     They  are  tenable  for 
five  years,  and  are  of  the  inclusive  annual  value  of  £20. 

(7)  One  Exhibition  (Kay  Exhibition),  of  the  annual  value  of 
£30,  tenable  for  five  years,  and  confined  to  natives  of  Yorkshire. 

(8)  In  addition  to   the   above,  the  College   gives  a  variable 


COLLEGE   SCHOLARSHIPS  AND   EXHIBITIONS.    97 

number  of  Exhibitions  of  the  annual  value  of  £2 1  for  three  years. 
The  number  of  such  Exhibitions  is  at  present  nine,  and  they  are 
open  without  restriction. 

(9)  The  College  also  offers  an  Exhibition,  of  the  annual  value 
of  £70  for  four  years,  to  those  Senior  Candidates  successively 
who  have  obtained  the  highest  places  in  the  First  Division  of  the 
General  List  at  the  Oxford  Local  Examinations,  provided  that 
they  are  placed  in  the  First  Division  of  one  at  least  of  the  four 
first  Sections  of  Examination. 

Of  the  above  Scholarships  and  Exhibitions,  those  numbered  4, 
5,  6,  7  may,  in  default  of  properly-qualified  candidates  from  the 
favoured  localities,  be  thrown  open  to  general  competition.  The 
examination  usually  takes  place  in  Easter  or  Trinity  Term. 

At  St.  Mary  Hall  there  are— 

(1)  Four  Scholarships  (Dyke  Scholarships),  confined  to  persons 
born  in  one  of  the  counties  of  Somerset,  Devon,  and  Cornwall, 
or  who  for  the  three  years  ending  on  the  thirty-first  day  of  De- 
cember preceding  the  day  of  appointment  have  been  resident  in 
those  counties,  or  who  for  the  two  years  ending  with  such  thirty- 
first  day  of  December  have  been  educated   at   any  School   or 
Schools  in  those  counties.     Candidates  must  be  under  the  age  of 
twenty :  if  members  of  the  University,  they  must  not  have  ex- 
ceeded the  fourth  Term  from  that  of  their  matriculation  inclusive  : 
and  they  must  show  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  Trustees  that  they 
are  in  need  of  assistance  to  support  them  at  the  University.    The 
Scholarships  are  tenable  for  four  years  from  the  day  of  appoint- 
ment inclusive,  and  are  at  present  of  the  annual  value  of  £50,  with 
a  prospect  of  increase  to  £75.     The  examination  takes  place  in 
January,  and  an  appointment  to  one  Scholarship  at  least  must  be 
made  in  every  year.      Except  in  special  cases  allowed   by  the 

•ends  are  payable  only  during  residence. 

(2)  One  Exhibition  (Nowell  Exhibition),  of  the  annual  value  of 
£30,  and  tenable  for  four  years  from  matriculation.     Prefer 

n  to  the  kin  of  the  Founder,  Dr.  \o\\ell,  formerly  Principal 
of  the  Hal!,  or  his  wife;  and   next   to  the  lawful  desccnda: 
the   I  (sometime  Vice-Principal  of  St.  Mary 

Hall)  by  J  !t  of  such  candidates  the 

appointment  rests  with  the  Principal. 

H 


98         REWARDS   OF  AND  AIDS   TO   LEARNING. 

At  Magdalen  Hall  there  are— 

(1)  Three  Scholarships  (Lusby  Scholarships),  open  without  re- 
striction, except  that  candidates,  if  members  of  the  University, 
must  not  have  exceeded  the  eighth  Term  from  their  matricula- 
tion.    They  are  tenable  for  three  years,  and  are  of  the  inclusive 
annual  value  of  £50. 

(2)  Four  Scholarships  (Meeke  Scholarships),  confined  to  per- 
sons educated  at  the  Free  Grammar  School  of  Worcester.    They 
are  tenable  for  three  years,  and  are  of  the  inclusive  annual  value 
of  £40. 

(3)  One  Scholarship   (Macbride  Scholarship),  of  the  annual 
value  of  £40,  tenable  for  three  years,  and  open  without  restriction. 

(4)  Two  Scholarships  (Lucy  Scholarships),  of  the  annual  value 
of  £25,  tenable  for  three  years,  and  confined  to  persons  educated 
at  Hampton  Lucy  School. 

(5)  Two  Exhibitions  (White  and  Brunsell  Exhibitions),  which 
are  in  the  gift  of  the  Principal. 

In  default  of  properly-qualified  candidates  from  the  favoured 
Schools,  the  Meeke  and  Lucy  Scholarships  may  be  thrown  open 
to  general  competition.  The  examination  usually  takes  place  in 
Hilary  Term. 

At  St.  Edmund  Hall  there  are  (i)  a  Bible-Clerkship  of  the 
value  of  from  £55  to  £60  per  annum,  (2)  an  Organistship  of  the 
value  of  £24  per  annum.  Both  are  usually  tenable  for  three 
years.  The  former  is  confined  to  persons  who  are  in  need  of 
assistance  at  the  University,  and  is  given  after  a  competitive 
examination.  The  latter  is  given  by  the  nomination  of  the 
Principal.  There  is  no  limit  of  age. 

At  Keble,  there  are  several  Exhibitions,  varying  in  value  from 
£40  to  £60  annually,  which  are  open,  without  limit  of  age,  to  all 
persons  who  are  not  members  of  the  University,  and  to  members 
of  the  College  and  Unattached  Students  who  have  not  exceeded 
one  year's  standing  from  their  matriculation.  They  are  awarded 
after  a  competitive  examination,  which  is  usually  held  in  Easter 
or  Act  Term;  the  subjects  of  examination  are — (i)  Classics; 
(2)  General  Questions;  (3)  Historical  Questions,  or  Latin  and 
Greek  verses,  as  alternatives.  They  are  usually  tenable  for  four 
years,  but  the  value  of  the  fourth  year's  Exhibition  is  only  paid 
if  the  holder  is  reading  for  Honours  in  some  Final  Honour 
School. 


EXHIBITIONS   FOR   UNATTACHED   STUDENTS.      99 


IV.  EXHIBITIONS  FOR  UNATTACHED  STUDENTS. 

Two  Exhibitions  are  offered  every  year  by  the  Worshipful 
Company  of  Grocers  for  the  benefit  of  Students  in  the  Uni- 
versity of  Oxford  not  attached  to  any  College  or  Hall. 

The  Exhibitions  are  open  to  any  Unattached  Student  who 

1 i )  Shall  have  proved  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  Delegates  of 

such  Students  his  need  of  help ; 

(2)  Shall  have  resided  in  the  University  during  one  Term  at 

least  (Easter  and  Act  Terms  being  for  this  purpose 
reckoned  as  one  Term) ; 

(3)  Shall  have  passed  Responsions;  and 

(4)  Shall  have  been  examined  in  such  manner  as  shall  from 

time  to  time  have  been  appointed  by  the  Delegates 
aforesaid. 

The  Exhibitions  are  tenable  fof  three  years ;  and  must  in  any 
he  vacated  at  the  end  of  the  eighteenth  Term  from  matri- 
culation, or  on  the  admittance  of  the  Exhibitioner  as  a  member 
of  any  College  or  Hall  in  the  University  of  Oxford. 

Each  Exhibitioner  receives  his  annual  stipend  in  two  equal 
portions,  as  determined  by  the  Court  of  Assistants,  on  production 
to  the  Clerk  of  the  Grocers'  Company  of  a  certificate,  signed 
by  the  Censors,  and  certifying  that  he  has  kept  by  actual  residence 
such  portion  of  the  half-year  as  is  required  by  the  University 
lutions;  that  he  has  during  the  same  period  been  diligent  in 
pursuing  his  studies;  that  his  conduct  has  been  entirely  satis- 
•;d  that  he  is  not  in  receipt  of  an  income  from  Ex- 
hibitions. Scholarships,  or  other  such  emoluments  exceeding  in 
the  aggregate  £80  a  year,  exclusive  of  the  Grocers'  Company's 
Exhil 


IOO      REWARDS   OF   AND   AIDS  TO  LEARNING. 


V.    ABBOTT  SCHOLARSHIPS. 

The  University  has  recently  accepted  the  sum  of  £6,000 
sterling  for  the  foundation  of  three  Scholarships  which  are  to 
be  competed  for  annually  in  Easter  Term  under  certain  regula- 
lations,  of  which  the  following  are  the  most  important : — 

The  candidates  for  these  Scholarships  must  be  sons  of  clergy- 
men of  the  Church  of  England  who  stand  in  need  of  assistance  to 
enable  them  to  obtain  the  benefits  of  an  University  education, 
and,  if  members  of  the  University,  Undergraduates  who  have  not 
exceeded  their  third  Term  of  residence. 

For  every  election  the  Trustees  appoint  two  or  more  Mem- 
bers of  Convocation,  not  necessarily  of  then-  own  body,  to  examine 
the  claims  of  all  persons  wishing  to  become  candidates.  Every 
claim  on  which  the  judges  so  appointed  cannot  agree  is  referred 
t9  the  Vice-Chancellor,  and  his  decision  is  final.  No  person  is 
received  as  a  candidate  without  the  consent  of  the  Head  or  Vice- 
gerent of  his  College  or  Hall  or  of  the  Censors  of  Unattached 
Students,  or,  if  not  already  a  member  of  the  University,  without 
sufficient  testimonials.  The  names  of  those  who  have  been  found 
to  be  duly  qualified  are  sent  to  the  Examiners ;  and  the  election 
is  then  made  upon  the  ground  of  merit  only,  except  that  can- 
didates born  in  the  West  Riding  of  the  County  of  York  is  eceteris 
paribus  preferred. 

Each  Scholarship  is  tenable  for  three  years  from  the  date  of 
election.  If  however  a  person  not  a  member  of  the  University  is 
elected  and  his  residence  is  deferred  for  more  than  one  Term 
beyond  the  Term  in  which  he  was  elected,  he  only  has  the  profits 
of  his  Scholarship  from  the  date  of  the  commencement  of  his 
residence. 

The  Scholarships  are  not  tenable  with  any  Scholarship  or  Ex- 
hibition in  any  College  or  Hall,  the  annual  value  of  which  exceeds 
the  sum  of  fifty  pounds. 


CHAPTER    IV. 

OF  DEGREES   AND   EXAMINATIONS   FOR  DEGREES. 
I.     OP  DEGREES. 

§  1.    General  Conditions. 

THE  University  grants  degrees  in  five  Faculties)  viz.  in  Arts, 
Music,  Law,  Medicine,  and  Divinity.  The  three  latter  are 
termed  l  superior'  Faculties,  that  is,  the  attainment  of  a  degree 
in  Arts,  or  at  least  the  possession  of  the  necessary  qualifications 
for  the  attainment  of  such  a  degree,  is  a  *  condition  precedent ' 
for  entrance  upon  them.  Degrees  in  Music  stand  on  a  peculiar 
footing,  and  do  not  confer  the  privileges  which  are  attached  to  a 
complete  course  of  liberal  study. 

The  special  conditions  which  are  required  before  a  candidate  is 
eligible  to  receive  any  of  these  degrees  in  ordinary  course  are 
mentioned  below.  Three  further  conditions  are  common  to  all 
degrees,  (i)  Candidates  must  obtain  the  consent  of  their 
College  or  Hall,  or  of  the  Censors  of  Unattached  Students,  as 
the  case  may  be :  this  consent  must  be  signified  in  writing  to  the 
Registrar  on  or  before  the  day  on  which  the  degree  is  to  be 
cont'erred.  (2)  They  must  obtain  the  consent  of  the  University, 
liich  purpose  their  names  are  publicly  read  out  in  Congre- 
gation by  one  of  the  Proctors.  (3)  They  must  give  notice  of 
their  intention  to  become  candidates,  by  entering  their  names  in 
a  book,  which  is  kept  for  the  purpose  at  the  Vice-Chancellor's 
house,  not  later  than  the  day  before  that  on  which  they  purpose 

When    all   the   required   conditions   have    been   satisfied,   the 

candidates  are  presented  to  the   Vice-Chancellor  and   Proctors 

in  the  House  of  Congregation  :  those  who  are  to  be  admitted  to 

the  degrc«  1...  <,r  B.M  promise  to  conform 

,e   University;  those  who  are  to  be  admitted 

to  the  degree  <  M..  ];.])..  or  D.D.,  .<'  o 


102  DEGREES. 

promise  in  reference  to  their  privileges  as  members  of  the  House 
of  Convocation  ;  and  those  who  are  to  be  admitted  to  the  degree 
of  B.D.,  or  D.D.,  are  further  required  to  signify  their  assent  to  the 
Thirty-nine  Articles  and  the  Book  of  Common  Prayer.  The 
formula  which  is  employed  by  the  Vice-Chancellor  in  conferring 
the  degrees  of  M.A.,  D.C.L.,  D.M.,  and  in  which  the  name  of 
the  Holy  Trinity  occurs,  may  be  varied,  if  objection  be  urged. 

§  2.    Special  Conditions  of  the  several  Degrees, 
i.  DEGREE  OF  BACHELOR  OF  ARTS. 

(a)  Candidates  must  have  resided  for  twelve  Terms  within  the 
limits  of  the  University,  under  the  conditions  mentioned  in 
Chapter  I,  §  II :  a  certificate  to  this  effect  must  be  given  by  their 
College  or  Hall,  or  by  the  Censors  of  Unattached  Students,  as 
the  case  may  be.  And  since  the  statutable  time  of  residence  in 
each  Term  is  shorter  than  the  Term  itself,  candidates  who  have 
resided  for  twelve  consecutive  Terms  from  their  matriculation 
are  eligible  for  their  degree  in  their  twelfth  Term  as  soon  as  they 
have  completed  the  statutable  residence  for  that  Term :  for 
example,  a  student  who  matriculates  in  Michaelmas  Term  1873, 
may  be  eligible  for  a  degree  in  Trinity  Term  1876,  i.e.  in  about 
two  years  and  eight  months. 

(/3)  They  must  exhibit  to  the  Registrar,  on  or  before  the  day 
on  which  they  propose  to  take  their  degree,  certificates  of  having 
passed  the  First  and  Second  Public  Examinations,  i.e.  (i)  either 
the  Testamur  of  the  Classical  Moderators,  or,  in  the  case  referred 
to  on  p.  118.  §  3.  i,  a  certificate  of  having  been  placed  in  a  CJass 
in  Greek  and  Latin  Literature,  together  with  a  certificate  of 
having  subsequently  satisfied  the  Moderators  in  the  Gospels  or  the 
substituted  matter:  (2)  the  Testamur  of  the  Examiners  in  the 
Rudiments  of  Faith  and  Religion  or  in  the  substituted  matter, 
(unless  the  candidate  has  obtained  Honours  in  the  School  of 
Theology)  :  (3)  either  the  Testamurs  of  having  passed  one  of  the 
legitimate  combinations  of  three  subjects  in  the  Pass  School,  or 
the  certificate  of  having  been  placed  in  a  Class  in  one  of  the 
Honour  Schools,  at  the  Second  Public  Examination. 

(7)  They  must  pay  to  the  University  a  fee  of  £7  IQJ-.,  unless 
thev  have  previously  been  admitted  to,  and  have  paid  the  fees 


OF   DEGREES.  103 

for,  the  status  of  S.C.L.  or  S.M.,  in  which  case  the  fee  is  £2. 
Members  of  Colleges  and  Halls  have  also  to  pay  a  fee  to  their 
College  or  Hall:  see  p.  181. 

2.  DEGREE  OF  MASTER  OF  ARTS. 

(a)  Candidates  must  have  taken  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of 
Arts,  and  must  have  entered  upon  the  twenty-seventh  Term  from 
their  matriculation  (reckoning  only  those  Terms  in  which  they 
have  kept  their  name  on  the  books  of  a  College  or  Hall,  or  on 
the  register  of  Unattached  Students).  There  is  no  prescribed 
interval  of  time  between  the  degrees  of  Bachelor  and  Master  of 
Arts,  so  that  a  Candidate  who  has  attained  the  requisite  standing 
can  take  them  on  the  same  day. 

(#)  They  must  pay  to  the  University  a  fee  of  £12,  unless  they 
have  previously  been  admitted  to,  and  paid  the  fees  for,  the 
degree  of  Bachelor  of  Civil  Law  or  of  Medicine,  in  which  case 
the  fee  is  £7.  (Those  who  were  admitted  to  the  degree  of 
B.C.L.  before  September  pth,  1855,  pay  only  £4  $s.  on  subse- 
quently taking  the  degree  of  M.A.)  Members  of  Colleges  and 
Halls  also  pay  a  fee  to  their  College  or  Hall :  see  p.  181. 

At  the  expiration  of  the  Term  in  which  a  Master  of  Arts  has 

taken  his  degree  (Easter  and  Trinity  Terms  being  for  this  purpose 

reckoned  as  one)  he  becomes  a  '  Regent  Master.1     He  is  then,  but 

not  until  then,  a  member  of  the  House  of  Convocation,  and  as 

such  entitled  to  vote  upon  any  question  which  comes  before  that 

House,  so  long  as  he  pays  his  annual  dues  to  the  University,  and 

also  keeps  his  name  on  the  books  of  a  College  or  Hall,  or  on  the 

>.-r  of  Unattached  Students.     Arrangements  have  been  made 

Inch  he  may  compound  for  all  such  dues  by  payment  of  a 

single  sum,  and  thus  become  a  life-member  of  Convocation. 

3.  STATUS  OF  STUDENT  OF  CIVIL  LAW. 

(a)  Candidates  must  have  resided  for  twelve  Terms  within  the 
Uni-  1  have-  passed  all  the  Examinations  which  are 

required  fur  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Arts. 

(/3)  Tl  rsity  a  fee  of  £7  IQJ. 

bers  of  Colleges  and  Halls  usually  also  pay  a  fee  to  their 
College  or  Hall. 


104  DEGREES. 

4.  DEGREE  OF  BACHELOR  OF  CIVIL  LAW. 

(a)  Candidates  must  have  been  admitted  either  as  Students  of 
Civil  Law,  or  as  Bachelors  of  Arts. 

(3)  They  must  have  entered  upon  the  twenty-seventh  Term 
from  their  matriculation  (reckoning  only  those  Terms  in  which 
they  have  kept  their  names  on  the  books  of  a  College  or  Hall,  or 
on  the  register  of  Unattached  Students). 

(y)  They  must  have  passed  an  Examination  (see  p.  159),  and 
must  exhibit  to  the  Registrar  the  certificate  of  the  Examiners. 

(5)  They  must  pay  to  the  University  a  fee  of  £6  IDJ. 

Bachelors  of  Civil  Law  are  not,  as  such,  members  of  the  House 
of  Convocation :  but  since,  with  the  exception  mentioned  above, 
every  candidate  for  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Civil  Law  has  also 
attained  the  standing  which  is  necessary  for  the  degree  of  Master 
of  Arts,  it  is  usual  for  the  two  degrees  to  be  held  together.  The 
University  allows  this  to  be  done  without  the  sacrifice  of  any  of 
the  privileges  of  either  degree. 

5.  DEGREE  OF  DOCTOR  OF  CIVIL  LAW. 

fo)  Candidates  must  have  completed  five  years  from  the  time 
of  their  admission  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Civil  Law. 

(#)  They  must  read  publicly  within  the  precincts  of  the 
Schools,  and  in  the  presence  of  the  Regius  Professor  of  Civil  Law, 
or  his  deputy,  a  dissertation  composed  by  themselves  on  a  subject 
pertaining  to  Civil  Law  approved  by  the  Professor,  and  must 
deliver  to  him  a  copy  of  it. 

(•y)  They  must  pay  to  the  University  a  fee  of  £40. 

6.  STATUS  OF  STUDENT  OF  MEDICINE. 

(a)  Candidates  must  have  resided  for  twelve  Terms  within  the 
University,  and  have  passed  all  the  Examinations  which  are 
required  for  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Arts. 

($)  They  must  pay  to  the  University  a  fee  of  £7   ios. 

7.  DEGREE  OF  BACHELOR  OF  MEDICINE. 

(a)  Candidates  must  have  been  admitted  either  as  Students  of 
Medicine  or  as  Bachelors  of  Arts  or  as  Bachelors  of  Civil  Law. 


OF  DEGREES.  10$ 

O)  They  must  have  spent  four  years  in  the  study  of  Medicine, 
either  at  Oxford  or  elsewhere,  from  the  time  of  their  passing  in 
any  one  School  of  the  Second  Public  Examination. 

(y)  They  must  have  passed  two  Examinations  at  intervals  of 
two  years ;  and  as  one  of  the  conditions  of  the  second  of  such 
Examinations,  they  must  produce  certificates,  to  be  approved 
by  a  majority  of  the  Examiners,  of  having  attended  some 
Hospital  of  good  repute.  (See  p.  163.) 

(5)  They  must  pay  to  the  University  (i)  a  fee  of  £9,  after 
passing  both  their  Examinations,  (2)  a  fee  of  £6  IQJ.  on  the 
occasion  of  taking  their  degree. 

Bachelors  of  Medicine  who  wish  to  have  the  licence  of  the 
University  to  practise  Medicine  must  produce  testimonial  letters 
from  the  Regius  Professor  and  one  other  Doctor  of  Medicine,  or 
from  three  Doctors  of  Medicine  resident  at  Oxford ;  the  con- 
sent of  the  University  must  then  be  obtained  in  the  same  way  as 
in  the  case  of  ordinary  degrees :  after  this  has  been  given,  a 
licence  is  issued  under  the  seal  of  the  University. 

8.  DEGREE  OF  DOCTOR  OF  MEDICIM  . 

(a)  Candidates  must  have  completed  three  years  from  the  time 
of  their  admission  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Medicine. 

i  They  must  read  publicly  within  the  precincts  of  the 
Schools,  and  in  the  presence  of  the  Regius  Professor  of  Medicine, 
a  dissertation  composed  by  themselves  on  some  medical  subject 
approved  by  the  Professor,  and  must  deliver  to  him  a  copy  of  it. 

(y)  They  must  pay  to  the  University  a  fee  of  £40. 

All  who  have  been  admitted  as  Doctors  of  Medicine  have  ipso 
facto  the  licence  of  the  University  to  practise  Medicine. 

9.  DEGREE  OF  BACHELOR  OF  DIVINITY. 

(a)  Candidates  must  have  completed  three  years  from  the  day 
on  which  they  became  Regent  Masters  of  Arts. 

(fl)  Tl.  admitted  to    Priest's  Orders,  and 

rxliibit  to  the  Vice-Chancellor  in  tin-  II.  ^Tcjjation 

ders  or  a  certificate  from  the  K  > 
the  Diocese  in  which  •  .ined. 


106  DEGREES. 

(•y)  They  must  read  publicly  in  the  Divinity  School,  and  in 
the  presence  of  the  Regius  Professor  of  Divinity,  two  disserta- 
tions composed  by  themselves  in  English  on  Theological  subjects, 
either  dogmatical  or  critical,  approved  by  the  Professor,  and 
must  deliver  to  him  copies  of  them. 

(£)  They  must  pay  to  the  University  a  fee  of  £14. 


10.  DEGREE  OF  DOCTOR  OF  DIVINITY. 

(o)  Candidates  must  have  completed  four  years  from  the  time 
of  their  admission  as  Bachelors  of  Divinity. 

(3)  They  must  publicly  read  and  expound  in  English,  in  the 
Divinity  School,  on  three  separate  days,  three  portions,  either 
continuous  or  separate,  of  Holy  Scripture.  They  must  also 
notify  the  University  of  the  time  and  subject  of  their  exposition 
three  clear  days  before. 

(•y)  They  must  pay  to  the  University  a  fee  of  £40. 

Accumulation  of  the  degrees  of  B.D.  and  D.D.  —  Any  Master  of 
Arts  who  has  completed  fifteen  years  from  his  admission  to 
regency  may,  with  the  consent  of  the  House  of  Convocation, 
which  must  be  embodied  in  a  decree,  take  the  degrees  of 
Bachelor  and  Doctor  of  Divinity  at  the  same  time.  In  this  case 
(i)  he  is  at  liberty  to  perform  the  exercises  for  either  of  the  two 
degrees,  whichever  he  may  choose;  (2)  he  is  required  to  pay  a 
fee  of  £5  in  addition  to  the  fees  for  both  the  degrees. 


ii.  DEGREE  OF  BACHELOR  OF  Music. 

(«)  Candidates  must  have  matriculated  as  members  of  the 
University,  but  they  are  not  required  either  to  have  resided,  or 
to  have  attained  any  academical  standing,  except  that  which  is 
involved  in  the  interval  of  time  which  must  elapse  between  their 
two  Examinations. 

(/3)  They  must  have  passed  two  Examinations,  and  have  com- 
posed a  piece  of  music  in  five-part  harmony.  (See  p.  164.) 

(7)  They  must  pay  to  the  University,  (i)  a  fee  of  £9  after 
passing  both  their  Examinations,  (2)  a  fee  of  £5  on  the  occasion 
of  taking  their  degree. 


OF  DEGREES.  IO/ 


12.  DEGREE  OF  DOCTOR  OF  Music. 

(a)  Candidates  must  produce  a  certificate,  signed  by  two  or 
more  trustworthy  persons,  that  they  have  been  studying  or  prac- 
tising Music,  either  at  Oxford  or  elsewhere,  for  five  years  from 
their  admission  as  Bachelors  of  Music. 

(/3)  They  must  pass  an  Examination,  which  is  conducted 
wholly  in  writing,  and  compose  a  piece  of  vocal  music  of  eight 
parts,  with  an  accompaniment  for  a  full  orchestra,  which,  when 
approved  by  the  Professor  of  Music,  must  be  performed  in  public, 
and  a  copy  of  it  deposited  in  the  Music  School. 

(y)  They  must  pay  to  the  University  a  fee  of  £10. 


§  3.    Degrees  conferred  upon  Absent  Persons. 

Persons  who  have  obtained  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Arts,  or 
of  Civil  Law,  or  of  Medicine,  and  who  are  resident  in  a  British 
colony,  may  be  admitted  to  the  degree  of  Master  of  Arts,  or  to 
that  of  Doctor  of  Civil  Law  or  Medicine  or  Divinity,  in  their 
absence,  under  the  following  conditions  : — 

i.  They  must  have  completed  the  statutable  period  of  standing 
for  thi  hich  they  seek. 

( Candidates  for  the  degree  of  Civil  Law  or  of  Medicine  must 
transmit  their  dissertations,  and  candidates  for  the  degree  of 
Doctor  of  Divinity  their  exercises,  to  the  Regius  Professor  of 
their  faculty,  and  obtain  his  approval  of  them. 

3.  They  must  transmit  a  testimonial  of  good  character,  if  he 

be  in  Holy  Orders,  from  the  Bishop  or  Archdeacon  of  his  colony  ; 

if  he  be  a  layman,  from  cither  the  Bishop,  the  Archdeacon,  the 

<>r  a  Judge  of  the  Supreme  Court,  of  the  Colony. 

must,  as  for  a  degree  in  ordinary  course,  obtain  the 

consent  of  their  Co1.:  '  ill,  or  of  the  Censor  of  Unattached 

Stud*  case  may  be,  and  such  consent  must  be  signified 

5.  <  e  of  Doctor  of  Divinity  un:*-! 

•it  to  the  Thirty-nine  Articles 
and  the  Book  of  Common  Prayer. 


108  DEGREES. 

§  4.  Incorporation. 

Members  of  the  Universities  of  Cambridge  and  Dublin  can  be, 
under  certain  conditions,  incorporated  into  the  University  of 
Oxford,  i.e.  admitted  to  the  same  status  and  degree  which  they 
hold  in  their  own  University. 

1.  Undergraduates  can  count  only  those  Terms  in  which  they 
kept  at  their  University  a  statutable  residence  of  forty-two  days. 
They  are  not  exempted  from  any  Examinations  which  are  re- 
quired for  any  degree,  except  that  those  who  have  passed  the 
Previous  Examination  at  Cambridge  may,  in  giving  in  their  names 
to  the  Junior  Proctor  for  the  First  Public  Examination  (p.  113), 
offer  the  certificate  of  having  passed  that  Examination  in  lieu  of 
the  Testamur  of  the  Masters  of  the  Schools. 

2.  Only  those  can  be  incorporated  as  Graduates  who,  before 
taking  their  first  degree  in  their  own  University,  resided  in  that 
University  for  the  major  part  of  each  of  nine  Terms,  and  who 
can  produce  a  certificate  to  that  effect  under  the  seal  of  their 
College  or  their  University. 

3.  Doctors  of  Civil  Law,  Medicine,  or  Divinity,  must  have  the 
express  consent  of  the  Vice-Chancellor,  and  of  three  Doctors  of 
their  faculty,  and  of  the  two  Proctors,  or  of  the  majority  of  them. 

4.  Bachelors  and  Doctors  of  Divinity  must  make  the  declara- 
tion  of  assent  to  the   Thirty-nine   Articles  and  the  Book   of 
Common  Prayer. 

5.  Graduates  in  Medicine,  whether  Bachelors  or  Doctors,  and 
also  Students  of  Medicine,  must  (i)  exhibit  to  the  Vice-Chancellor 
proofs  that  they  have  passed  all   the  Examinations  which  are 
necessary  in  their  University  for  the  Degree  of  Bachelor  of  Arts, 
(2)  they  must  pass  the  two  Examinations,  and  fulfil  all  the  other 
conditions  which  are  required  in  this  University  from  those  who 
are   admitted  to  degrees   in   Medicine  in  ordinary  course  (see 
pp.  104,  162). 

6.  The  fees  which  are  payable  to  the  University  on  the  occasion 
of  incorporation  are  mentioned  on  p.  173. 

At  present  no  Graduate  can  be  incorporated  unless  he  has 
previously  been  admitted  as  a  member  of  a  College  or  Hall :  but 
a  statute  has  recently  been  passed  by  which  Undergraduates  can 
be  incorporated  as  Unattached  Students. 


EXAMINATIONS   FOR  DEGREE   OF   B.A.          109 


II.    OF  EXAMINATIONS  FOR  DEGREES. 

§  1.  Examinations  for  the  Degree  of  Bachelor  of 
Arts. 

The  University  does  not  lay  down  a  uniform  course  for  all 
candidates  for  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Arts,  but  allows  a  large 
amount  of  choice  in  regard  both  to  the  subjects,  the  time,  and 
the  order  of  the  several  Examinations.  There  are  altogether 
twelve  Examinations  in  Arts :  but  it  is  not  required  that  every 
candidate  for  the  degree  of  B.A.  should  pass  all  of  these.  In 
ordinary  cases,  four,  in  the  case  of  those  who  obtain  Honours  in 
Theology  three,  suffice  for  the  purpose  of  obtaining  a  degree  (see 
above,  p.  102).  (i)  Responsions  are  obligatory  upon  all ;  they  are 
intended  to  serve  as  a  preliminary  test  of  a  student's  fitness  to 
enter  upon  a  University  course.  They  may  be  passed  immediately 
after  matriculation,  and  although  the  University  itself  does  not,  in 
the  case  either  of  this  or  of  any  other  Pass  Examination,  lay  down 
any  limit  of  time  within  which  they  must  be  passed,  a  definite 
rule  on  the  subject  exists  at  most  Colleges  (see  p.  24).  (2)  The 
First  Public  Examination  is  also  obligatory  upon  all,  but  a  student 
has  the  choice  of  entering  his  name  either  as  an  ordinary  candidate 
or  as  a  candidate  for  Classical  Honours.  There  is  also  an  Exami- 
nation for  Honours  in  Mathematics,  which  is  altogether  optional, 
and  which  does  not  count  as  one  of  the  Examinations  which  are 
necessary  fora  degree.  (3)  The  Second  Public  Examination  con- 
«»f  two  parts,  (a)  The  Examination  in  the  Rudiments  of 
Faith  and  Religion  or  in  the  matter  substituted  therefor,  is 
uniformly  obligatory  upon  all  except  those  who  obtain  Honours 
in  the  School  of  Theology,  (h)  The  other  part  of  the  Examina- 
tion !rd  into  seven  Schools,  of  which,  though  a  student 
may  os,  no  student  is  required  to 
•norc  than  one.  These  Schools  are  (a)  the  P:iss  School,  (b) 
the  I ;  f  lumnniorc's  (r)  the  Honour  School 
I  ithcmatics,  (ff)  the  Honour  School  of  Natural  Science,  (<•) 
the  Honour  School  of  Jurisprudence,  (/)  the  Honour  School  of 
Modern  History,  (g)  the  Honour  School  of  Theology. 


I  IO  EXAMINATIONS. 

The  conditions  under  which  candidates  are  eligible  for,  and 
under  which  certificates  are  given  or  Honours  awarded  in  the 
several  Examinations,  are  mentioned  below :  the  other  conditions 
which  are  required  for  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Arts  are  men- 
tioned above  (p.  102). 

1.  KESPONSIONS. 

The  questions  set  in  Responsions  <wi/J  in  future  be  published  at  the 
Clarendon  Press, 

1.  TIME. — This  Examination  is  held  three  times  a  year:    it 
commences  (a)  on  December  i,  (£)  on  the  Monday  after  the 
fourth — or  in  certain  cases  the  third — Sunday  in  Lent,  (r)  on 
the  Friday  in  the  second  week  before  Commemoration. 

2.  CANDIDATES. — All  persons  who  have  been  matriculated  as 
members  of  the  University  are  eligible  as  Candidates,  whether 
they  have  resided  or  not :  provided  that  they  give  notice  of  their 
intention,   either   personally   or  through    their  Tutors,  to   the 
Junior  Proctor,  at  an  hour  and  place  fixed  by  him  not  less  than 
six  clear  days  before  the  Examination  commences.     In  so  giving 
notice  they  are  required — 

(1)  To  exhibit  the  certificate  which  they  received  from  the 

Vice-Chancellor  at  the  time  of  their  matriculation 
(or  an  official  copy  of  it  duly  attested  by  the 
Registrar). 

(2)  To  pay  a  fee  of  £i. 

(3)  To  state  in  writing,  on  a  form  which  is  provided  for  the 

purpose,  and  which  may  be  procured  from  a  Tutor : — 
(a)  The   particular   Greek    and    Latin   books   in 

which  they  offer  to  be  examined. 
(£)  Whether  they  offer  Euclid  or  Algebra. 
The  names  of  all  Candidates  who  have  thus  given  in  their 
names  are  printed  in^  a  list  which  is  affixed  to  certain  public 
places  within   the  University,  and  published   in   the  University 
Gazette. 

3.  SUBJECTS. — There  are  five  separate  subjects  of  examination, 
in  each  of  which  a  Candidate  must  satisfy  the  Examiners.  The 
principle  of  compensation  between  different  subjects  is  not 


EXAMINATIONS  FOR   DEGREE  OF   B.A.  Ill 

recognized:  failure  in  any  one  subject  exposes  a  Candidate  to 
rejection. 

N.B. — The  recently-constituted  Board  of  Studies  have  not  yet 
prescribed  the  amounts  which  will  in  future  be  required  in  the 
several  subjects :  but  what  is  here  stated  is  liable  to  be  modified  by 
the  regulations  which  the  Board  will  probably  issue  in  the  course 
ot  Michaelmas  Term,  1873. 

1 i )  Algebra,  to  Simple  Equations  inclusive,  or  Euclid,  I.  II. 

(2)  Arithmetic. 

[A  Candidate  is  expected  to  be  able  to  do  correctly  sums  in 
Vulgar  and  Decimal  Fractions,  Practice,  Proportion, 
Interest  (simple  and  compound).  Square  Measure,  and 
Square  Root :  Barnard  Smith's  '  School  Arithmetic '  will 
be  found  the  most  convenient  manual.] 

(3)  Greek  and  Latin  Grammar. 

[A  Candidate  is  expected  to  possess  the  kind  of  knowledge 
which  is  involved  in  the  parsing  of  a  regular  grammatical 
sentence,  i.  e.  to  decline  substantives,  adjectives,  and 
pronouns :  to  conjugate  verbs :  and  to  understand  the 
elementary  rules  of  Syntax.] 

(4)  Translation  from  English  into  Latin  prose. 

[A  short  passage  of  easy  English  narrative  is  usually  chosen, 
and  a  Candidate  is  expected  to  render  it  into  Latin  with- 
out violating  any  of  the  simpler  rules  of  Latin  Syntax.  It 
is  sufficient  if  the  Latin  be  grammatically  correct,  without 
being  elegant  in  style.  A  student  who  has  not  been 
accustomed  to  write  Latin  should,  in  preparing  for  this 
imination,  imitate  Caesar  rather  than  Livy  or  Tacitus. 
The  best  elementary  books  for  learning  and  practising 
the  rules  of  the  construction  of  sentences  are  Bradley's 
Lessons  in  Latin  Prose,  and  Kennedy's  Curriculum  Stili 
L(itini.~\ 

(5)  One  Greek  Author:  and  one  Latin  Author. 

[At  present  no  Greek  or  I.atin  authors  are  specially  named  :  a 
Candidate  i^  free  to  offer  any  standard  Classical  authors 
whatever.  It  is  seldom  necessary  to  offer  the  whole  of  an 
author:  the  following  is  a  list  of  the  authors  who  are  most 
monly  offered,  and  the  amount  of  each  which  is  con- 
sidered sufficient : — 

;rr  :  any  five  consecutive  books. 

./«»*| 
Sofboclts  >any  two  plays. 

\ 
,  b<.ni  Anabasis .  any  four  consecutive  books. 


112  EXAMINATIONS. 

Virgil :  any  five  consecutive  books  of  the  JEneid  :  or,  the 
Georgics :  or,  the  Eclogues  together  with  three  books 
of  the  ^Eneid. 

Horace:  any  three  books  of  the  Odes  (including  the 
Epodes)  together  with  the  Ars  Poetica. 

Casar :  any  four  consecutive  books. 

Cicero  :  de  Senectute  and  de  Amicitia.] 

4.  ORDER  OF  THE  EXAMINATION. — The  order  of  the  Examina- 
tion is  left  to  a  considerable  extent  in  the  hands  of  the  Exa- 
miners (who  from  the  analogy  which  they  bear  to  certain  ancient 
officers  are  called  '  Masters  of  the  Schools ').  The  following  is, 
however,  the  order  from  which  there  is  seldom  any  considerable 
departure. 

On  the  first  two  days  all  the  Candidates  are  assembled  together 
in  one  or  more  of  the  large  rooms  within  the  precincts  of  the 
'Schools,'  and  printed  questions  in  subjects  i,  2,  3,  4  are  given 
to  all  alike,  to  be  answered  in  writing.  On  the  succeeding  days 
the  Candidates  are  examined  -viva  i<oce,  chiefly,  but  not  exclu- 
sively, in  their  Greek  and  Latin  books.  For  this  purpose  they 
are  arranged  in  two  divisions,  and  to  each  division  three  Examiners 
are  assigned.  The  Examination  in  each  of  these  divisions  goes 
on  simultaneously,  and  in  each  of  them  sixteen  Candidates  are, 
or  may  be,  examined  every  day.  The  order  in  which  Candidates 
are  required  to  present  themselves  is  usually  that  of  the  printed 
list,  but  the  Examiners  have  power  to  vary  it,  and  Candidates 
should  be  careful  to  consult  from  day  to  day  the  list  prepared 
by  the  Clerk  of  the  Schools  which  is  affixed  in  the  porch  of  the 
Metaphysic  School.  Any  Candidate  who  fails  to  appear  at  the 
appointed  time  is  liable  to  have  his  name  erased  from  the  list, 
unless  he  is  able  to  satisfy  the  Vice-Chancellor  of  his  having  had 
a  valid  reason  for  absence,  in  which  case  another  place  in  the 
order  of  the  Examination  is  assigned  to  him  by  the  Examiners. 

At  the  close  of  each  day  those  Candidates  who  have  satisfied 
the  Examiners  in  all  the  subjects  of  Examination,  receive,  on 
application  to  the  Clerk  of  the  Schools,  a  written  certificate  or 
Testamur,  signed  by  them,  to  that  effect.  Those  Candidates  who 
have  failed  to  satisfy  the  Examiners  are  at  liberty  to  present 
themselves  for  examination  again  in  a  subsequent  Term,  provided 
that  on  each  occasion  of  their  doing  so  they  give  in  their  names 
to  the  Junior  Proctor  in  the  way  mentioned  above  (p.  no). 


EXAMINATIONS   FOR  DEGREE  OF   B.A.          113 

At  the  close  of  the  Examination  the  names  of  those  who  have 
passed  will  in  future  be  printed  in  the  University  Gazette. 

2.     FIRST  PUBLIC  EXAMINATION. 

Tbf  questions  set  by  the  Moderators  in  the  several  parts  of  this  Ex- 
amination will  in  future  be  published  at  the  Clarendon  Press. 

This  Examination  varies  according  as  the  Candidates  (i)  do 
not  seek  Honours,  (2)  seek  Honours  in  Classics,  (3)  seek  Honours 
in  Mathematics.  Every  Candidate  must  satisfy  the  Examiners 
in  one  or  the  other  of  the  two  first  divisions,  the  third  is  wholly 
voluntary.  It  will  be  convenient  to  treat  of  each  division 
separately. 

1.  Examination  of  those  who  do  not  seek  Honours. 

1.  TIME. — The  Examination  is  held  twice  a  year:  (i)  in  Easter 
or  Trinity  Term,  commencing  on  the  Friday  in  the  third  week 
before  Commemoration;  (2)  in  Michaelmas  Term,  commencing 
on  November  23. 

2.  CANDIDATES. — Three  preliminary    conditions    must    have 
been  fulfilled  by  those  who  offer  themselves. 

1 i )  They  must  have  entered  upon  their  fourth  Term  of  Aca- 

demical standing  from  their  Matriculation ;  or  at  least 
their  third  Term,  if  their  fourth  Term  be  Trinity  Term, 
[i.  e.  If  a  Student  has  been  matriculated  in  the  Michael- 
mas Term  of  one  year,  he  can  become  a  Candidate 
for  this  Examination  in  the  Easter  Term  of  the  following 
year.] 

(2)  They  must  have  passed  Re sponsions  t  or  the  Previous  Exami- 

nation at  Cambridge. 

(3)  They  mu-t,  cither  in  person  or  through  their  Tutor,  have- 

given  in  their  names  to  the  Junior  Proctor,  at  Ica-t  six 
r  days  before  the  F.xamination  commences,  at  a  place 
and   hour  of  which    notice  is  previously  given  l>y  him. 
Hut  candidates  who  have  omitted  to  enter  tneir  names 
during   the   hours   fixed   on   the  appointed    days    may 
do   so   up  to   T \\elve   o'clock    at   noon    on   tl. 
before  that  on  which  the  Examination  begins,  or  it'  the 
i 


114  EXAMINATIONS. 

day  before  be  a  Sunday,  then  up  to  Twelve  o'clock  at 
noon  on  the  Saturday  preceding,  on  payment  to  the 
University  of  Two  Guineas  in  addition  to  the  statutable 
fee.  In  so  giving  in  their  names  they  are  required — 

(a)  To  exhibit  their  Matriculation  paper. 

(£)  To  exhibit  the  Testamur  of  the  Masters  of  the 
Schools. 

(r)  To  pay  a  fee  of  £i  IQS. 

(</)  To  state  in  writing,  on  a  form  provided  for  the 
purpose — 

1.  The  particular  Greek  and  Latin  books  in 

which    they   offer    to   be    examined. 
[See  below,  §  3.  Subjects.} 

2.  Whether    they  offer   Logic,   or  Mathe- 

matics. 

3.  In   what   Greek   and   Latin   books   they 

satisfied  the  Masters  of  the  Schools. 

(e)  Every  Candidate  who  desires  to  be  excused  from 
examination  in  the  Gospels  must  deliver,  or 
transmit  through  his  Tutor,  to  the  Proctor 
a  statement  signed,  if  he  be  of  full  age,  by 
himself,  or,  if  he  be  not  of  full  age,  by  his 
parent  or  guardian,  that  he  or  his  parent  or 
guardian  for  him,  as  the  case  may  be,  objects 
on  religious  grounds  to  such  an  examination. 
The  book  which  such  Candidate  offers  in  place 
of  the  Gospels  (see  p.  115)  must  be  specified  on 
the  list  of  subjects  given  in  by  him  to  the 
Proctor. 

(/)  Every  Candidate  whose  name  has  previously 
been  placed  in  the  Class-list  by  the  Classical 
Moderators,  but  who  failed  to  satisfy  them  in 
either  the  Gospels  or  the  book  offered  instead 
thereof,  and  who  offers  himself  for  subsequent 
examination  in  a  book  offered  instead  of  the 
Gospels,  is  required  to  specify  the  books  and 
subjects  which  he  offered  for  Classical  Honours. 
The  names  which  are  thus  given  in  are  printed  in  a  list  which 


EXAMINATIONS  FOR   DEGREE   OF   B.A.          115 

is  affixed  to  certain  public  places  within  the  University,  and  also 
published  in  the  University  Gazette. 

3.  SUBJECTS  OF  EXAMINATION. — These  are  five  in  number; 
between  them  no  compensation  is  admitted :  a  Candidate  is 
required  to  satisfy  the  Examiners  in  each  of  them  separately. 

(1)  The  Four  Gospels  in  Greek. 

[Candidates  are  expected  to  be  able  to  translate  the  Greek  text, 
and  to  answer  questions  on  the  subject-matter.  The  best 
elementary  book  for  obtaining  the  information  which  is 
required  is  Maclear's  Class-book  of  New  Testament  History.] 

Candidates  who  are  not  members  of  the  Church  of  England, 
and  who  have  produced  the  Certificate  mentioned  above, 
may  offer  in  place  of  the  Gospels  any  one  of  the  Greek  books 
in  the  list  of  Subjects  which  is  given  below,  provided  that 
it  is  not  the  same  as  the  book  in  which  he  satisfied  the 
Masters  of  the  Schools. 

(2)  Logic,  or  Mathematics. 

(eO  For  Candidates  who  offer  Logic  the  subjects  of  examination 
are  the  Elements  of  Logic  Deductive  and  Inductive. 

The  subjects  may  be  studied  either  in  Fowler's  Elements  of 
Deductive  Logic  and  the  first  five  chapters  of  Fowler's 
Elements  of  Inductive  Logic  (omitting  the  sections  on 
-ification,  Nomenclature,  and  Terminology,  and  the 
notes  appended  at  the  end  of  each  chapter),  or  in  Jevons' 
Elementary  Lessons  in  Logic. 

(But  a  Candidate  who  was  of  sufficient  standing  to  offer  him- 
self for  examination  in  Easter  Term,  1873,  is  not  required 
to  offer  Inductive  Logic.) 

(6)  For   Candidates   who  offer   Mathematics  the   subjects   of 

examination    are    (i)    In    Algebra,    Addition,    Subtraction, 

Multiplication,    and    Division,    of    Algebraical    Quantities 

(involving    Fractional  as  well  as  Integral   Indices),  Greatest 

ue  and  Least  Common   Multiple,  Fractions, 

.;<  tion   of  Square   Root,    Simple  Equations   containing 

•  >r  two  unknown  quantities,  Quadratic  Equations  con- 

ng  one  unknown  quantity,  producing  such 

lions,   and    the  simpl<  '  •  s   of  Ratio   and  Pro- 

•>n.     (ii)  /«  Geometry,  the  Geometiy  of  the  (in 

I .  and  the  first  nine  Proposi; ,  k  I  \  . 

(Y>\  landing  to  oiler  him- 

Teiin.  1*7;,.  litnte 

ekl   I,    II.    HI,   for   the  portions  of  Euclid  here 
Jied.) 

(3)  Translation    of   English    into   Latin.      A    Candidate- 

is     i  V  •     to     translate     into    Latin, 


Il6  EXAMINATIONS. 

without  grammatical  mistake,  a  passage  of  an  English 
author  slightly  more  idiomatic  than  is  required  at 
Responsions. 

(4)  Three  Books,  of  which  one  at  least  must  be  Greek,  and 
one  either  a  historical  or  a  philosophical  work,  from  the 
following  list  (which  is  liable  to  be  varied  from  time  to 
time  by  the  Board  of  Studies). 

Greek.— Herodotus,  V,  VI.  Thucydides,  VI,  VII.  Xenophon 
Memorabilia,  I,  II.  Plato:  Euthyphro,  Apologia,  Crito. 
Aristotle,  Polit.  I,  III.  Homer:  Iliad  XX  XXIV.  /F.schy- 
lus:  Prom.,  Pers.,  Sept.  c.  Theb.  Aristophanes:  Acharn., 
Nubes.  Demosthenes:  De  Corona.  Latin. — Livy,  XXI. 
XXII,  XXIII.  Tacitus:  Hist.  I,  II,  III.  Cicero:  Pro 
Milone,  Philipp.  I,  II.  Cicero:  Tusc.  Disp.  I,  II,  III. 
Terence:  Anclr.,  Phorm.,  Heaut.  Virgil,  ^Eneid,  VII-XII. 
Juvenal  (except  Sat.  II,  VI,  IX). 

No  Candidate  is  allowed  to  offer  any  of  the  same  books,  or  a 
portion  of  any  of  the  same  authors,  in  which  he  satisfied  the 
crs  of  the  Schools,  except  in  the  following  cases: — 
(i)  Candidates  who  have  offered  a  portion  of  the  O 
at  Responsions  may  offer  the  specified  portion  of  the  Iliad  at 
Moderations,  (ii)  Candidates  who  have  offered  the  Geor- 
gics  of  Virgil  at  Responsions  may  offer  the  specified  portion 
of  the  ^Eneid  at  Moderations,  (iii)  Candidates  who  have 
offered  any  portion  of  Cicero  other  than  his  Orations  at 
Responsions  may  offer  Orations  of  Cicero  at  Moderations, 
and  vice  versa. 

Candidates  are  required  to  show  a  competent  knowledge  both 
of  the  text  and  of  the  contents  of  the  books  which  they  offer, 
and  to  answer  not  only  questions  relating  to  Grammar  and 
Literature,  but  also  any  questions  directly  arising  out  of  the 
matters  treated  of  in  these  books. 

(But  Candidates  who  matriculated  in  or  before  Michaelmas 
Term,  1872,  are  permitted  to  offer  the  same  books  which 
they  offered,  or  might  have  offered,  at  any  previous  Examina- 
tion at  which  they  were  of  sufficient  standing  to  become 
Candidates.  For  those  who  matriculated  between  Trinity 
Term  1869,  and  Michaelmas  Term  1872,  these  books  are, 
(i)  Greek:  Soph.  CEd.  Rex,  Ajax,  Philoct.  Demosthenes  de 
Corona,  or  Olynthiacs  and  in  Leptinem.  Homer,  Odyssey 
VI-XI.  Herodotus,  VI-VII.  Aristotle,  Politics  I,  III". 
Thucydides,  I,  II.  (2)  Latin:  Virgil,  JEneid  I- VI.  Cicero, 
Pro  Milone,  Pro  Lege  Manilia,  Pro  Plancio.  Horace,  Odes 
I-III  and  Satires.  Juvenal,  omitting  Satires  II,  VI,  IX. 
Livy  I-III,  or  XXI-XXHL  Tacitus,  Hist.  I-III,  or  Ann. 
I-III.  Candidates  who  matriculated  in  or  before  Easter 


LAMINATIONS  FOR  DEGREE  OF  B.A.          1 1/ 

Term,  1869,  may  select  their  books  from  lists  which  will  be 
found  in  the  Oxford  University  Calendar  of  the  date  at  which 
they  were  first  of  sufficient  standing  to  become  Candidates.) 

(5)  Translation  of  short  passages  of  Greek  and  Latin  books 
which  have  not  been  specially  offered. 

4.  ORDER  OF  THE  EXAMINATION.— The  Examination  is  con- 
ducted chiefly  in  writing,  partly  also  viv a  voce.  On  the  first  day  of 
the  Examination  the  Candidates  assemble  at  a  place  within  the 
precincts  of  the  Schools,  of  which  notice  is  previously  given,  and 
are  supplied  witJi  printed  questions  on  each  of  the  five  subjects 
successively,  though  not  always  in  the  same  order.  On  succeed- 
ing days  the  Candidates  are  examined  viva  •voce.  Not  more  than 
sixteen  Candidates  are  thus  examined  every  day :  those  who  are 
also  Candidates  for  Mathematical  Honours  (see  p.  121)  are  ex- 
amined first.  A  list  of  the  order  in  which  Candidates  are  re- 
quired to  appear  is  prepared  by  the  Clerk  of  the  Schools  and 
exhibited  in  the  porch  of  the  Metaphysic  School ;  and  Candidates 
should  be  careful  to  consult  it  from  day  to  day.  If  any  Candidate 
fails  to  appear  at  the  required  time,  he  is  liable  to  have  his 
name  struck  off  the  list,  unless  he  satisfies  the  Vice-Chancellor 
that  he  has  a  valid  reason  for  absence,  in  which  case  another 
place  in  the  order  of  the  Examination  is  assigned  to  him  by  the 
'.erators. 

At  the  close  of  each  day's  •viva  voce  examination,  those 
Candidates  who  have  satisfied  the  Moderators  in  each  of  these 
five  subjects  receives,  on  application  to  the  Clerk  of  the  Schools, 
a  written  Testamur  to  that  effect.  Any  Candidate  who  fails  to 
satisfy  UK-  Kxaminers  may  offer  himself  again  at  any  subsequent 
.^nation,  provided  that  on  each  occasion  of  his  so  offering 
hims  in  his  name  to  the  Junior  Proctor,  and  otherwise 

complies  with  the  conditions  mentioned  above  (p.  i  r  3).  As  in  Un- 
case of  Responsions,  though  the  University  imposes  no  limit  to 
the  number  of  times  of  candidat  tire,  the  Collins  (and  sometimes 
also  i  illy  lay  down  a  rule  in  this  respect:  i.e.  if  a 

i',  or  fails  to  pass  before  his  eighth  term,  he  is 
usually  c<>;  .  leave  the  College.     This  rule  is,  iiov 

some 

I  all   \\h(<  'i    lAanu: 

published  in  the  University  Gazette. 


Il8  EXAMINATIONS. 

2.  Examination  of  those  who  seek  Honours  in  Classics. 

1.  TIME. — The  Examination  is  held  twice  a  year,  and  begins 
on  the  same  days  as  the  Examination  of  those  who  do  not  seek 
Honours  (see  p.  113). 

2.  CANDIDATES. — The  preliminary  conditions  are  the  same 
as  are  required  from  those  who  do  not  seek  Honours,  with 
the  exception  that  they  must  have  entered  upon  their  fifth  and 
not  have  exceeded  their  eighth  Term  from  the  Term  of  their 
Matriculation    inclusively.     (But    any   one    matriculated    in    or 
before  Hilary  Term,  1872,  may   offer  himself  as  a  Candidate 
up  to  his  tenth  Term  inclusively.) 

3.  SUBJECTS. 

1 i)  The  Pour  Gospels  in  Greek.— This  part  of  the  Examina- 

tion differs  in  no  respect  from  that  of  those  who  do 
not  seek  Honours,  and  every  Candidate  who  objects  on 
religious  grounds  to  an  examination  in  the  Gospels  may, 
in  the  same  way,  after  having  delivered  the  required 
statement  to  the  Proctor  (p.  114),  offer  instead  thereof 
any  one  of  the  Greek  books  specified  on  p.  1 16,  provided 
that  it  is  not  the  same  as  that  in  which  he  satisfied  the 
Masters  of  the  Schools,  or  as  any  one  of  those  which 
he  offers  for  Honours,  or  which,  in  the  case  mentioned 
below,  he  has  previously  offered.  A  Candidate  who 
fails  to  satisfy  the  Moderators  in  either  the  Gospels 
or  the  substituted  subject  may,  notwithstanding,  be 
placed  in  the  Class-list,  and  may  offer  himself  for  exa- 
mination in  the  Gospels,  or  the  substituted  subject,  in 
any  subsequent  Term :  but  he  cannot  offer  himself  for 
any  part  of  the  Second  Public  Examination  until  he  has 
satisfied  the  Moderators  in  this  part  of  the  First  Public 
Examination. 

(2)  Greek  and  Latin  Literature. — The  following  are  the 

existing  regulations  of  the  Board  of  Studies. 

i.  All    Candidates   for   Honours   will   be  examined  in  the 

following  subjects: — 
(a)  Translation  of  unprepared  passages,  both  Greek  and 

Latin. 
(6)  Latin  Prose. 


i:\AMIXATIOXS   FOR   DEGREE   OF   B.A.  1 19 

(c)  Greek  and  Latin  authors  to  be  selected  from  the  list 
put  out  by  the  Board  of  Studies,  and  under  the  con- 
ditions published  therewith.     The  minimum  number 
which  will  be  accepted  of  such  authors  is  five. 
Grammar  questions,  and  questions   directly  bearing  upon 
the  contents,  style,  and  literary  history  of  the  Books 
offered,  will  be   considered   an   essential   part   of  the 
urination. 

ii.  Papers  will  also  be  set  in  the  following  subjects : — 
(a)  Greek  Prose. 
(6)  Latin  Verse. 

(c)  Greek  Verse. 

(d)  The  elements  of  Comparative  Philology  applied  to 

the  illustration  of  Greek  and  Latin  inflexions. 

(e)  The  history  of   the  Greek  Drama,  with  Aristotle's 

Poetics  [Vahlen's  text] ;  or  as  an  alternative,  The 
literary  history  of  the  Augustan  Age,  with  Quintil. 
Inst.  Book  X  [Bonnell's  text],  and  Horace,  Ars 
Poetica. 

(/)  The  elements  of  Deductive  Logic,  with  either  Ma- 
grath's  Selections  from  the  Organon,  §§  22-33,  36-69, 
118-128,  or  such  portions  of  Inductive  Logic  as  are 
contained  in  Mill's  Logic,  Book  III,  Ch.  I-IV. 
\  I  XIII,  and  XX,  together  with  Bacon's  Novum 
Organum,  Book  I,  Aphorisms  i  -67. 

Ever)'  Candidate  will  have  the  opportunity  of  doing  all  these 
papers,  but  deficiency  in  or  omission  of  one  or  more  of 
them  will  be  no  bar  to  the  attainment  of  the  highest 
Honours,  if  compensated  by  the  quantity  of  the  other 
work  offered  by  the  Candidate  or  the  general  excellence 
of  his  papers. 

But  Candidates  for  the  highest  Honours  are  recommended 
not  to  omit  more  than  one  of  the  papers  numhcrul 
M,  nor  any  of  these  if  they  omit  any  of  the  Com- 
position papers. 

Proposed  List  of  Authors. 

Greek. 

.tER,  four  alternative^— Iliad  I   XII;   XIII   XXIV.     Odyssey 
1   XII;    XIII   XXIV.       I  xt] 

MOiTHENBi — De  Corona.     [Baiter's  text.] 

3.  jEiCHTLUt — The    Trilogy,     or  I    including    the 

Agamemnon,     j 

nocutt,  any  three  plays.     [Campbell's  text.] 
5.   KuRtPiDti.  any  four  of  the  following  plays  —  llaccluv.  Hipp 
Ion,  Iphigenia  in  Ta  [Dindorfs  text.] 


I2O  EXAMINATIONS. 

6.  ARISTOPHANES,  any  three  of  the  following  plays — Achamenses, 

Aves,  Equites,  Nubes,  Ranse,  Vespae.     [Dindorf's  text.] 
N.B. — A  selection  composed  as  follows  will  be  accepted  as  repre- 
senting two  Authors — viz. 

(a)  Two  plays  of  /Eschylus,  including  the  Agamemnon. 
(6)  Two  plays  of  Sophocles. 

(c)  Two  of  the  above-named  plays  of  Aristophanes,  or  three  of 
the  above-named  plays  of  Euripides. 

7.  THEOCRITUS.     [Fritzsche's  text.] 

8.  PINDAR — Olympian  and  Pythian  Odes.     [Dissen's  text.] 

9.  PLATO — The  Apology  and  Phscdo,  with  either  the  Phrcdrus  or  the 

Protagoras.     [Baiter  and  Orelli's  text.] 

10.  THUCYDIDES— Books  I,  II,  III,  or  II,  III,  IV.     [Bekker's  text.] 

Latin. 

1 1 .  VIRGIL,  three  alternatives— (a)  Eclogues  and  Georgics  with  yEneid 
I-VI.    (b)  Eclogues  and  Georgics  with  yEneid  VII-XII.   (c)  The 
JEneid.     [Conington's  text.] 

12.  CICERO,  three  alternatives— («)  Philippics  I -VII,  with  part  5  of 

Watson's  Select  Epistles,  (b)  Pro  Murena,  Pro  Cluentio,  with 
part  i  of  Watson's  Select  Epistles,  (c)  Pro  Murena,  Pro  Sestio, 
with  part  2  of  Watson's  Select  Epistles.  [For  the  Orations, 
1 '.niter  and  Kayser's  text.] 

13.  HORACE — The  Odes,  Carmen  Saeculare,  and  Epodes:  with  either 
The  Satires,  or  The  Epistles,  Books  I,  II.     [Orelli's  text.] 

14.  JUVENAL  (omitting  Satires  II,  VI,  IX),  with  either  Persius  or  one 

book  of  the  Satires  of  Horace.     [Mayor's  text ;  2nd  edition.] 

15.  PROPERTIUS   [Haupt's   text],  with  the  selections   from  CATULLUS 
published  by  the  University  Press. 

16.  PLAUTUS,  any  four  of  the  following  plays — Amphitruo,  Aulularia, 

Captivi,     Menaechmi,    Miles    Gloriosus,    Mostellaria,     Rudens, 
Trinummus.      [For    the    Mostellaria,    Ritschl's   text;    for   the 
Aulularia,  Wagner's ;    for  the  other  plays,  Fleckeisen's.] 
For  two  of  the  four  any  four  plays  of  Terence  [Wagner's  text] 
may  be  substituted. 

17.  LUCRETIUS — Books  I,  II,  III,  and  V.     [Munro's  text.] 

18.  TACITUS— Histories.     [Halm's  text.] 

19.  LIVY— Books  II-V.     [Madvig's  text.] 

Bides  with  respect  to  the  Selection  of  Books. 

1.  All  Candidates  for  Honours  must  offer  the  following  authors: — 

(i)  Homer,   (2)  Demosthenes,    (3)  Virgil,    (4)  Cicero. 

2.  The  number  of  Greek  and  Latin  authors  offered  must  be  as  nearly 

as  possible  equal. 


LAMINATIONS  FOR  DEGREE  OF  B.A.          121 

3.  Of  the  Authors  numbered  in  the  above  list  9,  10,  18,  19,  not  more 

than  two  must  be  offered  unless  the  Candidate  offers  more  than 
eight  books. 

4.  If  two  Greek  Dramatists  are  offered,  one  of  the  two  must  be  either 

chylus  or  Sophocles. 

For  Candidates  who  matriculated  in  the  course  of  1872  certain  variations 
from  the  above  list  will  be  possible ;  it  will  be  advisable  for  such  Candidates 
to  consult  their  College  Tutor  in  reference  to  them. 

4.  ORDER  OF  THE  EXAMINATION. — The  Examination  is  chiefly 
conducted  in  writing,  but  every  Candidate  must  be  examined 
viva  t'ocf  in  the  Gospels,  and  in  one  at  least  of  the  other  books 
which  he  offers.  Not  more  than  ten  Candidates  can  be  examined 
•voce  on  any  one  day.  At  the  close  of  each  day  of  the 
wee  examination  every  Candidate  who  has  satisfied  the 
rators  receives,  on  application  to  the  Clerk  of  the  Schools, 
a  certificate,  or  Testamur,  to  that  effect.  After  all  the  Candidates 
have  been  examined,  the  Moderators  distribute  the  names  of 
those  whom  they  judge  to  have  shown  sufficient  merit  into  three 
Classes,  with  the  names  in  each  Class  arranged  alphabetically. 
This  list  is  affixed  to  the  doors  of  the  Schools,  and  is  also  pub- 
lished in  the  University  Gazette. 

3.    Examination  of  those  who  seek  Honours  in 
Mathematics. 

1.  TIME. — This  Examination  is  held  twice  a  year,  and  begins 
'ichaclmas  Term  on  December  18,  and  in  Trinity  Term 

on  the  day  after  Commemoration. 

2.  CANDIDATES.— Two  preliminary  conditions  are  necessary  : 

(1)  Candidates  must  have  passed  Responsions. 

(2)  They  must  have  given  in  their  names  to  the  Junior  Proctor 

on  the  san  those  which  are  fixed  for  those  who 

do  not  si-ek  Honours  (p.  113).     In  so  giving  in  their 
names  they  arc  re-quired  — 

(a)  To  exhibit  the  certificate  of  their  Matriculation. 
(£)  To  exhibit  the  Testamur  of  the  Masters  of  the 

« >ols. 

(r)  To  pay  a  fee  of  £i . 
rs.-The  following  b  the  IM  of  subjects:— 

(1)  Algebra  and  the  Theory  of  Equal 

(2)  Trigonometry,  Pi  u TH  il. 


122  EXAMINATIONS. 

(3)  Plane  Geometry,  including  the   Conic  Sections,  treated 

both  geometrically  and  analytically. 

(4)  Geometry  of  Three  Dimensions,  including  the  straight 

line,  plane,  and  sphere,  treated  both  geometrically  and 
analytically,  and  the  surfaces  of  the  second  order  re- 
ferred to  their  principal  axes. 

(5)  The  Differential  Calculus,  including  its  applications  to 

plane  geometry ;  and  to  the  determination  of  tangents 
and  normals  to  surfaces  and  lines  in  space. 

(6)  The   Integration  of   Differential   Expressions,  with 

<  J  ometrical  applications. 

(7)  The  Elements  of  the  Calculus  of  Finite  Differences. 

4.  ORDER  OF  THE  EXAMINATION. — The  Examination  may  be 
wholly  conducted  in  writing.  At  the  close  of  it  those  Candidate'; 
who  arc  judged  by  the  Moderators  to  have  shown  sufficient  merit 
are  arranged  by  them  in  three  Classes,  the  names  in  each  Class 
being  placed  in  alphabetical  order.  This  list  is  published  in  the 
same  way  as  the  list  of  those  who  have  obtained  Honours  in 
Classics  (p.  121). 

3.    SECOND  PUBLIC  EXAMINATION. 

The  questions  set  by  the  Examiners  in  the  several  parts  of  this  Examina- 
tion twill  in  future  be  published  at  the  Clarendon  Press. 

The  Second  Public  Examination  is  conducted  by  the  Public 
Examiners.  It  consists  (i)  of  an  Examination  in  the  Rudiments 
of  Faith  and  Religion;  (2)  of  an  Examination  for  Candidates  who 
do  not  seek  Honours;  and  (3)  of  an  Examination  of  Candidates 
for  Honours  in  six  different  Schools,  of  which  the  subjects  are 
(r)  Literae  Humaniores,  (2)  Mathematics,  (3)  Natural  Science, 
(4)  Jurisprudence,  (5)  Modern  History,  (6)  Theology. 

Candidates  are  considered  to  have  passed  the  Second  Public 
Examination  who  have  obtained  Honours  in  any  of  the  six 
Honour  Schools  or  who  have  passed  the  Examination  appointed 
for  those  who  do  not  seek  Honours. 

But  all  Candidates,  except  those  who  have  obtained  Honours  in 
the  School  of  Theology,  must  satisfy  the  Examiners  in  the  Rudi- 
ments of  Faith  and  Religion,  or  in  the  matter  substituted  under 
the  conditions  hereafter  mentioned  (p.  127). 


EXAMINATIONS    FOR   DEGREE   OF   RA.  123 

1.  TIME. — This    Examination    is  held   twice  a   year,   (i)  in 
Michaelmas  Term,  beginning  on  November  18,  (2)  in  Easter  or 
Trinity  Term,  beginning  on  the  fourth  Monday  before  Com- 
memoration. 

2.  CANDIDATES. 

(i)  (#)  Candidates  for  examination  in  the  Rudiments  of 
Faith  and  Religion,  or  in  the  substituted  mat- 
ter, must  have  entered  upon  the  twelfth  Term 
from  their  matriculation. 

(£)  Candidates  who  seek  Honours  must  have  entered 
upon  the  twelfth  Term  from  their  matricu- 
lation ;  but  Candidates  for  the  Preliminary 
Honour  Examination  in  Natural  Science  (p.  137) 
may  pass  that  Examination,  or  any  part  of  it, 
in  any  Term  subsequent  to  that  in  which  they 
pass  the  First  Public  Examination.  No  one 
is  admitted  as  a  Candidate  in  any  Honour 
School  after  the  lapse  of  sixteen  Terms  from 
the  Term  of  his  matriculation  inclusively,  un- 
less he  has  been  classed  in  some  other  School 
of  the  Second  Public  Examination,  in  which 
M  he  may  be  admitted  up  to  the  twentieth 
Term  inclusively.  (But  any  one  who  matri- 
culated in  or  before  Hilary  Term,  1872,  may 
be  admitted  as  a  Candidate  for  Honours  up  to 
\\\s  eighteenth  Term  inclusively,  even  although  he 
may  not  have  been  classed  in  any  other  school.) 
(f)  Candidates  who  do  not  seek  Honours  are  ad- 
mitted to  the  Pass  School,  or  any  part  of  it,  in 
any  Term  subsequent  to  tha^  in  which  they 
have  passed  the  First  Public  Kxamination. 

(2)  All  vs    must     have    passed    the     First     Public 

filiation. 

(3)  All    <  ither   in   person  or  through   their 

their  names  to  the   Senior  Prort 

a    place  and  hour  fixed    by  him,  for  the    Examiiutiun 

«m    the    fifth    Monday  or 
Tuesday  before  Comme i!  iation 


124  EXAMINATIONS. 

in  Michaelmas  Term,  on  November  10  or  n.  But  Can- 
didates who  have  omitted  to  enter  their  names  during 
the  hours  fixed  on  the  above-mentioned  days  may  do 
so  up  to  Twelve  o'clock  at  noon  on  the  day  before  that 
on  which  the  Examination  begins,  or  if  the  day  before 
be  a  Sunday,  then  up  to  Twelve  o'clock  at  noon  on  the 
Saturday  preceding,  on  payment  to  the  University  of 
Two  Guineas  in  addition  to  the  statutable  fee. 

In  so  giving  in  his  name  a  Candidate  is  required — 
(*z)  To  exhibit  his  Matriculation  paper. 

(£)  To  exhibit  the  certificate  of  having  passed  the 
First  Public  Examination,  or  a  certificate  that 
he  has  been  placed  in  the  Class-list  by  the 
Classical  Moderators,  together  with  a  certifi- 
cate that  he  has  satisfied  the  Moderators  in 
the  Gospels  or  in  the  book  offered  instead 
thereof. 

(r)  To  pay  the  following  fees : —  £     s. 

(1)  For  Examination  in  the  Rudiments 
of  Faith  and  Religion,  or  in  matter 
offered  instead  thereof       .         .        .10 

(2)  For  each  of  the  subjects  of  the  Pass 
School,  whether  offered  separately  or 
together o  10 

(3)  For  any  Honour  School .         .         .110 

(4)  For  the  School  of  Theology  (unless 
the   Candidate  has  previously  passed 
in  the  Rudiments  of  Faith  and  Re- 
ligion  or  in   matter  offered   instead 
thereof)  an  additional  fee  of        .         .10 

(/)  To  state  in  writing,  on  a  form  provided  for 
the  purpose,  the  particular  books  and  sub- 
jects which  he  offers  for  examination.  (For  a 
special  regulation  in  regard  to  the  Honour 
School  of  Modern  History,  see  p.  155.  3.) 

(/»)  Every  Candidate  who  desires  to  be  excused  from 
examination  in  the  Thirty-nine  Articles,  or  in 


EXAMINATIONS  FOR   DEGREE  OF   B.A.          125 

the  Rudiments  of  Faith  and  Religion,  must  at 
the  same  time  deliver,  or  transmit  through 
his  Tutor,  to  the  Proctor  a  statement  signed 
by  himself,  if  he  be  of  full  age,  that  he  objects 
to  such  an  examination  on  religious  grounds, 
or,  if  he  be  not  of  full  age,  a  statement  signed 
by  his  parent  or  guardian  that  they  object 
on  religious  grounds  to  such  an  examination 
for  him.  The  books  or  subjects  which  such 
Candidate  offers  in  place  of  the  Thirty-nine 
Articles  or  the  Rudiments  of  Faith  and  Re- 
ligion must  be  specified  in  the  list  of  subjects 
given  in  by  him  to  the  Proctor.  The  books 
and  subjects  which  may  be  so  offered,  and  also 
the  limitations  in  regard  to  the  selection  of 
them,  are  stated  on  p.  127. 

3.  ORDER  OF  THE  EXAMINATION. — The  Examination  in  the 
Rudiments  of  Faith  and  Religion  always  begins  on  the  days  men- 
tioned above,  vi/.  November  18,  and  the  fourth  Monday  before 
Commemoration.  The  Pass  Examination  usually  commences  about 
the  same  day.  The  Examination  in  the  Honour  Schools  must 
commence  within  fourteen  days  from  the  days  mentioned  above, 
but  the  precise  day,  which  is  determined  in  each  case  by  various 
considerations,  is  fixed  on  each  occasion  by  the  Examiners.  Every 
Candidate  for  examination  in  the  Rudiments  of  Faith  and  Religion, 
or  in  the  substituted  matter,  must  be  examined  viva  voce  as  well  as 

riling  therein  ;  and  every  Candidate  in  every  School  must  be 
exam  voce  in  some  part  at  least  of  the  subjects  which 

tFers.     The  order  in  which  Candidates  are  thus  examined 
arranged  as  to  prevent 'the  clashing  of  two  Exam- 
inations: the  Examiners  in  the  several  Schools  may  determine  it 
as  they  think  fit,  with  the  exception  that  those  Candidates  for 
>:i   in  the  Rudiments  of  Faith  and  Religion  must  iir-t 
be  e\  n  that  subject  who  are  also  Candidates  in  some 

"Ur  School  in  t;  .  and  next  those  who  are  Caiv! 

for  examination  in  the   Rudiments  of  Faith  and   Religion   only. 

iidates  should  be  careful  to  consult  from  day  to  day  the   list 
which  is  i  •  •  i    •  'lining  tlit 


126  EXAMINATIONS. 

in  which  they  are  required  to  attend  the  several  parts  of  the 
Examination.  Any  Candidate  who  fails  to  appear  at  the  required 
time  is  liable  to  have  his  name  struck  off  the  list,  unless  he  can 
satisfy  the  Vice-Chancellor  that  there  was  a  valid  reason  for 
his  absence,  in  which  case  another  place  in  the  order  of  the 
Examination  is  assigned  to  him  by  the  Examiners. 

At  the  close  of  each  day  of  viva  voce  examination  in  the  sub- 
jects of  the  Pass  School,  or  in  the  Rudiments  of  Faith  and 
Religion  (or  in  the  substituted  matter),  the  Examiners  issue  certi- 
ficates of  having  passed  their  Examinations,  in  each  branch  re- 
spectively, to  those  Candidates  who  have  satisfied  them.  These 
certificates  may  be  obtained  on  application  to  the  Clerk  of  the 
Schools. 

After  all  the  Candidates  in  any  Honour  School  have  been 
examined,  the  Examiners  in  that  School  distribute  the  names 
of  such  Candidates  as  are  judged  by  them  to  have  shown 
sufficient  merit  into  four  Classes,  according  to  the  merit  of  each 
Candidate,  and  draw  up  a  list  accordingly  with  the  names  in  each 
Class  arranged  alphabetically.  Every  Candidate  whose  name  is 
placed  in  this  list  receives  a  certificate,  signed  by  all  the  Examiners, 
to  th^jt  effect ;  and  if  it  appears  to  the  Examiners  in  any  Honour 
School  that  any  Candidate  not  placed  by  them  in  one  of  the 
four  Classes  has  nevertheless  shown  in  his  examination  sufficient 
merit  to  entitle  him  to  a  certificate  of  having  passed  in  one  or 
more  of  the  subjects  of  the  Pass  School,  they  give  such  cer- 
tificate accordingly.  Tnese  certificates  may  be  obtained  on 
application  to  the  Clerk  of  the  Schools. 

At  the  close  of  the  whole  Examination  a  list  of  those  who  have 
received  their  final  certificates  in  the  Pass  School,  and  of  the 
Classes  in  the  several  Honour  Schools,  is  published  in  the  Univer- 
sity Gazette. 

4.  SUBJECTS  OF  EXAMINATION. — The  subjects  of  examination 
in  the  several  Schools  are  as  follows  : — 

1.  Examination  in  the  Rudiments  of  Faith  and 
Religion. 

i.  The  subjects  of  examination  in  the  Rudiments  of  Faith  and 
Religion  are — 


KXAMIXA TIOXS   FOR   DEGREE   OF   B.A.          12J 

(1)  The  Books  of  the  Old  and  New  Testaments,  the  Holy 

Gospels  and  the  Acts   of  the  Apostles  being  required 
in  the  original  Greek. 

(2)  The  Thirty-nine  Articles  of  Religion  agreed  upon  in  the 

Convocation  holdcn  at  London  in  the  year  1562. 

:.  Any  Candidate  who,  being  of  full  age,  objects  on  religious 
grounds,  or  for  whom,  not  being  of  full  age,  his  parents  or 
guardians  object  on  religious  grounds,  to  an  examination  in  the 
Thirty-nine  Articles,  is  permitted  to  offer  instead  thereof  some 
one  or  more  Books  of  the  Old  or  New  Testament  to  be  specially 
studied,  or  some  period  of  Ecclesiastical  History.  Such  books 
and  periods  are  specified  from  time  to  time  by  the  Board  of 
Studies. 

The  following  are  those  which  are  at  present  specified  : — Either 
The  Epistle  to  the  Galatians,  to  be  studied  in  the  original  Greek  ; 
or,  The  Ecclesiastical  History  of  the  Third  Century  A.D. 

Any  Candidate  who,  being  of  full  age,  objects  on  religious 
grounds,  or  for  whom,  not  being  of  full  age,  his  parents  or 
iians  object  on  religious  grounds,  to  an  examination  in  the 
Rudiments  of  Faith  and  Religion,  is  permitted  to  offer  instead 
thereof  some  books  or  subjects  appointed  for  this  purpose  by  the 
Board  of  Studies  for  the  Pass  School  from  among  the  groups  of 
subjects  proposed  for  Candidates  who  do  not  seek  Honours  at 
the  Second  Public  Examination,  provided  always  that  the  matter 
so  substituted  is  not  that  which  is  offered  by  the  Candidate  in  the 
Pass  School  in  the  Second  Public  Examination,  nor,  if  he  be  a 
Candidate  for  Honours  in  less  than  two  Schools,  one  of  the 
subjects  recognized  in  the  School  in  which  he  seeks  Honours. 

The  following  are  the  books  and  subjects  at  present  speci- 
Eitlxr  Aristotle's  Rhetoric,  Hooks  I  and  II  (omitting 
:  Book  I,  and  Ch.  xxi-xxvi  of  Book  II);  or,  The 
>t~  Political  Kconomy.  to  be  read  in  Fawcett's  Political 
my  and  Adarn  Smith's  Wealth  of  Nations,  Book  I;  or, 
<  mentary  'I  n  Natural  Philosophy  (trans- 

lated and  i,  Part  I,  in  combination  with 

any  one  of  Parts  \\\  1 1 1,  and  IV. 


128  EXAMINATIONS. 

2.  Examination  of  those  who  do  not  seek  Honours. 

[The  Regulations  here  given  are  those  which  will  first  come  into  force 
in  Michaelmas  Term,  1874.] 

i.  GENERAL  REGULATIONS. 

The  subjects  of  examination  for  Candidates  who  do  not  seek 
Honours  are  arranged  in  three  Groups : — 

A.  (i)  Two  Books,  either  both  Greek,  or  one  Greek  and  one 

Latin,  one  of  such  Books  being  some  portion  of  a 
Greek  philosophical  work,  and  the  other  a  portion 
of  a  Greek  or  Latin  Historian. 

(2)  The  Outlines  of  Greek  and  Roman  History,  with  a 
special  period  of  one  or  the  other,  and  English 
Composition. 

B.  (i)  Either   English  History  and  a  period  or  subject  of 

English  Literature,  or  a  period  of  Modern  European 
History  with  Political  and  Descriptive  Geography  ; 
together  (in  each  case)  with  English  Composition. 

(2)  A  Modern  Language,  either  French  or  German,  in- 

cluding composition  in  the  language,  and  a  period  of 
its  Literature. 

(3)  The  Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

(4)  A  branch  of  Legal  study. 

C.  (i)  The   Elements    of   Geometry,   including  Geometrical 

Trigonometry. 

(2)  The  Elements  of  Mechanics,  Solid  and  Fluid,  treated 

Mathematically. 

(3)  The  Elements  of  Chemistry,  with  an  elementary  prac- 

tical examination. 

(4)  The   Elements    of  Physics,    not    necessarily    treated 

Mathematically. 

Each  Candidate  shall  be  examined  in  three  of  the  above 
subjects,  of  which  not  more  than  two  shall  be  taken  from  any 
one  of  the  three  groups,  and  of  which  one  must  be  either  A.  (i) 
or  B.  (2),  and  the  examination  in  the  three  subjects  may  be 
passed  in  separate'Terms. 


EXAMINATIONS   FOR   DEGREE  OF   B.A.          1 29 

No  Candidate  shall  be  allowed  to  offer  any  of  the  same  books, 
or,  except  in  cases  specially  excepted  by  the  Board  of  Studies,  a 
portion  of  any  of  the  authors  in  which  he  satisfied  the  Masters 
of  the  Schools  or  the  Moderators,  or  which  he  offered  instead  of 
the  Gospels. 

Any  Candidate  who  shall  either  not  appear  for  examination  in 
the  first  Term  in  which  he  is  of  sufficient  standing  to  do  so,  or 
shall  fail  to  satisfy  the  Examiners,  as  the  case  may  be,  is  per- 
mitted to  offer  at  any  future  Examination  the  same  books  and 
subjects  which  he  formerly  offered  or  might  have  offered. 

2.  SPECIAL  REGULATIONS  OF  THE  BOARD  OF  STUDIES. 

The  books  and  subjects  which  may  be  offered  in  Michaelmas 
Term  1874,  and  until  further  notice,  are — 

IN  GROUP  A. 

(1)  a.  Greek  Philosophical  Work*. 

Plato,  Republic  I-1V  ;  Aristotle,  Ethics,  Books  I-IV  (omitting 
Chapter  6  of  Book  I),  together  with  Chapters  6-10  of  Book 
X  (from  Elprjfjitvcuv  5*  to  the  end  of  the  Treatise) ;  Politics, 
Books  I.  111.  VII  (following  the  old  order  of  the  Books); 
Rhetoric,  Books  I,  II  (omitting  Chapter  7  of  Book  I  and 
Chapters  21-26  of  Book  II;. 

0.   !'• 

Greek -Herodotus,  VII,  VIII,  IX.  Latin— Li\y  XXI-XXIV  ; 
Tacitus,  Annals  I-IV  ;  Histories  I-IV. 

(2)  Outlines  o/  History. 

Greek,  from  the  Legislation  of  Solon  to  the  death  of  Alexander 

the  Great. 
Roman,  from  the  establishment  of  the  Republic  to  the  death  of 

Domitian. 
Special  periods  of 

.  History — Tin   Persian  War;  the  Peloponnesian  War. 
Roman    History — The    Second    Punic  War;     The    Reign  of 
ius;  The  Civil  Wars,  from  the  death  of  Nero  to  the 
accession  of  Vespasian. 
Is   (ik  > 

(I)  v  to  1815,  together  with  one  of  the  folio  w- 

•iire— 

•  lions;  Chaucer,  Selections. 
(6)   Shakespeare,   Macheth ;    Merchant    of   Venice;    Richard    II; 

(0  i): 

above  are  to  be  read  in  the  Claiemloi.  ions.) 

I 


I3O  EXAMINATIONS. 

Or  one  of  the  following  periods  of  Modern  European  History — 
(a)  1048-1254,  to  be  read  in  Milman's  History  of  Latin  Christi- 
anity. 

(6)  1517-1648,  to  be  read  in  Dyer's  Modern  Europe. 
Together  with  Political   and   Descriptive   Geography,  for   which 
Lavallee's    'Physical,    Historical,    and    Military  Geography' 
may  be  consulted. 

(2)  (a)  French  Language  and  Composition,  with 

'The  Age    of  Louis  XIV,'  to  be  read  in  Geruzez'  or   Vitet's 

Ilistoire  de  la  Litt6rature  Fran9aise. 
(6)  German  Language  and  Composition,  with 
'The  Age  of  Goethe  and  Schiller,'  to  be  read  in   Vilmar's  or 
Gelzer's  Manual  of  German  Literature. 

(3)  The  Elements   of  Political  Economy,  to  be  read  in  Fawcett's 

Political  Economy  and  Adam  Smith's  Wealth  of  Nations, 
Book  I. 

(4)  Either  Stephen's  Blackstone,    Book  II,  Chapters   1-18,  or  The 

Institutes  of  Justinian,  omitting  from  Book  II,  Title  n,  to  Book 
III,  Title  12. 

IN  GROUP  C. 

(1)  The   Elements   of  Plane   Geometry,  including   the   doctrine   of 

similar  triangles.  This  includes  the  portion  of  Geometry  treated 
of  in  Euclid  Books  I -IV,  with  the  definitions  of  Book  V,  and 
such  parts  of  Book  VI  as  treat  of  similar  triangles.  These  sub- 
jects may  be  read  in  any  other  treatise. 

The  Elements  of  Trigonometry,  including  the  trigonometrical 
ratios  of  the  sum  of  two  angles,  the  solution  of  plane  triangles, 
the  use  of  logarithms,  and  the  mensuration  of  plane  rectilinear 
figures. 

(2)  The  Elements  of  the  Mechanics  of  Solid  and  Fluid  Bodies,  in- 

cluding the  composition  and  resolution  of  forces,  centre  of  gravity, 
the  simple  machines  and  the  application  of  virtual  velocities  to 
them,  the  laws  of  motion,  the  laws  of  falling  bodies,  the  motion 
of  projectiles,  the  pressure  of  fluids  on  surfaces,  the  equilibrium 
of  floating  bodies  exclusive  of  the  theory  of  stability,  the  methods 
of  determining  specific  gravities,  the  laws  of  elastic  fluids,  simple 
hydrostatical  and  pneumatical  machines. 

(3)  The  Elements   of  Chemistry,  with   an  elementary  practical  ex- 

amination. Candidates  who  intend  to  offer  this  subject  for 
examination  are  recommended  to  read  that  part  of  Roscoe's 
Lessons  in  Elementary  Chemistry  which  treats  of  Inorganic  Che- 
mistry, (pp.  1-268,  new  edition,  1869). 

The  practical  examination  will  be  in  the  following  subjects  as 
treated  of  in  Harcourt  and  Madan's  Exercises  in  Practical  Che- 
mistry, (a)  The  preparation  and  examination  of  gases  (pp.  59- 
107).  (b)  The  qualitative  analysis  of  single  substances  (pp. 


EXAMINATIONS   FOR   DEGREE   OF   B.A.          131 

247-300;  see  also  Sections  IV  and  V,  omitting  that  which 
relates  to  substances  or  properties  of  substances  not  referred  to 
in  the  Analytical  Course). 

(4)  The  Elements  of  Physics.  Candidates  offering  themselves  for 
examination  in  this  subject  will  be  expected  to  show  an  acquaint- 
ance with  Part  I,  together  with  any  two  of  Parts  II,  IIL,  IV  of 
the  following  treatise: — Elementary  Treatise  on  Natural  Phi- 
losophy, by  Deschanel.  Translated  and  edited  by  Professor 
tt.  Tart  I.  Mechanics,  Hydrostatics,  and  Pneumatics. 
Part  II.  Heat.  Part  III.  Electricity  and  Magnetism.  (Of  which 
Chapter  39  may  be  omitted.)  Part  IV.  Light  and  Sound. 

3.  Honour  School  of  Literee  Humaniores. 

[The  Regulations  here  given  are  those  which  will  first  come  into  force 
in  Easter  Term,  1874.] 

REGULATIONS  OF  THE  BOARD  OF  STUDIES. 

The  Board  of  Studies  for  the  Honour  School  of  Literae 
Humaniores  have  issued  the  following  notice  for  the  Examina- 
tions to  be  held  in  Easter  and  Michaelmas  Terms  1874. 

Further  notices  will  be  issued  of  any  changes  which  may  be 
made  in  regard  to  subsequent  Examinations. 

The  Examination  in  the  Honour  School  of  Literae  Humaniores 
will  include — 

(1)  The  Greek  and  Latin  Languages. 

(2)  The  Histories  of  Ancient  Greece  and  Rome. 

(3)  Logic,  and  the  Outlines  of  Moral  and  Political  Phi- 

losophy. 

The  Examination  will  consist  of  Stated  and  of  Special  Subjects. 
1  Subjects  are  those  in  which  papers  or  questions  will  always 
be  set;    Special  Subjects  are  those  which  are  offered   by  the 
Candidates  themselves. 

Stated  Subjects. 
1    Greek  and  Latin  Languages. 

All  Candidates  will  be  expected  to  translate  the  Greek  and  Latin 
books  offered  by  them  for  examination,  and  to  translate  passages  from 
other  books  not  specially  of:- 

Passages  will  also  be  set  for  translation  into  Greek  and  Latin  Prose. 

2.  The  Histories  of  Ancient  Greece  and  Home. 

All  Candidates  are  required  to  offer  a  ]>criod  of  (ireck  and  a  JH 
of  Roman  History.     The  period*  which  may  l>e  offered  are; — 

K  a 


132 


EXAMINATIONS. 


In  Greek  History — 

(1)  To  the  end  of  the  Peloponnesian  War. 

(2)  From  B.C.  500  to  the  death  of  Philip. 

With  the  first  of  these  periods  Candidates  are  required  to  offer — 
Herodotus  [Biihr's  text :  2nd  Edition] ;  Thucydides  [Bekker's 
text] ;  Xenophon's  Hellenics  I,  II  [Dindorfs  text]. 

With  the  second — Herodotus  V-IX ;  Thucydides ;  Xenophon's 
Hellenics ;  Demosthenes,  Olynthiacs,  Philippics,  De  -Falsa  Lega- 
tione,  and  De  Corona  [Baiter's  text]. 

In  Roman  History — 

(1)  From  the  beginning  of  the  First  Punic  War  to  the  Battle  of 

Actium. 

(2)  From  the  end  of  the  Third  Punic  War  to  the  accession  of 

Vespasian. 

With  the  first  of  these  periods  Candidates  are  required  to  offer — Poly- 
bius  I,  II,  III,  VI  [Schweighauser's  text]  ;  Plutarch's  Lives  of 
the  Gracchi  [Sintenis's  text  i ;  Cicero's  Letters  (_ Watson's  Selec- 
tion) ;  Sallust.  Catiline  and  Jugurtha  [Dietsch's  text]. 
With  the  second — Plutarch's  Lives  of  the  Gracchi ;  Cicero's  Letters 
(Watson's  Selection);  Sallust,  Catiline  and  Jugurtha;  Tacitus, 
Annals  I- VI  [Halm's  text]. 

Candidates  will  be  expected  to  show  such  a  knowledge  of  Classical 
Geography  and  Antiquities,  and  of  the  general  History  of  Greece  and 
Rome,  as  shall  be  necessary  for  the  profitable  study  of  the  authors  or 
periods  which  they  offer. 

Questions  will  also  be  set  in  the  general  results  of  the  science  of 
language,  with  especial  reference  to  Greek  and  Latin. 

N.B. — In  the  first  two  Examinations  held  under  the  new  Statute 
(i.e.  in  Easter  and  Michaelmas  Terms  1874),  Candidates  may  offer  the 
same  books  as  at  present,  instead  of  a  period  of  Roman  History  as 
prescribed  above. 

3.  Philosophy. 

LOGIC. 

THE  OUTLINES  OF  MORAL  PHILOSOPHY. 

THE  OUTLINES  OF  POLITICAL  PHILOSOPHY. 

Under  the  head  of  Logic,  Candidates  are  recommended  to  study  the 
following  subjects :  — 

The  nature  and  origin  of  knowledge :  The  relation  of  language  to 
thought ;  The  history  of  Logic  in  Greece  to  the  time  of  Aristotle 
inclusive ;  The  theory  of  the  Syllogism ;  Scientific  Method, 
including  a  comparison  of  the  methods  of  different  sciences, 
and  the  principles  of  historical  evidence. 

Questions  will  be  set  in  Trendelenburg's  Elementa  Logices  Aris- 
totelese,  and  in  Bacon's  Novum  Organum,  Book  I,  and  Book  II, 
Aphorisms  1-20. 


EXAMINATIONS   FOR  DEGREE   OF   B.A.          133 

Under  the  head  of  Political  Philosophy,  Candidates  are  recommended 
to  study  the  following  subjects  : — 

The  origin  and  growth  of  Society ;  Political  institutions  and  forms 
of  government,  with  especial  reference  to  the  history  of  Greece 
and  Rome ;  The  sphere  and  duties  of  Government ;  The  leading 
principles  of  Political  Economy. 

The  following  books  are  prescribed  for  the  Examination  : — (i)  Plato's 
Republic,  fa)  Plato's  Protagoras,  Phoedrus,  Gorgias,  Laws  III,  VII,  X. 
(3)  Aristotle's  Nicomachean  Ethics.  (4)  Aristotle's  Politics.  (5)  Locke 
on  the  Human  Understanding,  with  either  (a)  Butler's  Sermons,  or  (b) 
Hume's  Enquiry  concerning  the  Principles  of  Morals.  (6)  The  '  Trans- 
cendental ^Esthetik '  and  '  Analytik '  in  Kant's  '  Kritik  der  reinen  Ver- 
nunft,' and  the  '  Grundlegung  zur  Metaphysik  der  Sitten,'  with  the  two 
chapters  of  the  '  Kritik  der  praktischen  Vernunft,'  entitled  severally 
'  von  den  Grundsiitzen '  and  '  von  den  Triebfedern,  der  reinen  praktischen 
Vernunft.'  [The  authorized  text  of  Plato  is  Baiter  and  Orelli's,  of 
Aristotle  Bekker's]. 

Out  of  this  list  Candidates  are  required  to  offer  one  book  of  Plato  and 
another  of  Aristotle ;  those  who  offer  more  than  these  necessary  books 
are  recommended  to  select  from  the  list  a  third  book  either  ancient  or 
modern. 

Candidates  will  be  expected  to  show  such  knowledge  of  the  history  of 
Philosophy,  or  of  the  history  of  the  period  of  Philosophy  to  which  the 
philosophical  authors  offered  by  them,  either  as  stated  or  as  special 
subjects,  belong,  as  shall  be  necessary  for  the  profitable  study  of  these 
authors. 

Special  Subjects. 

Candidates  may  offer  as  a  Special  Subject  any  one  of  the  following: — 
GREEK  AND  LATIN  LANGUAGES. 

(1)  The    Homeric  Poems;    including  the   literary   history   of  the 

Poems,  and  a  critical  study  of  Books  I-III  of  the  Iliad,  or 
of  Hooks  IX -XI  of  the  Odyssey. 

(2)  The  Lyric  and  Elegiac  Poets  of  Greece  (Bergk's  Poetse  Lyrici 

;   including  a  critical  study  of  the  Olympic  Odes  of 
Pindar  ;  with  the  corresponding  period  of  the  history  of  Greek 
iture. 

(3)  Aristophanes  and  the  Fragments  of  the  Old  Comedy,  with  the 

rreck   Drama,  arul  cither  (a)  a  critical  study  of 
the  Clouds,  Birds,  <  •!>  •»!  the  con- 

temporary history  of  Athens,  with  HI-.:  :  icles. 

(4)  Plautus  and  Terence,  and  Kibl>eck's  Comic  Fragments,  including 

yof  a  play  of  Plautus ;  with  the  hi-ti.iy  of  Roman 
lure  l*fon 

(5)  Lucretius.  an«l  the  history  of  Roman  Literature  from  Li 

to  the  death  of  Augi; 


134  EXAMINATIONS. 

(6)  The  language  and  composition   of  the   Nicomachean  Ethics, 

with  a  critical  study  of  the  last  five  books. 

(7)  The  text  and  language  of  Thucydides,  with  a  study  of  the  MSS. 

and  principal  various  readings. 

(8)  A  minute  study  of  Comparative  Philology  as  illustrating  the 

Greek  and  Latin  Languages.  Candidates  are  recommended  to 
use  Bopp's  Comparative  Grammar  (3rd  edition).  Those  who 
are  acquainted  with  Sanskrit  will  have  an  opportunity  of  show- 
ing their  knowledge. 

HISTORY  OF  GREECE. 

(1)  Greek  Art,  with  Pausanias  I,  V,  VI,  and  with  Pliny's  Natural 
History  XXXIV-XX XV I. 

(2)  The  Geography  of  Peloponnesus,  with  Strabo  VIII. 

(3)  The  Life  of  Alexander. 

(4)  The  Achcean  League. 

(5)  Egyptian  History  to  the  Persian  Conquest,  with   Herodotus  II 

and  Diodorus  I.  (The  Fragments  of  Manetho  should  also  be 
studied.) 

HISTORY  OF  ROME. 

(i)  The  Constitutional  History  of  Rome  down  to  the  beginning  of 
the  Second  Punic  War. 

(a)  The  Geography  and  Races  of  Ancient  Italy.  (Candidates  who 
offer  this  subject  will  be  expected  to  show  an  acquaintance 
with  the  remains  of  the  early  Italian  Languages.) 

(3)  The  Commentaries  of  Gaius. 

(4)  The  Age  of  the  Antonincs. 

(5)  The  History  of  the  Roman  Empire  from  Diocletian  to  Julian. 

(6)  Roman  Architecture  and  the  Topography  of  Rome. 

LOGIC,  AND  MORAL  AND  POLITICAL  PHILOSOPHY. 

Any  Candidate  who  offers  three  books  taken  from  the  lists  of  Stated 
Subjects  in  Philosophy  may  offer,  as  a  Special  Subject,  a  fourth  taken 
from  the  same  list,  or  he  may  offer  one  of  the  following  books  or 
subjects  : — 

(1)  Aristotle,  De  Anima. 

(2)  The  Philosophy  of  the  Eleatics,  Heracliteans,  and  Megarians, 

with  the  Thesetetus  and  Sophist  of  Plato. 

(3)  The  Philosophy  of  the  Stoics  and  Epicureans,  with  the  Dis- 
courses of  Epictetus  and  the  tenth  Book  of  Diogenes  Laertius. 

(4)  The  Philosophy  of  Hume  and  Berkeley,  with  Berkeley's  Prin- 

ciples of  Human  Knowledge,  Alciphron,  and  Theory  of  Vision, 
and  with  Hume's  Enquiry  concerning  Human  Understanding. 

(5)  Political  Economy,  with  one  or  more  treatises  to  be  selected 

by  the  Candidate. 


EXAMINATIONS   FOR   DEGREE   OF   B.A.          135 

Candidates  are  recommended  not  to  offer  more  than  one  Special 
Subject.  It  is  not  necessary  for  the  attainment  of  the  highest  Honours 
that  any  special  subject  should  be  offered. 

Candidates  intending  to  offer  any  subject  not  included  in  the  preceding 
list  must  give  notice  of  their  intention  six  months  before  the  Examina- 
tion, and  obtain  the  approval  of  the  Board  of  Studies. 

Any  such  notice  or  any  other  enquiry  respecting  the  above-mentioned 
books  or  subjects  is  to  be  addressed  to  the  Master  of  Balliol  College. 

The  above-mentioned  Special  Subjects  may  be  varied  from 
time  to  time  by  the  Board  of  Studies,  but  any  Candidate  who 
shall  not  appear  for  examination  in  the  first  Term  in  which  he  is 
of  sufficient  standing  to  do  so,  or  whose  name  shall  not  have  been 
placed  in  the  list  of  Honours,  shall  be  permitted  to  offer  at  any 
future  Examination  the  same  Special  Subjects  which  he  then 
offered  or  might  have  offered. 


4.    Honour  School  of  Mathematics. 
REGULATIONS  OF  THE  BOARD  OF  STUDIES. 

The  following  is  the  Syllabus  of  the  subjects  in  which  Candi- 
dates shall  be  examined: — 
Pure  Mathematics. 

1.  Algebra. 

2.  Trigonometry,  plane  and  spherical. 

3.  Geometry  of  two  and  three  dimensions. 

4.  Differential  Calculus. 

5.  Integral  Calculus. 

6.  Calculus  of  Variations. 

7.  Calculus  of  Finite  Differences. 

8.  Theory  of  Chances. 

Mixed  Mathematics. 

1.  M  -i  Solid  and  Fluid  Bodies. 

2.  '  Tic.il  and  Physical. 

3.  N  i'rincipia,  Sections  I,  II,  III,  and  parts  of  IX 

and  XI. 

4.  A  .  including  the  more  elementary  parts  of  the 

.,ir  and  IM.mrtary  Theories. 


136  EXAMINATIONS. 

5.  Honour  School  of  Natural  Science. 

I.  GENERAL  REGULATIONS. 

1.  The  subjects  of   examination   in   the    Honour   School   of 
Natural  Science  are  Physics,  Chemistry,  and  Biology. 

2.  The  Examination  is  divided  into  two  parts :  the  one  termed 
the  Preliminary  Honour  Examination ;    the  other  termed  the 
Final  Honour  Examination. 

3.  The  Preliminary  Honour  Examination  is  compulsory  upon 
all  Candidates  in  the   School,   and  is   restricted  to   the   more 
elementary  parts  of  (i)  Mechanics  and  Physics,  (2)  Chemistry, 
together  with  a  practical  examination  of  a  simple  character  in 
the  latter  subject  at  least. 

4.  A  Candidate  is  allowed  to  present  himself  for  the   Pre- 
liminary Honour  Examination,  either  on   the   occasion   of  his 
Final  Honour  Examination,  or  at  any  previous  Examination  in 
the  Natural  Science  School  subsequent  to  the  time  at  which  he 
passes   his    First   Public   Examination ;    and   he   is   allowed    to 
present  himself  for  the  Preliminary  Examination  in  Mechanics 
and  Physics  at  a  different  Examination  from  that  in  which  he 
presents  himself  for  the  Preliminary  Examination  in  Chemistry. 

5.  In  the  Final  Honour  Examination,  a  Candidate  may  offer 
himself  for  examination  in  one  or  more  of  the  three  general 
subjects  of  Physics,  Chemistry,  and  Biology.     The  Final  Honour 
Examination  in  each  subject  is  partly  practical. 

6.  The  place  assigned  to  a  Candidate  in  the  list  of  Classes 
depends  upon  the  joint  result,  in  the  judgment  of  the  Examiners, 
of  his  examination  in  all  the  subjects  in  which  he  offers  himself 
for  examination  on  the  occasion  of  his  Final  Honour  Examina- 
tion,  whether  they  be   included  in  the   Preliminary  or   Final 
divisions  of  the  Examination. 

7.  The  Final  Honour  Examination  begins  not  later  than  seven 
days  after  the  termination  of  the  Preliminary  Honour  Examina- 
tion ;    and,  during  the  interval  between  the  two  parts  of  the 
Examination,  a  list  of  those  who  have  passed  the  Preliminary 
Examination  is  issued  by  the  Examiners,  the  subject  or  subjects 
in  which  each  Candidate  has  passed  being  stated. 


EXAMINATIONS  FOR  DEGREE  OF  B.A.    137 

8.  In  the  Final  Honour  Examination,  a  Candidate  may,  in 
addition  to  his  general  subject  or  subjects,  offer  himself  for 
examination  in  special  subjects  included  under  any  of  the  three 
general  subjects  of  Physics,  Chemistry,  and  Biology.  These 
special  subjects  shall  be  selected  by  the  Candidate  from  a  list  to 
be  issued  by  the  Board  of  Studies. 


II.  REGULATIONS  OF  THE  BOARD  OF  STUDIES. 
Preliminary  Honour  Examination. 

1.  MECHANICS  AND  PHYSICS. 

Mechanics,  to  the  extent  represented  by  Newth's  '  First  Book  of 
Natural  Philosophy,'  and  the  first  four  books  of '  Ganot's  Physics.' 

Acoustics,  Heat,  Light,  Magnetism,  and  Electricity,  as  represented  by 
'  Ganot's  Physics.' 

2.  CHEMISTRY. 

The  general  principles  of  Chemistry,  and  the  properties  of  the 
better  known  elements  and  compounds  (excepting  such  as  are  included 
under  Organic  Chemistry1*,  as  treated  of  in  any  one  of  the  following 
manuals: — Williamson's  Chemistry  for  Students;  Roscoe's  Lessons  in 
Elementary  Chemistry;  \Vil-on's  Inorganic  Chemistry;  Fownes* 
Manual  of  Chemistry;  or  more  fully  in  Miller's  Elements  of  Chemistry, 
Vol.  ii. 

The  practical  examination  will  comprise  the  analysis  of  single  sub- 
stances, and  such  elementary  exercises  in  chemical  manipulation  as  are 
included  in  Harcourt  and  Madan's  Exercises  in  Practical  Chemistry, 
Part  I. 

Final  Honour  Examination. 

The  Final  Honour  Examination  comprises  three  General  Subjects, 
viz. — 

I.  }'}. 

II.  Chemistry, 
III.  !'.!•: 

and  the  following  Special  Subjects,  which  may  be  taken  in  as  supple- 
mentary to  one  or  more  of  the  General  Subjects:  — 

A.  Crystallography   and    M  —the    former    as     included 

uri'  ami   ChemMiy,  the 

hemistry. 

B.  Geology  and  r  as  included  under  the 

General  Su  Utter  as  included  under  Biology. 

D    Botaoy*'  }  M  subJccts  included  under  Biology. 


138  EXAMINATIONS. 

The  several  sections  which  follow  deal  with  the  manner  in  which 
each  separate  subject,  whether  general  or  special,  is  to  be  studied  by  a 
Candidate  for  Honours. 

The  appended  lists  of  books  are  intended  to  serve  as  guides,  sug- 
gestive of  the  best  courses  of  study,  and  offering  some  choice  of  text- 
books. Alternative  treatises  are  in  several  cases  included  in  the  lists  in 
the  same  paragraph. 

In  many  instances  portions  only  of  the  works  recommended  will  need 
to  be  studied  as  treating  in  a  special  manner  of  the  subjects  for  which 
the  book  may  be  recommended. 

The  Board  desire  it  to  be  understood  that  a  knowledge  of  the 
subjects,  based  on  practical  work,  as  well  as  knowledge  gathered  from 
books,  will  always  be  required  at  the  Examinations  in  "this  School. 

I.  General  Subjects. 

I.  PHYSICS. 

A  Candidate  who  offers  himself  in  the  Final  Honour  Examination  for 
examination  in  Physics  as  his  general  subject  shall  be  required  to  show 
an  accurate  general  knowledge  of  Physics,  and  he  shall  be  allowed  to 
present  himself  in  addition  for  a  more  detailed  examination  in  one  or 
more  of  the  following  branches  of  Physics : — 
Acoustics ; 
Heat; 
Light  ; 

Electricity  and  Magnetism. 

It  is  necessary  that  a  student  of  Physics  should  have  at  least  an 
elementary  knowledge  of  Geometry,  Algebra,  and  Mechanics. 

Jamin's  Cours  de  Pbyuque,  last  edition,  in  3  vols.,  may  be  mentioned 
as  a  good  text-book  on  general  Physics. 

Students  are  however  advised  to  consult  their  Tutors  or  the  Professor 
of  Experimental  Philosophy  with  respect  to  the  books  to  be  read,  inas- 
much as  the  most  desirable  course  of  study  must  depend  on  the  Mathe- 
matical knowledge  of  each  individual. 

II.  CHEMISTRY. 

Candidates  in  the  Final  Honour  Examination  who  offer  themselves 
for  examination  in  Chemistry  will  be  expected  to  show  an  acquaintance 
with  the  following  subjects : — 

I.  Chemical  Physics; 
II.  Inorganic  Chemistry ; 

III.  Organic  Chemistry ; 

IV.  General  and  Theoretical  Chemistry. 

There  will  also  be  a  Practical  Examination  which  will  comprise — 
V.  The  Qualitative  analysis  of  inorganic  substances ; 
VI.  The  Quantitative  analysis  of  inorganic  substances. 
The  use  of  books  will  be  allowed  to  Candidates  in  the  Examination 
in  Quantitative  analysis. 


EXAMINATIONS   FOR   DEGREE   OF   B.A.          139 


III.  BIOLOGY. 

i.  Candidates  who  offer  themselves  in  the  Final  Honour  Examination 
for  examination  in  Biology  will  be  expected  to  show  an  acquaintance, 
firstly,  \viih  General  and  Comparative  Anatomy  and  Histology  (under 
which  terms  vegetable  structures  are  included);  secondly,  with  Human 
and  Comparative  Physiology,  inclusive  of  Physiological  Chemistry;  and 
thirdly,  with  the  General  Philosophy  of  the  subject. 

In  these  subjects  the  Candidates  will  be  examined  both  by  paper 
work  and  practically  ;  and  will  be  required  to  give  evidence  of  being 
competent  not  merely  to  verify  and  describe  specimens  already  prepared 
for  naked-eye  or  microscopic  demonstration  as  the  case  may  be,  but  also 
to  prepare  such  or  similar  specimens  themselves. 

3.  Candidates  may,  in  addition  to  the  amount  of  work  indicated  in 
the  preceding  paragraphs,  bring  up  any  of  the  '  Special  Subjects  '  con- 
tained in  the  list  appended  below.  A  Candidate  who  offers  himself  for 
examination  in  a  Special  Subject  will  be  expected  to  show,  firstly,  a 
detailed  practical  acquaintance  with  specimens  illustrating  that  subject, 
for  which  purpose  the  Catalogues  in  the  University  Museum  can  be 
made  available;  and  secondly,  exact  knowledge  of  some  one  or  more 
monographs  treating  of  it.  Excellence,  however,  in  a  Special  Subject 
will  not  compensate  for  failure  in  any  essential  part  of  the  general 
examination. 

nulidate  must  state,  at  the  time  of  entering  his  name  for 
examination,  what  Special  Subject,  if  any,  he  takes  in. 

-mdent  who  offer*  himself  for  examination  in  a  Special  Subject  is 
referred  to  the  following  provisional  List  :  — 

a.  Comparative  Osteology. 

b.  The    Comparative    Anatomy   and    Physiology   of   the    Organs    of 

Digestion. 

c.  The  Comparative  A  natomy  and  Physiology  of  the  Organs  of  Circu- 

lation and  Respiration. 

d.  The  Comparative  Anatmny  and  Physiology  of  the  Nervous  System. 

e.  The   Comparative   Anatomy   and   Physiology   of  the  Reproductive 

Systems. 
{.    Ethnology. 

The  following  works  are  provisionally  recommended  bv  the  Board 
:<T  use  in  the  study  of  the  above-mentioned  Departments  of 
Biology. 

(a)  Liil  of  Books  recommended  for  use  in  the  preparation  for  the 

General  Examination  in 


General  Anatomy   <r  .    in   <vhiain\   Anatomy,   ;th 

.ij.liic  I  >icli(Hiai  v.  by  (  iiilliti: 
u  publication.      The     I 
Catalogs 

•Ibuch     dcr    Gcwcbclchrc,    cd.    1867.    Le 


140  EXAMINATIONS. 

Strieker's  Handbook  of  Human  and  Comparative  Histology, 
now  in  course  of  translation  for  the  New  Sydenham  Society. 

Comparative  Anatomy — Huxley's  Introduction  to  the  Classification  of 
Animals.  Lond.,  1869.  Huxley's  Anatomy  of  Vertebrated 
Animals.  Lond.,  1871.  Gegenbaur's  Grundziige  der  Vergl. 
Anatomic.  Leipzig,  1869.  Milne-Edwards'  Le9ons  sur  la 
Physiologic,  1857-1870.  Paris.  Owen's  Anatomy  of  Verte- 
brates, 3  vols.  8vo.  1866-1868.  London.  The  Osteological  and 
Physiological  Catalogues  of  the  College  of  Surgeons,  by  Pro- 
fessor Owen.  The  Anatomical  and  Physiological  Catalogues  of 
the  Oxford  Museum.  Flower's  Osteology  of  Mammalia.  Lond., 
1871.  Cuvier's  Ossemens  Fossiles,  2"'e  ed.  1821-1824.  Paris. 
Kolleston's  Forms  of  Animal  Life.  Oxford,  1870.  Bronn's 
Klassen  und  Ordnungeh  des  Thierreichs,  1860-1871.  Leipzig 
und  Heidelberg. 

Unman  Physiology— Carpenter's  Human  Physiology,  7th  ed.  Lond., 
1869.  Funke's  Lehrbuch  der  Physiologic,  now  in  course  of 
rx publication.  Leipzig.  Hermann's  Handbuch  der  Biologic, 
i>«7o.  Berlin.  Palton's  Human  Physiology.  Philad.,  1859. 
Draper's  Human  Physiology.  Lond.,  1856.  Kanke's  Grundziige 
der  Physiologic,  1^68.  Leipzig.  Wundt's  Lehrbuch  der  Phy- 
siologic, 1865.  Erlangen.  Ludwig's  Lehrbuch  der  Physiologic, 
1858-1861.  Leipzig  und  Heideloerg.  Budge's  Lehrbuch  der 
ielKn  Physiologic  des  Menschen,  1862.  Leipzig. 

Comparative  Physiology — Carpenter's  Comparative  Physiology,  4th  ed. 
Lond.,  1*54.  Marshall's  Outlines  of  Physiology.  2  vols.,  Lond., 
1867.  Milne- Ed  wards'  Lecons  sur  la  Physiologic.  9  vols.,  Paris, 
1857-1870.  Bergmann  und  Leuckart,  Anatomisch-physiologische 
Uebersicht  des  Thierreichs,  1855.  Stuttgart. 

General  Philosophy  of  Biology — 

a.  Darwin's  Origin  of  Species,  fth   ed.    Lond.,    1869.     Van   der 
Hoeven's   Philosophia  Zoologica,  1864.  Leyden.     Lyell's  Prin- 
ciples   of    Geology,    ed.    1870,    chap,    xxxiv-xxxvii.      Mivart's 
Genesis    of    Species.     Lond.,    1871.      Spencer's    Principles    of 
Biology,  1864-1867;  Principles  of  Psychology,  ed.  1868-1871. 

For  a  Historical  Survey  of  the  Progress  of  Biology. 

b.  Agassiz's    Essay   on    Classification.     Lond.,    1859,    chap.    iii. 
Whewell's   History  of  the  Inductive  Sciences,  3rd  ed.  3  vols., 
Lond.,  1857. 

For  Zoology. 

c.  Van    der    Hoeven's    Handbook    of    Zoology.     Lond.,    1857. 
Nicholson's  Manual  of  Zoology,  and  ed.  Edinb.,  1871. 

For  Geographical  Distribution. 

Van  der  Hoeven's  Philosophia  Zoologica,  lib.  iv.  Lugd.  Bat., 
1864.  Lyell's  Principles  of  Geology,  chap,  xxxviii-xli,  nth  ed. 
Lond.,  1872. 


EXAMINATIONS   FOR   DEGREE   OF   B.A.          141 

For  Ethnology  and  Anthropology. 

d.  Waitz's  Anthropology.     Brace's  Races  of  the  Old  World,  2nd 
ed.  Lond.,  1869. 

(b)  List  of  Booh  recommended  in  connexion  with  '  Special  Subjects' 

Comparative  Osteology — Cuvier's  Ossemens  Fossiles,  any  one  of  the 
five  volumes.  Flower's  Osteology  of  Mammalia.  Professor 
Huxley's  Anatomy  of  Vertebrated  Animals. 

The  Comparative  Anatomy  and  Physiology  of  the  Organs  of  Digestion — 
The  Physiological  Catalogue  of  the  Royal  College  of  Surgeons, 
Vol.  I.  Milne-Edwards'  Lefons,  Vol.  VI.  Articles  'Stomach 
and  Intestine'  and  '  Pancreas'  in  Todd's  'Cyclopaedia  of  Anatomy 
and  Physiology.'  Schiffs  Le9ons  sur  la  Physiologic  de  la  Di- 
tion,  2  vols.  Berlin,  186^. 

Tbe  Comparative  Anatomy  and  Physiology  of  the  Organs  of  Circulation 
and  Respiration—  Milne-Edwards'  Le9ons  sur  la  Physiologic,  Vol. 
III.  MnrcvV  Physiologic  Medicale  de  la  Circulation  du  Sang. 
Paris,  1863.  Bert's  Lefons  sur  la  Physiologic  Comparee  de  la 
Respiration.  Paris,  1870. 

The    Comparative  Anatomy  and   Physiology  of  the   Nervous    System — 

Leuret  et  Gratiolet's  Anatomic  Comparee  du  Systeme  Nerveux, 

Tom.    II,   par   M.    Pierre   Gratiolet.     Paris,    1857.      Vulpian's 

Lefons  sur  le  Systeme  Nerveux.  Paris,  1866.     Brown-Sequard's 

•urcs.  Philad.,  1865. 

The  Comparative  A  natomy  and  Physiology  of  the  Reproductive  Systems — 
Physiological  Catalogue  of  the  Royal  College  of  Surgeons,  Vols. 
IV  a:.d  V.  K«>lliker's  Entwickelungsgeschichte.  Leipzig,  1861. 
Milne-Edwards'  Lemons,  Vol.  IX. 

Ethnology — Brace's  Races  of  the  Old  World,  2nd  ed.  Lond.,  1869. 

5.    Candidates  who    offer   themselves   for   examination   in    Geology, 

Zoology,  or  Botany,  will  be  required  to  exhibit  practical  acquaintance 

with  those  subjects  to  at  least  the  same  extent  as  Candidates  who  offer 

theinseh e>  for  examination  in  any  one  of  the  Special  Subjects  above 

are  required  to   do  with  reference  to  those  subjects.     But 

they  will  not  be  required  to  go  through  the  same  amount  of  practical 

in    the  Departments  of  Biology   not    specially  connected    with 

Geology,  Zoology,  or    Botany,  as  Candidates  who  do   not    biing   up 

any  one  of  these  three  subjects. 


II.     List  of  Special  Subjects. 
A.     MINERALOGY  AND  CRYSTALLOORA; 

the  Natural  Science  School  who  desire  to 
Mineralogy  as  a  Suppleim-i.1 

as  well  as  theoretical  knowl.  ;inphy,  and  uf  Ciystallo-  (a) 

graphic  Physics. 


142  EXAMINATIONS. 

The  Candidate  should  also  be  acquainted  with  the  Crystallographic 
(&)  characters  of  such  substances  as  serve  to  illustrate  the  principles  and 
applications  of  Crystallography. 

Mineralogy  may  be  further  pursued  by  the  Student : 

(c)  Firstly,  as  a  discriminative  and  classificatory  Science,  involving  an 
acquaintance  with  the  logical  principles  of  classification. 

Secondly,  in  respect  to  its  subject-matter,  namely,  by  the  actual  study 
of  the  more  important  minerals  and  other  crystallized  substances ;  more 

(d)  especially  of  such  as  illustrate  the  principles  of  Classification  as  well  as 
of  Crystallography,  and  of  such  as  are  important  either  from  their  con- 

(e)  tributing  to  form  the  rock  masses  of  the  globe,  or  from  a  milling  point 
of  view,  or  as  being  of  value  for  their  employment  in  the  useful  arts. 

Thirdly,  in  respect  of  the  practical  methods  of  discriminating 
minerals,  not  merely  by  investigating  their  Crystallographic  forms  with 
(/)  the  aid  of  the  goniometer,  but  by  determining  their  physical  character- 
istics, specific  gravity,  degree  of  hardness,  colour,  optical  and  pyro- 
electric  properties,  &c. ;  and  also  by  examination  with  the  blowpipe  and 
other  simple  chemical  tests. 

And  finally,  the  mineralogical  student  should  be  acquainted  with  the 
ypotheses  legaiding  the  cnu>es that  have  operated  in  effect  ing  the  depo- 
sition, the  transformations,  or  the  successions  of  minerals  in  veins  and 
rocks. 

Treatises  recommendetl. 

(a)  Miller  i^W.  H.),  A  Tract  on  Crystallography.  Cambridge,  1863. 
Lang  (V.  von),  Lehrbuch  der  Krystallographie.  Vienna,  1866. 
ten  (H.),  Lehrbuch  der  Krystallographie.  Leipzig,  1861. 
Schrauf  (A.),  Lehrbuch  der  physikahschen  Mineralogie.  Vienna, 
1866.  Grailich  (J.),  Miller's  Lehrbuch  der  Krystallographie,  a 
German  translation  of  Professor  Miller's  original  work,  con-  I 
tailing  chapters  on  Crystallographic  Physics.  Vienna,  1856. 
Grailich  (J.),  Krystallographisch  -  optische  Untersuchungen. 
Vienna  und  Olmutz,  1858. 

(ft)  Rammelsberg  (C.  F.),  Krystallographie  Chemie.  Berlin,  1855,  and 
Suppl.  185,7. 

(c)  Mill  (John  Stuart),  A  system  of  Logic,  the  chapters  on  Classifi- 
cation, yth  ed.  London,  1868.  Whewell  (W.),  History  of  the 
Inductive  Sciences,  chapters  on  Mineralogy.  3rd  ed.  London, 
1857.  Rose  (G.),  Das  krystallo  -  chemische  Mineralsystem. 
Leipzig,  1852.  Rammelsberg  (C.  F.),  Berzelius'  neues  che- 
misches  Mineralsystem.  Niirnberg.  18-47- 

(rf)  Brooke  and  Miller's  Mineralogy.  London,  1852.  Rammelsberg 
(C.  F.),  Handbuch  der  Mineralchemie.  Leipzig,  1860.  Quen- 
stedt  (F.  A.),  Handbuch  der  Mineralogie.  2nd  ed.  Tiibingen, 
1^63.  Dufrenoy  (A.),  Traite  de  Mineralogie.  2me  ed.  Paris, 
1856-60.  Descloizeaux  (A.),  Manuel  de  Mineralogie.  Paris,  1862. 
Dana  (J.  D.),  System  of  Mineralogy.  5th  ed.  London,  1868. 
Kenngott  (A.),  Die  Minerale  der  Schweiz.  Leipzig,  1866. 

(*)  Cotta  (B.  von),  Rocks  classified  and  described,  translated  by  H. 
Lawrence.  London,  1866.  Zirkel  (F.),  Lehrbuch  der  Petro- 


AM1XATIOXS   FOR   DEGREE   OF   B.A.  143 

graphic.  Bonn,  1866.     Senft  (F.),  Lehrbuch  der  Mineralien  und 

tenkunde.  Jena,  1869. 

(/)  First  volume  of  Dana's  System  of  Mineralogy.  4th  ed.  London, 

-       Hlnnford  and  Scheerer  on  the  Blowpipe.     London,  1856. 

Rnmmelsberg   (C.  F.),  Lehrbuch   der    Krystallkunde.    Leipzig, 

1853.      Naumann  (C.   F.),   Elemente  der  Mineralogie.    8th  ed. 

871, 

(g)  Bischoff  (Gustav),  Lehrbuch  der  chemischen  und  physikalischen 

Geologic.   2111!  ed.  Bonn,  1863,  &c.     Ibid.,   English  translation 

.ivendish  Society.      Blum  (R.),  Die  Pseudomorphosen 

alreichs.     Stuttgart,   1843,  &c.  &c.     Cotta  (B.   von), 

Gangstudien.  Freiberg,  1847,  &c.  &c. 

B.     GEOLOGY. 

Candidates  who  propose  to  offer  themselves  for  examination  in 
Geology  would  do  well  to  keep  in  mind,  that  the  aim  of  this  branch  of 
nothing  less  than  to  discover  and  demonstrate  the  ancient 
history  of  the  Earth.  For  this  purpose  it  is  required  not  only  to  obtain 
correct  knowledge  of  the  composition,  structure,  and  arrangement  of 
Rocks,  and  the  nature  and  distribution  of  Organic  Remains,  but  further 
to  apply  to  the  phenomena  which  have  been  observed  just  reasonings 
founded  on  analogies  in  existing  nature,  and  principles  established 
by  I  hv-ic-.  ("hcmi.-try,  and  Biology.  Only  in  proportion  as  this  can 
be  truly  accomplished  can  the  foundations  of  Geological  Theory  be 
securely  laid. 

The  portions  of  Geological  study  which  are  now  suggested  to  Can- 
didates in  illustration  of  what  has  been  said,  relate  to  the  internal 
ure  and  movement  of  rock  masses;  their  chemical  composition 
and  mineral  aggregation;  the  organic  remains  which  they  enclose; 
and  the  ii.:  >m  observed  phenomena  as  to  the  causes  which 

operated  to  produce  them. 

Composition,  Structure,  and  Arrangement  of  Rocks, 
(a)  Rocks  generally :  the  grounds  of  their  division   into  and  classifi- 
cation of  Igneous  or  Aqueous  origin  ;   Rocks  of  stratified  or 
unstratified  arrangement ;    and   as  Rocks  of  Paleozoic,   or   Cainozoic 

^6)  Stratified  Rocks:  their  chemical  and  mineral  constitution,  source 
of  materials,  conditions  of  deposition  in  the  sea,  in  lakes,  or  on  the 
COUTH 

(c)  Unstratified  Rocks:  e<  -  to  their  classification,  composi- 
-nd  structure,  the  conditions  of  their  occurrence,  and  geological 

(d)  Mctamorphic  Rocks  :    i  .nck-d   as    altered  from  tlui: 

w  the  MII  face  of  tlu-  raith. 
l.s,  known  a>  'joint-,,'  'cleavage1,'  and 
and  in  \\h  '.  periods. 

irnts  ;    occurrence    in 

Mature,  posr  nts  of 

.nice  in  the-  .  earth,  an<:  ,  tune. 


144  EXAMINATIONS. 

Movements  in  the  Crust  of  the  Globe.     Heat  of  the  Interior. 

(g)  Earthquakes  and  ancient  subterranean  movements  :  characteristic 
phenomena  and  probable,causes. 

(b)  Volcanos:  their  characteristic  physical  and  chemical  phenomena, 
geographical  distribution,  and  geological  age. 

Physical  Geography.     Climate. 

(0  The  leading  features  of  Physical  Geography  : — by  what  natural 
processes,  with  what  measures  of  force,  and  during  what  periods  of 
time,  the  characteristic  phenomena  have  been  occasioned. 

(k)  The  Temperature  of  the  Earth,  at  attainable  depths,  in  relation  to 
ancient  and  modern  climate. 

Paleontology. 

(/)  The  Flora  and  Fauna  of  the  Land  in  a  limited  geological  period,  as 
for  example  the  period  of  the  Stonesfie'd  Oolite. 

(m)  The  Fauna  of  the  Sea  in  a  limited  geological  period,  as  for 
example  the  Cambro-Silurian  period, 
(n)  Or  the  Lower  Cietaceous  period. 

(o)  The  Carboniferous  Flora  of  Britain  ;  origin  of  the  coal,  and  of  the 
accompanying  strata;  dislocations;  dykes;  quantity  of  coal;  depth  of 
working;  rate  of  consumption  ;  probable  duration. 

(/>)  Monographs  of  Groups  of  Organic  Remains,  specially  such  as 
belong  to  families  of  plants  and  animals  which  are  characteristic  of 
geological  periods,  or  have  become  comparatively  rare  in  existing  nature  ; 
for  example — 

The  Zamiacece,  Lepidodendra,  Sigillarirc,  among  Plants  ;  The  Cri- 
noidea,  Trilobitida,  Brachiopoda,  Cephalopoda,  among  Invertebrate 
Animals  ;  Megalosaurus,  Plesiosaurus,  Teleosaurus,  Rhamphorhynchus, 
among  reptiles ;  Ungulata  and  Marsupialia,  among  Mammalia. 

The  Books  and  Memoirs  named  in  the  following  list  are  suggested  as 

sufficient  to  guide  the  student  toward  a  right  general  view  of  the  several 

subjects  enumerated.   For  more  complete  references,  and  information  as  to 

researches  still  in  progress,  the  student  is  advised  to  consult  the  Professor. 

(a)  Rocks  generally — Bischof,  Chemical  and  Physical  Geology.     2  vols. 

Lond.,     1854-5.       Cotta,    Gesteinslehre,    1862 — translated    by 

Lawrence.     Vogelsang,  Mikroskopische  Gesteinsstudien,  1867. 

(6)  Stratified  Rocks — De   la    Beche,  Geological    Observer,    2nd  ed. 

Lond.,   1853.     Jukes'  and   other   Manuals  of  Geology.     Lyell, 

Principles  of  Geology,  iith  ed.  2  vols.,  1872. 

(c)  Unstratified  Rocks. — Jukes'  Manual  of  Geology,  3rd  ed.  Edinb., 
1872.  Naumann,  Lehrbuch  der  Geognosie,  1850;  Leonhardt 
und  Bronn,  N.  Jahrb.  1847.  Senft,  Classification  and  Descrip- 
tion of  Rocks,  1857 — abstract  in  Geol.  Soc.  Journ.  xiv.  I. 
(<f)  Metamorpbic  Rocks. — Bischof,  Chemical  and  Physical  Geology. 
2  vols.  Lond.,  1854-5.  Cotta,  Geologic  der  Gegenwart.  Leipzig, 
1 866.  Daubre"e,  Experiences  Synthetiques  sur  le  Metamorphisme. 


EXAMINATIONS  FOR  DEGREE  OF  B.A.    145 

Paris,  1860.  Delesse,  Etudes  sur  le  Metamorphisme.  Paris, 
x  Sterr\r  Hunt,  Reports  of  Canadian  Geological  Survey,  &c. 
Von  Buch,  Ann.  des  Sci.  Nat.  t.  xvii. 

(e)  Divisional  Structures. — A  Report  to  the  British  Association,  by 
Professor  Phillips,  1856,  On  Cleavage  and  Foliation  in  Rocks ; 
containing  references  to  special  researches  of  Sedgwick,  Sharpe, 
and  Sorby.  See  also  Memoirs  by  Haughton,  Hopkins  (1847), 
and  Tyndall. 

(/)  Mineral  Veins. — Cotta,  Gangstudien,  1847.  Fournet,  Etudes  sur 
les  D£p6ts  Metalliftres,  1835.  Henwood,  On  Metalliferous 
Deposits.  Penzance,  1871.  Taylor,  On  Mineral  Veins— a  Re- 
port to  the  British  Association,  1833.  "Werner,  On  Veins. 
Lond.,  1791. 

(g)  Earthquakes. —  Hopkins,  On  Theories  of  Elevation — in  Trans. 
Cambr.  Phil.  Soc.,  1837;  and  in  a  Report  to  the  British  Asso- 
ciation, 1847.  Mallet,  Catalogue  of  Earthquakes — in  Reports 
to  the  British  Association  begun  in  1847 — Neapolitan  Earth- 
quake, 1862. 

(b)  Volcanos. — Abich,  Vulcanische  Bildung,  1841.  Daubeny,  On 
Volcanos,  2nd  ed.  Lond.,  1848.  Dufrenoy  et  De  Beaumont,  Sur 
les  Crateres  de  Soulevement — Ann.  des  Mines,  1833.  Fouqu6, 
Rapports  sur  les  Phenoint-nes  chimiques  des  Volcans,  1866. 
Phillips,  On  Vesuvius.  Oxford,  1869.  Scrope,  Geology  of 
Central  France.  Lond.,  1848.  Von  Buch,  Die  Canarischen 
Inseln.  Berlin,  1825. 

(i)  Physical    Geography. — Agassiz,    Forbes,    Tyndall,     Moseley,    on 

Glaciers.    Ansted,  Herschel,  Somerville,  on  Physical  Geography. 

Beaumont,  E.  de,  Phil.  Mag.  et  Ann.  1831.    Darwin,  Geological 

Observations,  2nd  ed.    London,    1851.      Hopkins,   Address   to 

Geol.  Soc.  1853.     Lyell,  Principles  of  Geology,  nth  ed.    2  vols. 

72.     Playfair,  Illustrations  of  the  Huttonian  Theory. 

Ramsay,  Memoirs  of  Geol.  Survey,  1866.    Studer 

et  Desor,  Sur  les  Alpes — Bibl.  Univ.  de  Geneve,  1842. 

(k)  Temperature  of  the  Earth. — Cordier,  Essai  sur  la  Temperature  de 
Tlnt^rieur   de   la   Terre— Ann.   du    Mus.    1827.     Fox,   On    the 
Temperature  of  Mines— Geol.  Soc.  of  Cornwall,  vols.  ii.  and  iii. 
>vood,  On  Subterranean  Temperature,  1871.     Phillips.  1836, 
•<•«,    1871,    1872— in    Reports   of  the    British    Association. 
Quetelet,  On  Diurnal  and  Annual  Variations  of  Earth-Tempera- 
ture—Mi -I.  l   Brussels,  1837.     Thomson  and  Tait,  Trea- 
It  I'liil..  vol.  i.  j>.  711.    Oxford,  i 

(/)  Stone*/!*!,:'  ,  and  Lycett,  On  Great 

Oolr  gem.     of    Pal.    Soc.).     Oppd,    lYl-er    cinige 

Cephalopodenderjuraformrit ion  \Vut  Amimik.  1856. 

in  Geology  of  Oxford  and  the  Valley  of  the  Thames. 

Oxford,  1871.     Quci  Jura.    TBbffig.,  1858. 

(ro)  Cambro-Silurian  Fauna.— Barrande,  Sy»l.  Siluiicn  tin  centre  de  lot 

L 


146  EXAMINATIONS. 

Boheme.  Prague,  1852-70.  Bigsby,  Thesaurus  Siluricus.  Lond., 
is68.  Hall,  (leology  of  New  York.  Albany,  1852.  Murchiscui. 
Siluria.  4th  edit.  Lond.,  1867.  Sedgwick,  Palccozoic  Fossils  in 
Cambridge  Museum.  Cambr.,  1855. 

(n)  Lower  Cretaceous  Period. — Austen,  Morris,  and  Sharpe,  in  Journal 
of  Geol.  Soc.  Davidson,  On  Brachiopoda— Mem.  of  Pal.  Soc. 
D'Orbigny,  Paleontologie  Frar^aise.  Paris,  1840-67.  Fitton, 
On  Beds  below  the  Chalk — Trans.  Geol.  Soc.,  1836.  Wright,  On 
Echinodermata — Mem.  of  Pal.  Soc. 

(o)  Carboniferous  Flora. — Binney,  in  Pal.  Soc.  Memoirs.  Brongniart, 
Vegetaux  Fossiles.  Paris,  1828.  Carruthers.  Communications 
to  the  Geol.  Society.  Giippert,  Systema  Filicum  Fossilium.  iS?s. 
Hooker,  in  Memoirs  of  Geol.  Survey.  Hull,  On  the  Coal-fields 
of  Great  Britain.  Lond.,  1861.  Lindley  arid  Hutton,  F<»sil 
Flora.  Lond.,  1829-37.  Sternberg,  Flora  der  Vorwelt.  Leipzig, 
1820. 

(p)  Monographs  of  Organic  Remains. — Books  and  Memoirs  on  these 
and  other  groups  of  Fossils  are  too  numerous  to  specify.  Can- 
didates may  be  advised  to  apply  to  the  Professor  of  Geology  for 
references  adapted  to  the  several  cases. 

C.  ZOOLOGY. 

Candidates  offering  Zoology  will  be  required  to  show  a  thorough 
acquaintance  with  the  following  subjects  : — 

1.  The  general   principles  of  classification,  applied   to  the   animal 
kingdom,  together  with  a  comparison  of  the  more  important  systems 
hitherto  proposed  for  this  purpose. 

2.  The  structure  and  habits  of  animals,  with  especial   reference  to 
their  external  organs. 

3.  The  types  of  extinct  animals,  in  order  to  show  their  position  and 
relationship  with  existing  groups. 

And  for  more  special  subjects — 

a.  The  classification,  geographical  distribution,  affinities,  economy, 
transformations,  and  development  of  the  animals  comprised  in  some 
one  or  more  of  the  families,  genera,  or  individual  species  of  animals ; 
with   practical   illustrations,    by   dissection   and   delineation,   of    their 
structure. 

b.  The  minute  details  of  structure  of  special  individual  organs  may 
also  be  practically  shown  and  illustrated  by  dissection  ;  e.  g. — 

The  organs  of  flight  throughout  the  Insecta. 

The  mouth  organs  in  the  Crustacea. 

The  embryonic  and   metamorphic   changes    occurring   in  one   or 

more  of  the  species  of  any  family,  especially  amongst  the  In- 

vertebrata. 

c.  The  student   may   also   offer   himself  for   examina     n    upon   the 
Fauna  of  any  district  in  the  British  islands ;  e.  g. — 


EXAMINATIONS  FOR   DEGREE  OF   B.A.          147 

The  animals  of  the  Isis  and  Cherwell. 

The    indigenous    invertebrated    Fauna   of    the  neighbourhood  of 

Oxford. 

The  literature  of  Zoology  is  so  extensive,  and  the  number  of  special 
monographs  on  nearly  every  branch  of  the  subject  is  so  great,  that  it 
will  in  nil  i  i^ahle  for  the  student  to  apply  to  his  Tutor  or  to 

the  Professor  of  Zoology  for  references  to  the  best  works  and  memoirs 
a ry  for  working  out  the  particular  subject  which  he  may  desire 
to  study.     The  following  list  is  appended  for  the  assistance  of  Zoolo- 
gical Students. 

1 .  General  Modes  of  Study — Linnceus,  Philosophia  Botanica.  Vindob., 

1770.  Fabricius,  Philosophia  Entomologica.  Hamb.,  1778,  (the 
chapters  on  the  general  subjects  of  Classification,  Nomenclature, 
and  Terminology  applicable  to  the  Animal  Kingdom).  Also  the 
chapters  on  the  same  subjects  in  the  works  of  Illiger,  Versuch 

matischen  Terminologie.  Helmstadt,  1800 ;  Van  der  Hoeven, 
Philosophia  Zoologica.  Lugd.  Batav.,  1864:  Kirby  and  Spence, 
Introduction  to  Entomology,  vol.  IV ;  and  Burmeister,  Hanclbuch 
der  Entomologie,  translated  by  Shuckard.  Agassiz,  Methods  of 

:y  in  Natural  History,  Boston,  1860;  and  Essay  on  Classifi- 
cation, London,  1859. 

2.  General  Zoology — Linnaeus,  Systema   Naturse,  ijth  ed.  Vindob., 

-.  Cuvicr.  Le  Regne  Animal,  especially  the  Crochard  edition, 
20  vols.,  with  Plates  of  all  the  genera.  Van  der  Hoeven,  Hand- 
book of  Zoology,  translated  by  Clark,  2  vols.  1856 ;  or  Nicholson, 

'.iiuial  cf /oology.  8vo.  London,  1870.  The  series  of  French 
works  known  as  *  Nouvelles  Suites  k  Buffon.'  Van  Voorst's 
s  of  British  Zoology,  by  Bell,  Van  ell,  Forbes,  Johnston,  and 
others.  Kirby.  Bridgewater  Treatise.  2  vols.  London,  1835. 
BurmeisU;  <  her  Hand-Alias.  Fol.  Berlin,  1835.  Victor 

Cams,  Icones  Zootomicac.  Fol.  Leipzig,  1857. 

3.  Fo&til  Zoology — Gervais,  Zoologie  et  Paleontologie  generates.  410. 

B,  1869.     Gervais,  Xoologie  et  Paleontologie  francaise.  410. 

Paris,  i  Sfy.     Pictet,  Trail*-  de  Palc-ontologie,  et  Atlas.  2me  Edition, 

4  v  1857.      Owen,  various   memoirs  on  Fossil 

.   and    Reptiles,   in    Transactions   of  Royal    and 

n  r    les    Poissons 

nd  fol.  Neuchatel,  1833-      .  Salter.  in  Mem.  Geol. 
2,  7,  and    11,1849-64.      Banande,  Syst.  Silurien 
ne.     Vol.  I.  Prague,  1852.     Burmeister,  On  Trilobites 
(Ray  Soci- 

•.•/<i-— Schreibcr  ur  Abbil- 

ciungcn  n:  ,        i  .          \\atrrhouse, 

l:tia.     2   Vols.    Loiulnll.    1846- 

48.      1  »alill»<iTi;  '.  familias  regni  aninialis  nav. 

icface, 

and  chaj'  Cata- 

logues of  various   families  of   Mammalia,  also  of  Snakes  and 


148  EXAMINATIONS. 

Lizards.  A.  Murray,  The  Geographical  Distribution  of  Animals. 
London,  1866.  G.  R.  Gray,  The  Genera  of  Birds,  3  vols.  4to.; 
and  Catalogues  of  Birds,  published  by  the  Trustees  of  the  British 
Museum.  Montagu,  Ornithological  Dictionary.  London,  1866. 
Jerdon,  Birds  of  India.  3  vols.  Calcutta,  1862-64.  Giinther, 
British  Museum  Catalogues  of  Fishes,  vols.  i-viii,  and  of  the 
Batrachia  Salientia.  Couch,  Fishes  of  the  British  Islands. 
London,  1862-65.  Miiller,  On  Ganoid  Fishes,  in  Trans.  Acad. 
Sci.  Berlin,  1844.  English  Trans,  in  Taylor's  Scientific  Memoirs, 
vol.  iv.  pp.  499-543- 

Invertebrate — Savigny,  M^moires  sur  les  Animaux  sans  Vertebres. 
2  Parts.  Paris,  1 8 16.  Strauss-Durckheim,  Considerations  gen«rales 
sur  1' Anatomic  compare  des  Animaux  Articules.  4  to.  Paris, 
1823.  Dana,  The  Crustacea  of  the  United  States'  Exploring  Ex- 
pedition, with  folio  Atlas  of  Plates.  Philadelphia,  1852.  Baird, 
British  Entomostraca  (Ray  Society).  8vo.  London,  1850.  Dar- 
win, Monograph  on  Cirripedia  (Ray  Society),  2  vols.,  8vo.  1851 
and  1854;  and  on  Fossil  Cirripedia,  2  vols.,  410.  1851  and  1854 
(Palaeontogr.  Soc.).  Packard,  Guide  to  the  Study  of  Insects. 
and  edition.  Salem,  1870  (including  recent  and  fossil  groups). 
twood,  Introduction  to  Mod.  Classif.  of  Insects.  London, 
1839-40.  Kirby,  Monographia  Apum  Angliae.  2  vols.  Ipswich, 
1803.  Blackwall.  British  Spiders  (Ray  Society).  Fol.  Lond., 
1861.  Woodward,  Manual  of  Mollusca.  Lond.,  1866.  Forbes 
and  Hanley,  History  of  British  Mollusca.  4  vols.  London,  1853. 
Lovell  Reeve,  Conchologia  Systematic^.  4to.  London,  1841. 
Mrs.  Gray,  Figures  of  Molluscous  Animals.  5  vols.  8vo.  London, 
1857.  Semper,  Reisen  in  Archipel  der  Philippinen — (i)  Holo- 
thurien,  (2)  Landmollusken,  (3)  Phyllobranchidrc,  1871,  (4) 
yEolidien,  1870.  Leipzig,  1868-71.  Alder  and  Hancock,  Mono- 
graph of  Nudibranchiate  Mollusca  (Ray  Society).  Lond.,  1845. 
Lacaze  DuthierSj  Histoire  Naturelle  du  Corail.  Svo.  Paris,  1864. 
Forbes,  On  Naked-eyed  Medusae.  4to.  London,  1848.  Cobbold, 
On  Entozoa.  London,  1864,  and  Suppl.  1869.  Greene,  Manuals 
of  Coelenterata,  Lond.,  1861,  and  Protozoa,  Lond.,  1863. 

b  and  c — Sir  Charles  Bell,  Bridgewater  Treatise  on  the  Hand. 
London,  1833.  Strickland  and  Melville,  The  Dodo  and  its 
Kindred.  London,  1848.  Van  der  Hoeven,  Recherches  sur 
1'Hist.  Nat.  des  Limules.  Fol.  Leyden,  1838.  Owen,  Memoir 
on  Limulus — Trans.  Linn.  Soc.  1872.  Lyonnet, Traite  anatomique 
de  la  Chenille,  &c.,  4to.  La  Haye,  1762 ;  also  his  posthumous  me- 
moirs published  by  De  Haan,  including  the  Pupa  and  Imago  of 
Cossus.  4to.  Paris,  1832.  Chabrier,  Sur  le  Vol  des  Insectes.  410. 
Paris,  1823.  Schiodte,  On  Structure  of  Mouth  of  Crustacea,  in 
Kroyer's  Naturhistorisk  Tidsskrift,  Ser.  iii.  vol.  iv,  translated  in 
Annals  of  Nat.  History,  January  1868. 


EXAMINATIONS   FOR   DEGREE  OF   B.A.  149 


D.     BOTANY. 

Candidates  offering  Botany  will  be  required  to  show  a  thorough 
acquaintance  with  the  following  subjects : — 

i .  Structural  and  Physiological  Botany,  together  with  dissections  and 
descriptions  of  preparations,  illustrating  the  minute  structure  and  organs 
of  plants. 

a.  The  Principles  of  Systematic  Botany,  with  a  knowledge  of  the 
leading  characters  of  the  more  important  Natural  Orders. 

3.  Of  Geographical  and  Geological  Botany,  so  much  as  is  contained, 
for  example,  in  Henfrey's  'Elementary  Course'  (2nd  ed.),or  in  Balfour's 
'  Manual  of  Botany.' 

4.  The  technical  description  of  specimens  of  plants. 

The  following  Books  are  provisionally  recommended : — Henfrey,  Ele- 
mentary Course  of  Botany,  and  ed.,  by  Dr.  Masters.  London, 
lialfour,  Manual  of  Botany,  last  ed.  Edinburgh.     Asa  Gray,  The 
Botanical  Text-Book,  last  ed.  New  York.     Bentley,^  Manual  of 
MV,    2nd  ed.    London,    1870.      P.   Duchartre,  Elements  de 
Botanique.  Paris,  1867.     Emm.  Le  Maout  et  J.  Decaisne,  Traite 
ral  de  Botanique.  Paris.  In  course  of  translation.    Berkeley, 
Cryptogamic  Botany.    London,  1857.      Julius  Sachs,   Lehrbuch 
der   Botanik.    Leipzig,    1870.      Lindley,    Vegetable    Kingdom, 
London,  1853.     Lindley,  Descriptive  Botany.  London. 


6.  Honour  School  of  Jurisprudence. 

i.  GENERAL  REGULATIONS. 

1.  The    Examination   in   the   School   of  Jurisprudence   shall 

include — 
(i)  General  Jurisprudence ; 

History  of  English  Law  ; 

(3)  Such  departments  of  Roman  Law,  and  (if  the  Board  of 

lies  shall  think  fit)  such  departments  of  English 
Law,  as  may  be  specified  from  time  to  time  by  the 
Board  ; 

(4)  International   Law,  or  some  department  of  it  specified 

by  tin-    Board   of  Studies.     This  may  be  omitted   by 
'10  do  not  aim  at  a  place  in  the  FiiM  <>r 

2.  The   Boar  >,clude    in    the    I-".xainin:ilion, 
either  as  necessary  or  as  «                 ihcr  subjects  which  the;. 


I$0  EXAMINATIONS. 

deem  suitable  to  be  studied  in  connection  with  Jurisprudence; 
and  may,  if  they  shall  judge  it  advisable,  require  that  Candidates 
who  have  not  been  classed  in  any  other  School  shall  take  in 
additional  books  or  subjects,  or  produce  evidence  of  having  been 
previously  examined  in  such  additional  books  or  subjects.  The 
Board  may  prescribe  books  or  portions  of  books  in  any  language. 
3.  Subject  to  such  regulations  as  the  Board  may  make  from 
time  to  time,  select  portions  of  Historical  study,  approved  by 
the  Board  of  Historical  Studies,  may  be  substituted  by  Candi- 
dates for  portions  of  Legal  study ;  provided  that  no  Candidate 
shall  be  allowed  to  offer  in  the  School  of  Jurisprudence  any  select 
portion,  whether  of  Legal  or  Historical  study,  which  he  has 
already  offered  in  the  School  of  Modern  History. 

2.  REGULATIONS  OF  THE  BOARD  OF  STUDIES. 

1.  GENERAL  JURISPRUDENCE. 

Candidates  are  recommended  to  read  Austin  on  Jurisprudence,  Third 
Edition  (Campbell's),  1869. 

Vol.  i.     Omitting  Lectures  II,  III,  IV. 
Vol.  ii.  Lectures  XLVI— LII,  omitting  all  the  rest. 
Also  Bentham's  '  Theory  of  Legislation,'  translated  from  the  French 
of  Etienne  Dumont  (London,  Triibner),  omitting  in  'Principles  of  the 
Civil  Code,'   Part  III,  ch.  5 ;  in  •  Principles  of  the  Penal  Code,'  Parts 
II  and  IV. 

2.  HISTORY  OF  ENGLISH  LAW. 
(o)  History  of  Constitutional  Law. 

The  following  Statutes  should  be  carefully  studied  :— Constitutions 
of  Clarendon.    Magna  Carta.    Statute  of  Westminster  II,  13  Ed. 

1,  c.  24.     Petition  of  Right.     Habeas  Corpus  Act,  31  Car.  II,  c. 

2.  Bill  of  Rights,  i  W.  &  M.  st.  2.  2.     Act  of  Settlement,  i  z  «Nr 
13  Will.  Ill,  c.  2. 

Candidates  will  be  expected  to  be  acquainted  with  the  present  con- 
stitution of  Parliament  and  of  the  Courts  of  Justice. 

The  history  of  Constitutional  Law  may  be  read  in  the  following 
books  : — Mr.  Stubbs'  '  Select  Charters  Illustrative  of  English  History  ' 
(the  original  documents,  with  the  notes  and  introductions,  should  be 
consulted  and  referred  to  on  the  more  important  points  rather  than 
minutely  studied);  Blackstone's  Commentaries,  Book  I,  chaps.  2  to  13 
inclusive,  or  Stephen's  Commentaries,  Book  IV,  Part  i.  Book  V,  chaps. 
3  to  6  inclusive.  Reference  may  also  be  made  to  the  chapters  on  the 
English  Constitution  in  Hallam's  Middle  Ages,  and  to  Hallam's  Con- 
stitutional History. 


i:\AMINATIONS   FOR   DEGREE  OF   B.A.  151 

It  will  be  observed  that  the  above-mentioned  books  are  specified  in 
order  to  indicate  to  students  the  sources  from  which  a  knowledge  of  the 
subject  may  be  obtained,  but  that  the  books  as  such  will  not  form  part  of 

.mination. 
(6>  History  of  the  Law  of  Real  Property. 

The  following  Statutes  should  be  carefully  studied :—  Magna  Carta, 
Statute  of  Merton,  20  Hen.  Ill,  c.  4.  De  Religiosis,  7  Ed.  I. 
De  Donis  Conditionalibus,  13  Ed.  I,  c.  i.  Quia  Emptores, 
18  Ed.  I,  c.  i.  15  Richard  II,  c.  5.  Statute  of  Uses  and  Wills, 
j  -  Hen.  VIII.  c.  10,  s.  i.  Statute  of  Enrolments,  27  Hen.  VIII. 
c.  10.  Statutes  of  Wills,  32  Hen.  VIII.  c.  i,  and  34  &  35  Hen. 
VIII,  c.  5.  Act  for  the  Abolition  of  Feudal  Tenures,  12  Car. 
II,  c.  24.' 

The  history  of  the  Law  of  Real  Property  may  be  read  in  Blackstone's 
Commentaries,  Book  II,  or  Stephen's  Commentaries,  Vol.  I,  Book  II, 
Part  I.  Williams  on  the  Law  of  Real  Property  may  also  be  re- 
ferred to. 

..—If  the  original  text  of  Blackstone  be  read  either  for  the  history 
of  Constitutional  Law  or  for  the  history  of  the  Law  of  Real  Property 
(which  is  recommended),  some  other  book,  such  as  Stephen's  Com- 
mentaries, should  be  consulted  for  the  principal  changes  in  the  law 

.  to  the  present  time. 

Candidates  will  not  be  expected  to  show  a  minute  acquaintance  with 
the  details  of  the  Law  of  Real  Property  as  it  stands,  but  to  possess  a 
general  knowledge  of  the  principles  which  are  of  the  greatest  practical 
importance  at  the  present  day,  of  the  leading  historical  changes  it  has 
undergone,  and  of  the  relation  of  those  changes  to  the  general  history 
of  England. 

3.  ROMAN  LAW. 

The  Commentaries  of  Gaius.       The  Institutes  of  Justinian. 

4.  INTERNATTONAL  LAW. 

Until  Easter  Term   1^74,  inclusive,  Candidates  will  be  examined  in — 
(a)  The  General  History  of  International  Law  anterior  to  1750. 
(6)  The  Law  respecting  the  Sea,  Ships,  and  Navigable  Rivers  in 

time  of  JM 
They  may  consult  and  refer  to  Wheaton's  History  of  International 

md  cither  of  the  following  books  ;  viz.  T\\  is>\  International 
i,r   \\  ooUey's   Introduction  to   International   I-aw.     On  subject  (b)  the 
'1  Book  of  Ortolan's  Diplomatic  de  la  Mer  may  be  studied  with 
•dnul 

In    V  :in  1874,  and  until   further  notice,  the  following 

subjects  will  be  substituted  for  those  mentioned  above  under  this  head, 
viz.  :  — 

International    Law   fiom   the   Peace  of 
•  sent  time. 
(6)  The  Rights  and  Duties  of  Neutrals. 


I$2  EXAMINATIONS. 

7.  Honour  School  of  Modern  History, 
i.  GENERAL  REGULATIONS. 

1.  The  Examination  in  the  School  of  Modern  History  shall 
'always  include — 

(1)  The  continuous  History  of  England; 

(2)  General  History  during  some  period,  selected  by  the 
Candidate  from  periods  to  be  named  from  time  to  time 
by  the  Board  of  Studies ; 

(3)  A  special  portion  of   History  or  a  special   Historical 
subject,   carefully   studied  with   reference  to  original 
authorities. 

2.  Every  Candidate  shall  be  required  to  have  a  knowledge  of 
Political  Economy,  of  Constitutional  Law,  and  of  Political  and 
Descriptive  Geography. 

3.  A  subject  or  period  of  Literature  may  also  be  added  as  an 
optional  subject. 

4.  Candidates  proposing  to  offer  any  special  portion  of  History, 
or  any  special  Historical  subject,  or  any  subject  or  period  of 
Literature  not  included  in  the  list  suggested  by  the  Board  of 
Studies,  must  submit  it  to  the  approval  of  the  Board,  six  months 
before  the  Examination. 

5.  Subject  to  such  regulations  as  the  Board  of  Studies  may 
make  from  time  to  time,  select  portions  of  Law,  approved  by  the 
Board  of  Legal  Studies,  may  be  substituted  by  Candidates  for  the 
special  portions  of  History  or  special  Historical  subject  required 
to  be  offered ;  provided  that  no  Candidate  shall  be  allowed  to 
offer  in  the  School  of  Modern  History  any  select  portion,  whether 
of  Legal  or  of  Historical  study,  which  he  has  already  offered  in 
the  School  of  Jurisprudence.    . 

6.  The  Examination  in  the  special  portion  of  History  or  special 
Historical  subject,  or  in  the  select  portion  of  Law  substituted  as 
above,  may  be  omitted  by  Candidates  who  do  not  aim  at  a  place 
in  the  First  or  Second  Class. 

7.  The   Board   of  Studies  may  include  in  the  Examination, 
either  as  necessary  or  as  optional,  other  subjects  which  they  may 
deem  suitable  to  be  studied  in  connection  with  Modern  History, 
and  may  prescribe  books  or  portions  of  books  in  any  language. 


.MINATIONS   FOR   DEGREE   OF   B.A.          153 


2.  REGULATIONS  OF  THE  BOARD  OF  STUDIES. 

i.  Candidates  who  intend  to  present  themselves  for  examination  are, 
until  further  notice,  desired  to  offer — 

I.  The  History  of  England  to  the  Accession  of  Queen  Victoria. 

II.  One  of  the  following  periods  of  general  History,  to  be  studied  in 

the  best  modern  writers : — 
i.  A.D.     476—1272. 
j.  A.D.  1000 — 1559. 

3.  A.D.  1400—1648. 

4.  A.D.  1600—1815. 

III.  (In  the  case  of  those  Candidates  who  aim  at  a  place  in  the  First 
or   Second   Class)  a  special   portion   of  History   or    Historical 
subject,  carefully  studied  with  reference  to  original  authorities. 

A.  The  following  subjects  or  portions  of  History  are  suggested  by 

the  Board  for  the  option  of  Candidates  : — 

(1)  The  Age  of  Charles  the  Great  and  his  Dynasty. 

(2)  The  contest  concerning  Investitures  (from  the  rise  of  HiUk- 

brand  to  the  Concordat  of  Worms). 

(3)  The  Age  of  Lewis  the  Eleventh  and  Charles  the  Eighth. 

(4)  The  Great  Rebellion  (down  to  the  Restoration). 

(5)  The   Establishment  of  the   English   Power  in  India  (A.D. 

1784 — 1 806). 

(6)  The  French  Revolution  (down  to  the  First  Consulate). 

B.  Candidates  proposing  to  offer  any  other  Historical  subject  or 

portion  of  History  must  give  notice  six  months  before  the  Ex- 
amination, and  obtain  the  approval  of  the  Board  of  Studies, 
application  by  a  Candidate  proposing  to  offer  a  special 
ject  or  period  not  included  in  the  list  suggested  by  the  Board 
of  Studies,  must  be  accompanied  by  a  statement  of  the  books, 
documents,  and  other  authorities  which  the  Candidate  proposes 
to  use. 

he  following  portions  of  Legal  Study  (to  be  studied  as  directed 
lor    the   School  of   Jurisprudence) 

may   be   substituted  by   Candidates   for     the  special  portion 
:ical  subject  required  to  be  offered: — 

(1)  The  History  of  the  Law  of  Real  i 

(2)  The  General  History  of  International  I^iw. 

i  the  case  of  a  Candidate  offering  a  special  Mil.jict  or 

oilier  than  the  above  suggested  sul»je<: 
-.-red  4  an 
within  the  period  of  General  History  offered  by  him. 


154  EXAMINATIONS. 

2.  With  respect  to  the  above  three  heads  of  examination,  the  Board 
of  Studies,  for  the  assistance  of  Students,  and  for  the  purpose  of  indi- 
cating the  general  extent  and  character  of  the  course  of  study  which  the 
Examination  in  this  School  will  require,  publishes  the  following  recom- 
mendations. 

I.    The    History   of  England. 

A.  The   Constitutional    History   may  be  read  in — Stubbs'    Select 

Charters.  Hallam's  Middle  Ages  (ch.  viii.  part  3,  and  notes  to 
c.  viii).  Hallam's  Constitutional  History.  May's  Constitu- 
tional History. 

B.  The  General  History  may  be  read  in — 

(i)  Lappenberg's  Anglo-Saxon  and  Anglo-Norman  Kings,  with 
Freeman's  Old-English  History.  Lingard's  History  of 
England,  from  Henry  II  (with  Mackintosh's  History  for  the 
i<criod  of  the  Reformation).  For  the  period  after  the  Revo- 
lution of  1688  no  books  are  recommended,  but  Candidates 
are  required  to  supplement  their  study  of  Hallam  and  May 
by  an  adequate  knowledge  of  the  continuous  political 
history. 

(a)  (For  Candidates  acquainted  with  German) — Lappenberg  and 
Pauli's  Geschichte  von  England;  Ranke's  Englische  Ges- 
chichte. 

In  illustration  of  the  social  and  literary  history,  Knight's  Popular 
History  of  England  may  be  referred  to. 

N.B.  The  History  of  England  must  be  taken  to  include  the  Growth 
of  the  English  Colonies,  to  be  read  in  Bancroft's  History  of  the 
American  Colonies  and  Heeren's  Political  System. 

II.  Periods  of  General  History. 

(1)  The  period  from  A.D.  476  to  A.D.  1272  maybe  read  in — Gibbon's 

Decline  and  Fall  (ch.  xxxviii-lxii  and  ch.  Ixix).  Milman's 
Latin  Christianity  (Book  III-XI,  ch.  iii,  and  Book  XIV), 
Hallam's  Middle  Ages  (except  ch.  viii).  Michelet,  Histoire  de 
France.  Finlay's  Byzantine  Empire.  Guizot,  Histoire  de  la 
Civilisation  en  France.  Guizot,  Histoire  de  la  Civilisation  en 
Europe. 

(2)  The  period  from  A.D.  1000  to  A.D.  1559  may  be  read  in — 

Gibbon's  Decline  and  Fall  (ch.  Ivi-lxxi.)  Milman's  Latin 
Christianity  (Books  VI-XIV).  Hallam's  Middle  Ages  (ex- 
cept ch.  viii).  Robertson's  Charles  the  Fifth.  Creasy's  History 
of  the  Ottoman  Turks.  Ranke's  History  of  the  Popes. 
Ranke's  History  of  Germany  during  the  period  of  the  Reforma- 
tion. Ranke's  History  of  the  Civil  Wars  in  France,  the  Intro- 
ductory Chapters. 
For  the  literary  and  artistic  history  of  the  above  two  periods,  Sis- 

mondi,   Histoire   de   la   Literature  du  Midi,   and   Lanzi's    History   of 

Painting  may  be  referred  to. 


KX  AM  I  NATIONS   FOR   DEGREE   OF   B.A.  155 

(3)  The  period  from  A.D.  1400  to  A.D.  1648  may  be  read  in — 

Hallam's  Middle  Ages.  Robertson's  Charles  the  Fifth.  Creasy 's 
History  of  the  Ottoman  Turks.  Ranke's  History  of  the  Popi-s. 
Rank..  of  Germany  during  the  period  of  the  Reforma- 

tion. Ranke's  History  of  the  Civil  Wars  in  France.  Heeren's 
Political  System.  Coxe's  House  of  Austria.  Carlyle's  Fried- 
rich  II  (Books  I,  II.  and  III).  Elphinstone's  History  of  India. 

(4)  The  period  from  A.D.  1600  to  A.D.  1815  may  be  read  in — 

Heeren's  Political  System.  Coxe's  House  of  Austria.  Ranke's 
History  of  the  Popes.  Voltaire,  Siecle  de  Louis  XIV.  Car- 
lyle's Friedrich  II.  Lanfrey's  History  of  Napoleon  I.  Elphin- 
stone's History  of  India. 

For  the  general  and  literary  history  of  the  period,  Schlosser's  History 
of  the  Eighteenth  Century  may  be  referred  to. 

III.  Special  subjects  and  periods. 

(i)  The  Age  of  Charles  the  Great  and  his  Dynasty  (A.D.  750-888) 
is  to  be  studied  in — Einhardi  Vita  Karoliet  Annales.  Nithardi 
Historic.  Jaffa's  Monumenta  Carolina. 

(a)  The  contest  concerning  Investitures  (from  the  rise  of  Hildebrand 
to  the  Concordat  of  Worms)  is  to  be  studied  in — Lamberti 
Hersfeldensis  Annales.  Eadmeri  Vita  Anselmi.  Eadmeri 
Hi-toria  Novella.  Jaffa's  Monumenta  Gregoiiana. 

(3)  The  Age  of  Lewis  the  Eleventh  and  Charles  the  Eighth  is  to 
be  studied  in — Memoires  de  Philippe  deCommynes.  Chastelain, 
Chronique  des  dues  de  Bourgogne.    Machiavelli,  II  Principe. 
Machiavelli,  L'Arte  della  Guerra. 

(4)  The  Great  Rebellion  (down  to  the  Restoration)  is  to  be  studied 

in — Clarendon's  History  of  the  Rebellion.  May's  History  of 
the  Long  Parliament.  Whitelocke's  Memoirs.  The  Fairfax 
Papers.  Cromwell's  Letters  and  Speeches. 

(5)  The  K>tabli>hment  of  the  English  Power  in  India  (1784-1806) 

is  to  be  studied  in — Wilson's  Mill's  History  of  British  India. 
vols.  v.  and  vi.  Malcolm's  Political  History  of  India,  vol.  i. 
Grant  Huff's  Hi-tory  of  the  Mahrattas,  vol.  iii.  Wilks' 
•y  of  Mysoor,  vols.  ii.  and  iii.  Selections  from  the 
Cornwallis  Despatches.  Selections  from  the  Wellesiey  De- 
spau 

(6)  The  French  Revolution  (down  to  the  First  Consulate,    A.P. 

be  studied  in  -  Schmidt,  Tableaux  dr  la  Revo- 
lution illy.  M«  n  .  M.  mi»iiv>. 
Pont&oulant.  Souvenir-.  hi-tcii.|tu  >.  Mirabeati.  M.'moiie-.. 
Napoleon's  C«  ce. 

3.  (  <>n  entering  their  names  for  the   Examination    in   this 

'      '  ! 

H  Historical   subject  whii-h 

|>ortion  or  v,  the 

books  and  authorities  which  they  have  used  for  the  study  of  it 


1 5  6  EXAMINATIONS. 

4.  A  subject  or  period  of  Literature  may,  at  the  option  of  Candidates, 
be  offered  in  addition  to  the  above-mentioned  stated  subjects  of  Ex- 
amination. Under  this  head  Candidates  may  offer  any  one  of  the 
following : — 

(1)  The  Elizabethan  Period  of  Literature,  the  Historical  Plays  of 

Shakespeare  to  be  studied  minutely. 

(2)  The  Age  of  Lewis  the  Fourteenth,  the  Plays  of  Moliere  to  be 

studied  minutely. 

(3)  The  Age  of  Dante,  the  Purgatorio  to  be  studied  minutely. 
Candidates  desiring  to  offer  any  other  period  or  subject  of  a  like 

character  must  obtain  the  leave  of  the  Board  six  months  before  the 
Examination. 

= .  All  Candidates  will  be  required  to  have  a  knowledge  of  Political 
Economy,  of  Constitutional  Law,  and  of  Political  and  Descriptive 
Geography. 

The  subject  of  Political  Economy  may  be  read  in  Adam  Smith's 
Wealth  of  Nations,  or  in  Mill's  Principles  of  Political  Economy ;  and 
( '.uMlidates  will  be  expected  to  trace  the  working  of  economic  principles 
in  the  history  they  offer. 


8.  Honour  School  of  Theology. 

i.  GENERAL  REGULATIONS. 

1.  The  subjects  of  Examination   in   the   Honour  School  of 
Theology  shall  be  : — 

(1)  The  Holy  Scriptures. 

(2)  Dogmatic  and  Symbolic  Theology. 

(3)  Ecclesiastical  History  and  the  Fathers. 

(4)  The  Evidences  of  Religion. 

(5)  Liturgies. 

(6)  Sacred  Criticism,  and  the  Archaeology  of  the  Old  and 

New  Testaments. 

2.  The  Books  of  the  New  Testatnent  shall  be  studied  in  the 
Greek  text.     The  History  of  the  Church  and  of  the  Liturgies 
shall  likewise  be  studied  with  reference  to  original  authorities. 

3.  Elementary  knowledge  of  the  Hebrew  language  shall  have 
some  weight,  advanced  knowledge  shall  have  great  weight,  in 
the  distribution  of  Honours. 

Candidates  shall  be  permitted  to  offer  portions  of  the  Septu- 
agint  Version,  including  the  Apocryphal  Books  of  the  Old 
Testament. 


EXAMINATIONS   FOR   DEGREE  OF   B.A.  157 

4.  No  Candidate  shall  be  placed  in  the  First  Class  in  this 
School  unless  he  shall  have  proved  himself  well  acquainted  with 
the  contents  of  the  Old  and  New  Testaments,  with  Dogmatic 
Theology,  and  with  the  Exegesis  of  the  New  Testament,  and 
shall  have  also  shown  a  good  knowledge  of  two  at  least  of  the 
remaining  subjects  enumerated  above. 

But  no  Candidate  shall  obtain  Honours  unless,  in  addition  to 
a  knowledge  of  the  Rudiments  of  Faith  and  Religion,  he  shall 
have  given  proof  of  diligent  study  of  the  Epistles  of  Saint  Paul, 
and  also  of  either  Dogmatic  Theology,  or  Ecclesiastical  History, 
or  the  Evidences  of  Religion,  or  Liturgies,  or  the  Hebrew 
Language. 

2.  REGULATIONS  OF  THE  BOARD  OF  STUDIES. 

The  Divinity  Professors  and  Examiners  in  the  School  of 
Theology  appointed  as  a  Board  of  Studies  according  to  the 
Statute  of  May,  1869,  have  named  the  following  books  as  those 
*  accuratissima  diligentia  tractandos'  by  such  Members  of  the 
University  as  intend  to  offer  themselves  for  examination  in  1873, 
1874,  1875,  1876. 

I.  Biblia  Sacra— 

The  subject-matter  of  Exodus,  1873,  1874. 
The  subject-matter  of  Deuteronomy,  1875,  1876. 
The  subject-matter  of  the  two  Books  of  Kings,  1873. 
The  subject-matter  of  Jeremiah,  1874,  1875. 
The  subject-matter  of  I  and  II  Samuel,  1876. 

*  The  subject-matter  of  Isaiah. 

The  Gospel  according  to  St.  John,  1873,  1874,  1875,  1876. 
The  Gospel  according  to  St.  Matthew,  1874,  1875. 
The  Gospel  according  to  St.  Mark,  1876. 
The  Epistle  to  the  Hebrews,  1873,  1874. 

tie  of  St.  Paul  to  the  Galalians,  1875. 
The  Epistle  of  St.  James,  1875. 
The  Epistle  of  St.  Paul  to  the  Romans,  1876. 

Optional  Subjects.     (Hebrew) — 
Genesis  i  xxiv,  1*7.?,  1874. 

Deuteronomy,  except  ch.  xiv;    beginners  also  to  omit  ch.  xxxii, 
xxxiii;   1875,  1876. 

*  Kiiah  xl  Ixvi. 


158  EXAMINATIONS. 

(Septuagint) — 
Exodus,  1873,  187.1. 
Deuteronomy,  1875. 
Psalms  i-lxxii,  1873,  1874. 
Psalms  Ixxiii-cl,  1875. 

II.  Theologia  Dogmatics  atque   Symbolica  — 

S.  Cyrilli  Hierosol.  Catecheses,  1873,  1874. 

S.  Athanasii  Orationes  c.  Arianos,  1875,  1876. 

S.  Cyrilli  Alex.  Epistoloe  ad   Nestorium  II,  III,  et  Ep.  ad  Joan. 

Antioch.,  1875,  1876. 
S.  Irenrci  adv.  Htereses,  Lib.  Ill,  1873,  1874,  1875,  1876. 

*  The  XXXIX  Articles. 

*  Pearson  on  the  Creed. 

Hanlwick's  History  of  the  Thirty-nine  Articles,  1875,  1876. 
Bull's  Defensio  Fidei  Nicaense,  Books  I  and  II,  1873,  1874,  1875. 

III.  Historia  Ecclesiastica  et  Patristica — 

Eusebii  Hist.  Eccl.  II-IV,  1873. 

Eusebii  Hist.  Eccl.  V-VII,  1874. 

The  Extracts  preserved  in  Eusebii  Hist.  Eccl.  III-VI,  1875,  1876. 

Socratis  Hi>t.  Keel   III,  IV,  1873,  1874. 

Theodoreti  Hist.  Eccl.  IV,  V,  1875. 

*  Canons  of  four  first  General  Councils. 
Bede's  Ecclesiastical  History,  1875,  1876. 

Hadrian  and  Stubbs'  Councils  and  Ecclesiastical  Documents,  Part 

III,  1873.  1874. 

Epistola  ad  Diognetum,  1873,  1874. 
S.  Augustini  Confessiones,  1873. 
S.  Augustini  de  Catechizandis  rudibus,  1874. 
S.  Augustini  de  Fide  rerum  quae  non  videntur,  1874. 
S.  Augustini  de  Civ.  Dei,  XV-XIX,  1875,  1876. 

IV.  Apologetica— 

*  Butler's  Analogy. 

Origenis  contra  Celsum,  Lib.  I,  II,  III,  1875,  1876. 

Tertulliani  Apologia,  1873,  1874. 

Minucii  Felicis  Octavius  ^ed.  Holden),  1875. 

Hooker,  Eccl.  Pol.,  Book  I,  1873,  1874. 

Mill  on  the  Mythical  Interpretation  of  the   Gospels  (ed.  Webb), 

1874,  1875,  1876. 
Mozley  on  Miracles,  1875,  1876. 

V.  Liturgies, — 

The  Ancient  Liturgies,  1873,  1874,  1875,  1876. 

*  The  Book  of  Common  Prayer  and  Administration  of  the  Sacra- 

ments, &c.,  with   special  reference  to  its  sources  and  to  its 
successive  modifications. 
Hooker,  Book  V,  1873,  1874,  1875,  1876. 


EXAMINATION   FOR   DEGREE   OF  B.C.L.  159 

VI.  Critica  Sacra — 

\\i-tcott  on  the  Canon  of  the  New  Testament,  187.3,  1874,  1875, 

Scrivener's  Introduction  to  the  Criticism  of  the  New  Testament, 

74.  is;.;.  iS;6. 

Tregelles,  Canon  Muratorianus.  1873,  1874,  1875,  1876. 
The  Gospel  according  to  St.  John,  exact  criticism  of  chapters  i-x, 

The  Gospel  according  to  St.  Mark,  exact  criticism  of,  1874,  1875, 

1876. 

I  Corinthians  i-x,  exact  criticism  of,  1875. 
Hosea,  exact  criticism  of,  1875,  1876. 

The  Board  of  Studies  desires  to  point  out  that  the  Statute  renders  a 
knowledge  of  all  St.  Paul's  Epistles  obligatory,  as  also  of  the  four 
Gospels  and  the  Acts  of  the  Apostles  in  the  Original  Greek ;  and  that 
the  '  Rudimenta  Religionis'  involve  a  general  knowledge  of  the  contents 
of  the  Bible  and  of  the  XXXIX  Articles.  The  specification  of  a  book 
or  books  for  especial  study  is  not  intended  to  limit  the  examination  to 
that  book  or  books ;  and  the  Board  is  desirous  to  urge  on  all  who  are 
reading  for  the  School  the  importance  of  an  accurate  study  of  Holy 
Scripture. 

Except  in  the  case  of  those  who  seek  the  higher  Honours,  the  Examiners 
will  l>e  willing  to  examine  Candidates  who  offer  Biblia  Sacra,  Pearson 
on  the  Creed,  Butler's  Analogy,  The  Book  of  Common  Prayer,  and 
Hooker,  Book  V ;  but  it  is  recommended  that  to  this  list  be  added  the 
proposed  portion  of  Eusebius. 

Books  marked  \\  ith  an  asterisk  may  be  considered  as  practically  per- 
manent. 

2.   Examination  for  the  Degree  of  Bachelor  of 
Civil  Law. 

^bf  questions  set  by  thf  Examiners  in  'Trinity  Term,  1873,  have  been 
published  at  the  Clarendon  Press. 

1.  TIME. — The  Examination  is  held  once  a  year,  in  Trinity 
Term ;    the  precise  day  is   fixed  by  the   Vice-Chancellor,   and 
notified  in  the  University  Gazette. 

2.  CANDIDATES. — The  following  preliminary  conditions  must 
be  fulfilled  by  those  who  offer  themselves. 

(1)  They  must  have  been  admitted  to  the  decree  of  Bachelor 

of  Arts,  or  to  the  status  of  Student  of  Civil  Law. 

(2)  I  1  of  Studies  may   require  them   either  (n)  to 

Mined  Honours  in  the  Sehool  of  Jurisprud. 
•i]  if  tht  |  /ulified  by  standing  from  ob- 

taining such    Honours,  to  oiler  them  -rives  for  exami- 
nation in  that  School  in  the  usual  way,  and  to  sati-ty 


160  EXAMINATIONS. 

the  Examiners  that  their  work  is  such  as  to  entitle 
them,  but  for  such  disqualification,  to  a  place  in  the 
Class-list ;  or  (y)  to  take  in  such  additional  books 
or  subjects  recognized  in  the  Honour  School  of  Juris- 
prudence as  they  may  prescribe. 

[This  regulation,  although  made  by  the  Statute,  is  not  at 
present  in  actual  operation.] 

(3)  They  must  give  in  their  names  to  the  Superior  Bedel  of 

Law  seven  days  at  least  before  the  Examination, 
together  with  certificates  of  their  matriculation  and 
of  their  having  been  admitted  to  the  degree  of  B.A. 
or  to  the  status  of  S.G.L. :  and  must  at  the  same 
time  pay  a  fee  of  £r. 

(4)  They  must  give  notice  to  the  Regius  Professor  of  Civil 

Law  of  the  particular  subjects  in  which  they  offer 
themselves  to  be  examined,  four  weeks  at  least  before 
the  first  day  of  Trinity  Term. 

3.  SUBJECTS  OF  EXAMINATION. — These  are  four  in  number, 
i.  Jurisprudence,  General  or  Comparative:  2.  Roman  Law: 
3.  English  Law :  4.  International  Law.  The  following  are  the 
existing  regulations  of  the  Board  of  Studies : — 

I.  Jurisprudence,  General  or  Comparative. 
Candidates  will  be  examined  either  in 

Jurisprudence,  and  the  Theory  of  Legislation ; 
or  in 

Some  department  of  a  Foreign  Code,  to  be  compared  and  contrasted 
with  the  English  law  bearing  on  the  same  subject.  Candidates 
will  be  allowed  to  select  any  one  of  the  following  to  be  examined 
in  : — 

(1)  Indian  Penal  Code.  Chapters  xvi,  xvii,  xviii. 

(2)  French,  Code  Civil,  Livre  III,  Tit.  iii. 

(3)  German,  Allgemeines  Handelsgesetzbuch,  Viertes  Buch,  Titt. 

ii,  iii.  iv,  v  (erster  Abschnitt),  (artt.  337-421). 

(4)  Italian,  Codice  Civile,  Libro  I,  Tit.  v,  Libro  III,  Tit.  v. 

II.  Koman  Law. 

Candidates  will  be  examined  in  one  of  the  following  special  sub- 
jects : — 

(1)  The  Law  of  Family  Relations  (Father  and   Child,   Husband 

and  Wife). 

(2)  Ownership  and  Possession. 

(3)  The  theory  of  Contracts  generally. 

(4)  The  four  Consensual  Contracts. 

(5)  The  history  of  Roman  Legislation  and  Roman  Judicial  Institu- 

tions. 


EXAMINATION   FOR  DEGREE   OF   B.C.L.         l6l 

No  particular  books  are  recommended,  but  candidates  are  advised  to 
refer  as  frequently  as  they  can  to  Gaius  and  to  the  Titles  of  the  Digest 
which  bear  upon  the  special  subject  they  have  selected. 

In  particular,  reference  may  with  advantage  be  made  to  the  following 
Titles  of  the  Digest : — 

For  special  subject  No.  I.  to  the  Titles 

De  statu  hominum  (I.  5). 

De  his  qui  sui  vel  alieni  juris  sunt  (I.  6). 

De  adoptionibus  et  emancipationibus  (I.  7). 

Quod  cum  eo  qui  in  aliena  potestate  est  negotium  gestum  esse 
dicetur  (XIV.  5). 

De  ritu  nuptiarum  (XXIII.  2). 
For  special  subject  No.  2.  to  the  Titles 

De  acquirendo  rerum  dominio  (XLI.  i). 

De  acquirenda  vel  amittenda  possessione  (XLI.  2) 
For  special  subject  No.  3.  to  the  Titles 

De  pactis  (II.  14). 

De  obligationibus  et  actionibus  (XLIV.  7). 
For  special  subject  No.  4.  to  the  Titles 

De  contrahenda  emptione  (XVIII.  i). 

De  actionibus  empti  et  venditi  (XIX.  i). 
For  special  subject  No.  5.  to  the  Titles 

De  iustitia  et  iure  (I.  i). 

De  origine  Juris  (I.  a). 

De  legibus  Senatus  consultis  et  longa  consuetudine  (I.  3). 

De  constitutionibus  principum  (I.  4). 

III.  English  Law. 

Candidates  will  be  expected  to  show  such  a  general  knowledge  of  the 
leading  rules  of  the  English  Law  of  Property,  Family  Relations,  Con- 
tracts and  Torts,  as  may  be  gathered  from  Stephen's  Blackstone, 
\\illiams'  Treatises  on  Real  and  Personal  Property,  and  other  institu- 
tional works  of  a  similar  character. 

They  will  also  be  examined  in  two  special  subjects,  which  each  may 
iiimsclf  out  of  the  following  list,  under  this  restriction  only, 
that  both  subjects  may  not  be  taken  from  the  same  division : — 

Di% 

:  .il  principles  of  the  Law  of  Contracts. 
The  I **,•  of  Agency. 

(3)  The  Law  of 

(4)  General  principles  of  the  Law  of  Torts. 
Division  B. 

'  >utlines  of  the  Law  of  Real  Property, 
i  he  Law  of  Easements. 

(7)  Leading  Principles  of  Equity. 

(8)  The  Law  of  Trusts. 

(9)  The  Law  relating  to  Fraud. 


162  EXAMINATIONS. 

Division  C. 

(10)  Outlines  of  Criminal  Law. 
Division  D. 

(n)  Principles  of  the  Law  of  Evidence. 

IV.  International  Law. 

Candidates  will  be  examined  either  in 

General  principles  of  Private  International  Law ; 
or  in 

The  Law  of  Prize. 

4.  ORDER  OF  EXAMINATION.— The  Examination  is  conducted 
partly  in  writing,  partly  viva  wee.  At  its  close  the  Examiners 
distribute  the  names  of  such  candidates  as  have  shown  sufficient 
merit  into  three  Classes,  the  names  in  each  Class  being  arranged 
alphabetically.  But  no  candidate  can  obtain  a  place  in  this 
Class-list  who  has  exceeded  the  twenty-fourth  Term  from  his 
matriculation.  Every  candidate  whose  name  has  been  placed  in 
any  of  the  three  Classes,  or  who,  being  disqualified  by  standing, 
has  in  the  judgment  of  the  Examiners  shown  sufficient  merit  to 
entitle  him,  but  for  such  disqualification,  to  a  place  in  the  Class- 
list,  receives,  on  application  to  the  Clerk  of  the  Schools,  a  certifi- 
cate of  having  passed. 

§  3.   Examinations  for  the  Degree  of  Bachelor  of 
Medicine. 

i.  FIRST  EXAMINATION. 

1.  TIME. — The  Examination  takes  place  annually  in  Michaelmas 
Term,  on  a  day  of  which  notice  is  given  in  the  University  Gazette. 

2.  CANDIDATES. — Candidates  must   have  complied  with  the 
following  conditions : — 

(i)  They  must  have  completed  eight  Terms  since  they 
passed  the  Second  Public  Examination  for  the  degree 
of  B.A.,  in  at  least  one  School :  unless  (a)  they  were 
placed  in  either  the  first  or  the  second  class  in  the 
Honour  School  of  Natural  Science,  and  (j3)  obtained 
from  the  Examiners  in  that  School  a  certificate  of 
special  proficiency  in  Physics,  Chemistry,  or  Botany, 
in  which  case  they  may  offer  themselves  for  Examina- 
tion at  the  earliest  subsequent  opportunity. 


AMIXATIONS   FOR    DEGREE   OF   B.M.  163 

(:)  They  must  give  in  their  names  to  the  Regius  Professor 
of  Medicine  at  some  time,  not  less  than  a  fortnight, 
before  the  week  fixed  for  the  Examination,  and  must 
pay  a  fee  of  £i. 

3.  SI-HJECTS  AM)  ORDER  OF  THE  EXAMINATION. — The  subjects 
of  the  Examination  are,  (i)  Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology, 
theoretical  and  practical,  (2)  the  Elements  of  comparative 
Anatomy  and  Physiology,  (3)  those  parts  of  Physics,  Botany,  and 
Chemistry,  which  subserve  Medicine.  But  those  candidates  who 
produce  the  certificate  of  special  proficiency  mentioned  above  are 
-ed  from  examination  in  the  subject  to  which  the  certificate 
refers.  The  Examination  usually  lasts  four  days ;  it  is  held  in  the 
University  Museum,  and  is  conducted  partly  in  writing,  partly 
wee.  Those  candidates  who  satisfy  the  Examiners  receive 
a  certificate  to  that  effect. 


2.  SECOND  EXAMINATION. 

1.  TIME.— This    Examination    also    takes    place   annually   in 
aclmas  Term,  on  a  day  of  which  notice  is  given  in  the 
rsity  Gazette. 

2.  CANDIDATES.— Candidates  must  have  complied  with   the 
following  conditions : — 

(1)  They  must  have  completed  sixteen  Terms  since  they 

passed  the  Second  Public  Examination  in  at  least  one 
School,  and  eight  Terms  since  they  passed  the  First 
Examination  mentioned  above. 

(2)  They  must  deliver  to  the  Regius  Professor  of  Medicine 

a  certificate  of  having  attended  some  Hospital  of  good 
repute,  which  certificate  must  be  approved  by  the 
majority  of  the  Kxaminers. 

(3)  They  inu»l  give  in  their  names  to  the  Regius  Professor 

least  a  fortnight  before  the  week  fixed  for  the 
ilnation,  and  imi-t  pay  a  fee  of  £i. 

3.  E  HON.— The  MI!> 

Examination  are,  (i)  the  Theory  and  Practice  of  M«! 
including  the  diseases  of  women  and  children,  (2)  Mater 

M  a 


164  EXAMINATIONS. 

(3)  the  Principles  of  Surgery  and  Midwifery,  (4)  Medical  Juris- 
prudence, (5)  General  Hygiene,  (6)  Two  Medical  Authors,  either 
(a)  two  of  the  four  ancient  authors,  Hippocrates,  Aretaeus, 
Galen,  and  Celsus,  or  (3)  one  of  these  and  one  modern  author, 
approved  by  the  Regius  Professor,  e.g.  Morgagni,  Sydenham, 
or  Boerhaave.  The  Examination  is  held  partly  in  the  University 
Museum,  partly  in  the  Radcliffe  Infirmary :  it  is  conducted  partly 
in  writing,  partly  viva  voce,  and  usually  lasts  four  days.  Those 
candidates  who  satisfy  the  Examiners  receive,  on  application  to 
the  Clerk  of  the  Schools,  a  certificate  to  that  effect. 

Copies  of  the  Examination-papers  both  of  this  and  of  the  First 
Medical  Examination  may  be  seen  at  the  Radcliffe  Library. 


§  4.  Examinations  for  the  Degree  of  Bachelor  of 
Music. 

1.  FIRST  EXAMINATION. 

1.  TIME. — The  Examination  takes  place  annually  in  Michaelmas 
Term,  on  a  day  of  which  notice  is  given  in  the  University  Gazette. 

2.  CANDIDATES. — Candidates  must  have  matriculated  as  mem- 
bers of  the  University:  they  must  give  in  their  names  to  the 
Clerk  of  the  Schools  some  time  before  the  day  of  the  Examination, 
and  in  so  doing  must  pay  a  fee  of  £i. 

3.  SUBJECTS  AND  ORDER  OF  THE  EXAMINATION.— The  sub- 
jects of  the  Examination  are  Harmony  and  easy  Counterpoint,  in 
not  more  than  four  parts.     It  is  conducted  partly  viva  voce, 
partly  in  writing.     Those  candidates  who  satisfy  the  Examiners 
receive,  on  application  to  the  Clerk  of  the  Schools,  a  certificate 
to  that  effect. 

2.  SECOND  EXAMINATION. 

1.  TIME. — The  Examination  takes  place   annually  in  Easter 
or  Trinity  Term,  on  a  day  of  which  notice   is  given  in  the 
University  Gazette. 

2.  CANDIDATES. — (a)  Candidates  must  have  passed  the  First 
Examination,  and  must  have  composed  a  piece  of  Music  in  five- 
part  harmony,  with  an  accompaniment  for  at  least  five  stringed 
instruments.      This  piece  of  music  must  be  forwarded  to  the 


\MIXATIONS  FOR  DEGREE  OF  MUS.  BAG.       165 

Professor  of  Music  at  some  time  before  March  i,  together 
with  a  written  assurance  that  the  whole  is  the  candidate's  own 
composition  :  no  candidate  can  offer  himself  for  the  Examination 
until  this  composition  has  been  approved  by  all  the  Examiners. 
If  approved,  it  is  not  to  be  performed,  but  a  copy  of  it  must  be 
deposited  in  the  Music  School. 

(3)  They  must  give  in  their  names  to  the  Clerk  of  the  Schools 
some  time  before  the  day  of  the  Examination,  in  so  doing  must  pay 
a  fee  of  £i,  and  exhibit  the  certificate  of  having  passed  the  First 
Examination. 

3.  SUBJECTS  AND  ORDER  OF  THE  EXAMINATION. — The  sub- 
jects are,  (i)  Harmony;  (2)  Counterpoint,  in  not  more  than 
five  parts;  (3)  Canon,  Imitation,  &c. ;  (4)  Fugue;  (5)  Form 
in  Composition  ;  (6)  Musical  History ;  (7)  A  critical  knowledge 
of  the  full-scores  of  certain  works  which  are  designated  from 
time  to  time  by  the  Professor  of  Music,  and  notified  in  the 
University  Gazette.  The  text-books  which  are  recommended  for 
the  Examination  are  Ouseley's  Treatises  on  Harmony  and  Coun- 
terpoint; Berlioz,  or  Kastner,  on  Instrumentation;  and  either 
Burney's  or  Hawkins'  History  of  Music.  The  Examination  is 
conducted  partly  viva  voce,  partly  in  writing.  Those  candidates 
who  satisfy  the  Examiners  receive,  on  application  to  the  Clerk 
of  the  Schools,  a  certificate  to  that  effect. 


1 66  EXTRA-ACADEMICAL   PRIVILEGES. 


III.     EXTRA-ACADEMICAL   PRIVILEGES   OF 
STUDENTS   AND   GRADUATES. 

The  following  are  some  of  the  privileges  and  exemptions  of 
Graduates,  and  of  those  who  have  passed  certain  of  the  Univer- 
sity Examinations,  in  regard  to  admission  to  the  several  profes- 
sions: they  are  all  shared  in  common  with  members  of  other 
Universities. 

1.  IN  LAW. 

(a)  Calls  to  the  Bar.  Members  of  the  University  who  have 
passed  a  Public  Examination  may  enter  their  name  at  an  Inn  of 
Court  without  passing  the  preliminary  examination  :  if  they  have 
either  passed  a  Public  Examination,  or  have  resided  two  full  years 
at  the  University,  they  are,  at  several  Inns,  exempted  from  the 
payment  of  the  caution-money  which  is  required  from  other 
Students :  they  are  allowed  to  keep  their  Terms  by  dining  in  the 
Hall  of  their  Inn  during  three  days  in  each  Term  :  and  their  three 
years  of  studentship  may  be  contemporary  with  their  Oxford 
course,  so  that  they  may  qualify  themselves  for  being  called  to 
the  Bar  three  years  after  passing  Moderations.  (There  is  an 
ambiguity  in  the  use  of  the  term  'Public  Examination,'  but  it  is 
usually  interpreted  to  mean  Moderations  and  not  Responsions.) 

(£)  Admission  as  Attorneys  and  Solicitors. 

1.  Any  one  who  has  been  matriculated  at  the  University,  or 
who  has  passed  the  Local  Examinations  of  the  University,  is  ex- 
empted from  passing  the  preliminary  examination  which  would 
otherwise  be  required  before  he  could  be  articled. 

2 .  Any  member  of  the  University  who  has  passed  Moderations 
can  be  articled  for  four  years  instead  of  five— and  any  Bachelor 
of  Arts  or  of  Law  for  three  years  instead  of  five. 

2.  IN  MEDICINE. 

(#)  Registration.  Any  Doctor  or  Bachelor  of  Medicine  is 
entitled,  on  payment  of  a  fee  of  £2  in  respect  of  qualifications 
obtained  before  January  i,  1859,  and  of  £5  in  respect  of  quali- 
fications obtained  since  that  date,  to  be  registered  as  a  medical 
practitioner. 


EXTRA-ACADEMICAL   PRIVILEGES.  l6/ 

(£)  Royal  College  of  Physicians.  Any  one  who  has  obtained  the 
degree  of  Doctor  or  Bachelor  of  Medicine  is  exempted  from  the 
greater  part  of  the  examination  for  membership  of  the  College. 

(c)  Royal  College  of  Surgeons. 

i .  Any  one  who  has  passed  Responsions  is  exempted  from  the 

preliminary  examination  for  membership  of  the  College. 

ny  one  who  has  taken  the  Degree  of  Bachelor  or  Doctor 

of    Medicine   is  exempted   from    the    examination   in 

tlicine  for  membership  of  the  College. 

3.  Any  one  who  has  taken  a  degree  in  Arts,  or  who  has 

passed  the  Examinations  which  are  necessary  to  qualify 
him  for  the  status  of  Student  of  Medicine,  is  exempted 
from  the  preliminary  examination  for  the  Fellowship  of 
the  College. 

4.  Any  one  who  has  taken  the  degree  of  Bachelor  or  Doctor 

of  Medicine  is  exempted  from  examination  in  Medicine 
for  the  Fellowship  of  the  College. 

(</)  Society  of  Apothecaries. 

/.  Any  one  who  has  passed  Responsions  is  exempted  from 
the  Society's  examination  in  Arts. 

:iy  one  who  has  passed  the  first  examination  for  the  degree 
of  Bachelor  of  Medicine  is  admitted  to  membership  of 
the  Society  on  passing  a  single  examination  in  Materia 
Medica,  Therapeutics,  Medicine,  Pathology,  Midwifery, 
and  Toxicology. 

3.  Any  one  who  has  taken  the  degree  of  Bachelor  or  Doctor 
of  Medicine  is  admitted  to  membership  of  the  Society 
on  passing  a  practical  examination  in  Medicine  and 
.Midwifery  only. 

3.  IN  THK  ARMY— 

By  the  War  Office  Regulations  of  April,  1873,  a  certain  number 
of  vacancies  !<••  .ions  will  be  allotted  in  each  year  t<. 

.      Candidates  must  either    have   passed   the 
First    Public    Examination,    in    \\hkh    e.i^e    their    a^-e    nu; 
••en  the  limits  of  se.  .  <>r  luve  : 

a  degree  in  Arts,  in  whie:  ^-e  must  b 


1 68  EXTRA-ACADEMICAL   PRIVILEGES. 

limits  of  seventeen  and  twenty-two.  The  application  must  be,  in 
all  cases,  made  not  later  than  the  month  of  October  of  the  year 
in  which  the  candidate  obtains  or  expects  to  obtain  his  Uni- 
versity qualification ;  but  if  he  does  not  pass  the  First  Public 
Examination,  or  obtain  his  degree,  until  Michaelmas  Term,  he 
need  not  forward  the  required  certificate  of  his  University  quali- 
fication until  one  week  before  the  ensuing  ist  of  January.  '  In 
case  there  should  be  more  Candidates  than  vacancies,  the  re- 
quired number  will  be  selected  by  competition  among  the  said 
Candidates  at  the  ensuing  January  Entrance  Examination,  but 
without  a  preliminary  examination.  The  successful  Candidates 
must  then  be  prepared  to  accept  Commissions  in  the  course  of 
the  current  year ;  otherwise  their  claims  will  lapse.' 

4.  IN  THE  CIVIL  SERVICE. 

Candidates  for  Attacheships  in  the  Diplomatic  Service  who 
have  passed  the  First  Public  Examination  are  exempted  from 
examination  in  Latin ;  and  Candidates  who  have  taken  a  degree 
are  exempted  from  examination  in  all  subjects  except  Hand- 
writing, Precis,  and  French. 


CHAPTER    V. 

OF    ACADEMICAL    EXPENSES. 

THE  cost  of  living  at  Oxford  varies  so  largely  with  the  means, 
tastes,  and  moral  courage  of  a  student  that  it  is  not  possible 
to  lay  down  many  general  propositions  respecting  it.  The  total 
amount  is  made  up  in  each  case  of  several  elements :  there  are 
certain  fixed  expenses  which  are  common  to  all  alike,  such  as 
University  and  College  fees :  there  are  other  expenses,  such  as 
those  of  board  and  lodging,  which,  though  varying  with  particular 
cases,  vary  only,  as  far  as  the  Colleges  and  Halls  are  concerned, 
within  definite  limits :  there  are  others,  such  as  subscriptions  to 
clubs  or  societies,  which  are  common  but  voluntary :  there  are 
others,  such  as  tradesmen's  bills,  which  are  not  special  to  Uni- 
versity life,  and  which  are  almost  wholly  within  a  student's  power 
to  fix  for  himself. 

If  the  first  two  of  these  four  classes  of  expenditure  be  alone 

taken   into  consideration,  it  is  a  matter  of  experience  that  a 

student  who  resides  within  a  College  or  Hall  can,  with  economy, 

obtain  the  degree  of  B.A.  for  a  total  expenditure  of  £300.     This 

.ate  includes  board,  room-rent  or  lodging,  and  washing,  for 

twelve  terms  of  residence,   tuition   and   miscellaneous   College 

charges,  admission,  examination,  and  degree  fees :  the  necessary 

expenses  which  it  does  not  include  are  clothes,  books,  railway 

.  and  the  cost  of  living  in  the  vacations.     Many  students 

i   known  to  obtain  their  degree  tor  less  than  the  sum 

above  mentioned:    but   this  has  required  a  more  than  ordinary 

amount  of  thrift  and  self-denial,  and  possibly  also  a  forfeiture  <>i 

some  collat  -.tagcs  \\hich  University  lile  bi 

Members  of  Colleges  and  Halls  \\ho  reside  in  lodgings  an 
most  cases,  on  the  same  footing  as  Unattached  Students  m  n 


17°  ACADEMICAL  EXPENSES. 

of  entire  freedom  in  the  regulation  of  such  expenses  as  are  in- 
volved in  board  and  lodging.  They  have  usually,  however,  to 
bear  a  certain  share  in  the  cost  of  the  College  establishment ;  but 
at  Balliol,  Corpus  Christi,  and  New  Colleges  the  sum  so  paid  is 
less  than  the  difference  between  the  University  fees  which  are 
payable  by  a  member  of  a  College  or  Hall  and  those  which  are 
payable  by  an  Unattached  Student.  The  only  pecuniary  advan- 
tage which  an  Unattached  Student  enjoys  over  a  member  of 
one  of  those  societies  is,  that  he  is  not  liable  to  the  payment 
of  the  tuition  fee  which  is  charged  upon  members  of  Colleges. 

Some  Colleges  and  Halls  have  of  late  revised  their  scale  of 
charges,  and  made  new  arrangements  with  a  view  to  the  reduc- 
tion of  necessary  expenses.  For  example,  the  deposit  of  a  sum 
of  money  on  admission,  which  was  formerly  required  from  all 
students  as  a  guarantee  against  possible  loss,  is  no  longer  required 
at  certain  Colleges  and  Halls  from  those  who  pay  their  battels 
in  advance:  the  difficulties  which  arose  to  many  students  of 
slender  means  from  being  compelled  to  purchase  the  furniture  of 
their  rooms  on  commencing  residence  are  obviated  in  several 
Colleges  and  Halls  by  allowing  the  hire  of  furniture  from  the 
College :  the  miscellaneous  charges  have  been  in  several  instances 
gathered  together  into  a  fixed  annual  payment :  and  at  St.  Mary 
Hall,  St.  Alban  Hall,  St.  Edmund  Hall,  and  Keble  College,  the 
payment  of  a  fixed  annual  sum  is  made  to  cover,  with  trifling 
exceptions,  all  necessary  academical  expenses. 

In  the  following  statement  are  gathered  together,  (i)  all  fees 
which  are  payable  to  the  University,  (2)  as  much  information  as 
is  at  present  available  in  regard  to  the  charges  of  Colleges  and 
Halls.  It  has  not  been  attempted  to  include  any  expenses 
except  those  which  are  independent  of  the  personal  tastes  of  a 
student. 


UNIVERSITY  FEES.  1 71 

I.   UNIVERSITY     FEES. 
i.  MATRICULATION  FEES. 

These  Fees  .are  payable  at  the  time  of  presentation  to  the 
Vice-Chancellor . 

£     s.     d. 

A  Bible-Clerk,  or  Scholar  admitted  to  a  College 
or  Hall  on  condition  of  receiving  free  board 
and  tuition  .  .  .  .  .  o  ro  o 

Every  other  member  of  a  College  or  Hall       .  2   10     o 

y  Student  not  attached  to  a  College  or  Hall        .       500 

2.  EXAMINATION  FEES. 

These  Fees  (with  the  exception  of  the  second  of  the  t<wo  fees  in 
Medicine  and  Music)  are  payable  <wlxn  the  name  of  a  Candidate 
is  entered  on  the  list  for  Examination. 

Responsions       .  .  .  .  .  .100 

First  Public  Examination : 

1.  For  Examination  in  Greek  and  Latin  Literature, 

whether  for  Honours  or  not,  and  also  for  re- 
examination  in  the  Gospels  or  the  substituted 
matter,  under  the  arrangement  mentioned  on 
p.  118,  §  3.  (i)  .  .  .  .  r  10  o 

2.  For  Examination  for  Mathematical  Honours      .       i     o     o 

Second  Public  Examination : 

(1 )  ruination  in  the  Rudiments  of  Faith 

and  Religion,  or  in  the  substituted  matter         .       i     o     o 

(2)  For  each  of  the  subjects  in  the  Pass  School, 

•••I  si-paralc'ly  or  together  .        o   10     o 

(3)  For  any  Honour  School  .  .  i    10     o 

(4)  School  of  Theology  (unK  <li- 
date  lw>  :                 J   pa^cd  in  the  Rudiments  of 

an  additional  i  i     o    o 


1/2  ACADEMICAL   EXPENSES. 

£     s.    d. 

Civil  Law          .            .            .            .            .  .100 

Music : 

(1)  Before  each  of  the  two  Examinations   .  .100 

(2)  After  passing  both  Examinations           .  .900 
Medicine : 

(1)  Before  each  of  the  two  Examinations   .  .100 

(2)  After  passing  both  Examinations           .  .900 


3.  DEGREE  FEES. 

These  Fees  are  payable  in  the  Apodyterium  of  the  Convocation  House 
immediately  before  the  Degree  is  taken. 

Status  of  Student  of  Civil  Law  .  .  .7100 

„  „  Medicine.  .  .  .       7   10     o 

Degree  of  Bachelor  of  Arts      .  .  .  .7100 

But  for  any  one  who  has  been  admitted  to  the 

Status  of  Student  of  Civil  Law  or  Medicine     .       200 

Degree  of  Master  of  Arts        .  .  .  .1200 

(1)  But  for  any  one  who  has  been    admitted   to 

the  Degree  of  B.C.L.  before  Sept.  29,  1855      .       450 

(2)  For  any  one  who  has  been  admitted  to  the 

Degree  of  B.C.L.  since  Sept.  29,  1855  .  .       700 

(3)  For  any  one  who  has  been  admitted  to  the 

Degree  of  Bachelor  of  Medicine  .  .700 

Degree  of  Bachelor  of  Civil  Law         .  .  6  10     o 

„  „  of  Divinity  .  .  .     14     o     o 

„  „          of  Medicine          .  .  .       6  10     o 

Degree  of  Doctor  of  Civil  Law,  Divinity,  or  Medicine     40     o     o 

„         Bachelor  of  Music  .  .  .  .500 

„         Doctor  of  Music      .  .  .  .1000 

Additional   fee  when   any   Degree   is    conferred    in 

absence,  or  by  Decree  of  Convocation  .       500 

Additional  fee  when  Degrees  are  accumulated  .       500 

Additional   fee   when   any   Degree   is  conferred   by 

Diploma  .  .  .  .1000 


UNIVERSITY  FEES.  173 

4.  INCORPORATION  FEES. 

'These  Fees  are  payable  immediately  before  Incorporation  takes  place. 

£    s.    d. 

For  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  .  .  .  .800 

For  a  Master  of  Arts    .  .  .  .  .1500 

For  a  Bachelor  of  Civil  Law,  Divinity,  or  Medicine  .1500 
For  a  Doctor  of  Civil  Law,  Divinity,  or  Medicine  .4000 
For  a  Bachelor  of  Music  .  .  .  .500 

For  a  Doctor  of  Music  .  .  .  .1000 

5.  ANNUAL  FEES. 

'these  Fees,  in  the  case  of  Members  of  Colleges  or  Halls,  are  usually 
paid  in  the  frst  instance  by  the  College  or  Hall,  and  included  in  the 
quarterly  or  terminal  account',  in  the  case  of  Unattached  Students 
they  must  be  paid  to  \be  Censors  terminally  in  advance. 

For  a  Member  of  a  College  or  Hall     .  .  .100 

For  a  Student  not  attached  to  a  College  or  Hall : 

(1)  Until  he  has  completed  his  twelfth  Term  .       4  10     o 

(2)  Afterwards          .  .  .  .  .100 

6.  MISCELLANEOUS  FEES. 

To  the  Clerk  of  the  Schools  for  every  Certificate  of 
having  satisfied  the  Examiners  in  any  Examina- 
tion, or  of  having  been  placed  in  any  Class  List 
in  such  Examination  .  .  .  .010 

To  the  Registrar  of  the  University: 

(1)  For  a  copy  of  any  Matriculation-paper  or  Ex- 
amination Certificate    .  .  .  .020 

(2)  For   a    Certificate    of    having    obtained    any 

Degi  .  .  .  .  050 


1/4  COLLEGE   EXPENSES. 

II.    COLLEGE    EXPENSES. 

i.    ADMISSION  FEES,  AND  CAUTION  MONEY. 

At  University  the  admission-fee  is  £5,  the  caution-money  £30, 
which  is  returned  when  the  name  is  removed  from  the  College  books. 

At  Balliol,  for  a  resident  in  College,  the  admission  fee  is  £2,  the 
caution-money  £21:  for  a  resident  out  of  College,  there  is  no  admission- 
fee,  the  caution-money  is  £5.  In  either  case  the  caution-money  is 
returned  when  the  name  is  removed  from  the  College  books. 

At  Merton  the  admission-fee  consists  of  a  payment  of  £i  los.  to  the 
College  library:  the  caution-money  is  £20  for  a  scholar,  £30  for  a 
commoner. 

At  Exeter  the  admission-fee  is  £5,  the  caution-money  £25  ;  which 
latter  sum  is  returned  when  the  name  is  removed  from  the  College  books. 

At  Oriel  the  admission-fee  is  £5  ;  the  caution-money  is,  for  Scholars, 
Adam  de  Brome's  Exhibitioners,  and  Clerks,  £10,  for  Commoners  £30. 

At   Queen's    the    admission-fee    is   £5,   the   caution-money   is,  for 

Scholars.   Clerks,    and    Exhibitioners    the   value   of  whose   Exhibition 

•  Is  £60  per  annum,  £15 — for  Commoners  £30,  of  which  £iois 

returned  at  the  B.A.  degree,  £10  at  M.A.,  and  the  remainder  when  the 

name  is  removed  from  the  College  books. 

At  New  College  there  is  no  admission-fee :  no  caution-money  is  re- 
quired from  Commoners  who  pay  the  fixed  College  charges  in  advance 
terminally  and  their  College  bills  weekly.  For  other  Commoners  the 
caution-money  is  £30,  of  which  £20  is  returned  to  those  who  have 
taken  the  degree  of  B.A.  and  have  ceased  to  reside,  and  the  whole  when 
the  name  is  removed  from  the  College  books. 

At  Lincoln  the  admission-fee  is  £3  35.,  the  caution-money  £30,  of 
which  £10  is  returned  on  taking  the  degree  of  B.A.,  £10  at  M.A.,  and 
the  whole  (or  remainder)  in  case  of  death  or  the  name  being  removed 
from  the  College  books. 

At  Magdalen  there  is  no  admission-fee  :  persons  elected  on  the 
Foundation  of  the  College  pay  no  caution-money,  but  Commoners  pay 
£40,  which  is  returned  when  they  either  take  the  degree  of  B.A.  or 
remove  their  names  from  the  College  books.  Persons  who  keep  their 
names  on  the  books  after  taking  the  degree  of  B.A,  pay  a  fresh  caution 
of  £5,  which  is  accounted  for  to  them  on  the  removal  of  their  name. 

At  Brasenose  the  admission-fee  is  £4  145.,  the  caution-money  £25 
for  Commoners,  £20  for  Scholars. 

At  Corpus,  for  persons  who  battel  either  wholly  or  partially  in 
College  the  caution-money  is  £30;  for  persons  who  both  reside  and 
battel  wholly  out  of  College,  it  is  £15.  In  either  case  the  caution- 
money  is  returned  when  the  name  is  removed  from  the  College  books. 


COLLEGE  EXPENSES.  175 

Christ  Church  the  admission-fee  for  both  Commoners  and 
Students  is  £19  ios.;  the  caution-money,  for  Commoners,  is  £10  ios., 
which  is  returned  when  the  name  is  taken  off  the  books. 

Trinity  the  admission-fee  is  £5,  the  caution-money  £30.  Of  the 
caution-money  £20  is  returned  on  the  degree  of  M.A.  being  taken  : 
the  whole  is  returned  on  the  removal  of  a  name  from  the  books. 

St.  John's  the  admission-fee  is  £6  35.,  the  caution-money  is  £30, 
of  which  £20  is  returned  on  taking  the  degree  of  B.A. ;  the  remainder 
on  removal  of  the  name  from  the  College  books. 

At  Jesus  the  admission-fee  is  about  £2  ios.,  the  caution-money  £20. 
Wadham  the  admission-fee  is  £5,  the  caution-money  £30. 
Pembroke  the  admission-fee  is  £5,  the  caution-money  £30. 

At  "Worcester  the  admission-fee  is  £8,  the  caution-money  £20,  of 
which  £10  is  returned  on  taking  the  M.A.  degree,  the  remainder  when 
the  name  is  removed  from  the  College  books.  For  Fellow-Commoners 
the  admission-fee  is  £28,  the  caution-money  £30,  of  which  £20  is 
returned  on  taking  the  M.A.  degree. 

At  St.  Mary  Hall,  for  persons  who  pay  their  battels  in  advance  the 
admission-fee  is  £5,  and  no  caution-money  is  required ;  for  other  per- 
sons the  admission-fee  is  £12  2*.  6d.,  and  the  caution-money  £30,  of 
which  £10  i>  returned  on  taking  the  B.A.  degree,  and  £10  on  taking 
the  M.A.  degree. 

At  Magdalen  Hall  the  admission-fee  is  £5,  the  caution-money  £20, 
of  which  half  is  returned  on  taking  the  degree  of  M.A.,  the  remainder 
on  removing  the  name  from  the  books.  Gentlemen-Commoners  pay  an 
admission-fee  of  £10,  and  £25  for  caution-money. 

St.  Edmund  Hall,  for  those  who  enter  upon  the  Prepayment 
-ion-fee  and  no  caution-money.     For  other 

students  the  admiesion-fee   is  £5,    the  caution-money   £14,   which   is 
returned  whenever  the  name  is  removed  from  the  books. 

At  St.  Alban  Hall  the  admission-fee  is  £5 :  no  caution-money  is 
required. 

Keble  the  admission-fee  is  included  in  the  annual  College  charge : 
no  caution-money  is  required. 

Charsley's  Hall  the  admission-fee  i>  £2  io>.  :  no  caution-money 
is  reqi 

2.     TUITION    1 

'•rsity,  £22  is.  annually,  which  continues  to  be  paid  during 
each  stdence  up  to  that  of  passing  the  last  Kxamina: 

the  Final  Schools. 

At  Balliol.  £25  annually,  which  cm  1>\  1  oth  classes 

of  residents  daring  en.  MI  in  \\liich  they  past 

3,1  Examination  in  any  Sci. 


1 76  COLLEGE  EXPENSES. 

At  Merton,  £22  is.  annually  for  three  years :  £i  is.  per  Term  after- 
wards during  residence  until  the  degree  of  B.A.  is  taken. 

At  Exeter,  £22  is.  annually  for  three  years:  afterwards  £3  35.  for 
each  Term  of  residence  up  to  the  Term,  inclusive,  of  passing  all  Ex- 
aminations necessary  for  the  B.A.  degree.  If  however  any  student,  having 
'1  the  First  Public  Examination,  reads  to  the  satisfaction  of  his 
instructors  in  the  School  of  Natural  Science,  the  College  will  allow 
£5  fs.  per  Term  until  the  expiration  of  his  first  three  years,  and  £3  35. 
per  Term  during  the  remaining  Terms  of  residence. 

At  Oriel,  £21  annually,  payable  by  all  Undergraduates  during 
residence. 

At  Queen's,  £24  annually  for  three  years :  £i  is.  per  Term  afterwards 
to  those  who  are  still  attending  College  lectures.  The  Tutors  allow  £5 
per  Term  out  of  his  tuition-fees  to  a  student  who  has  passed  Moderations 
and  is  reading  to  the  satisfaction  of  his  Tutors  in  Natural  Science. 

At  Lincoln,  £21  annually  for  three  years. 

At  New  College,  £21  annually  until  the  last  Examination  has  been 
passed. 

At  Magdalen,  £21  annually  until  the  last  Examination  has  been 
passed. 

At  Brasenose,  £22  is.  annually  for  three  years. 

At  Corpus,  £27  annually  for  three  years. 

At  Christ  Church,  £22  i*.  annually  until  the  end  of  the  eighth  Term 
of  residence  (counting  three  Terms  in  a  year),  after  which  an  Under- 
graduate is  free  to  attend  lectures  without  further  payment. 

At  Trinity,  £23  2s.  annually  for  three  years. 

At  St.  John's,  £21  annually  for  three  years. 

At  Jesus,  £18  iSs.  a  year. 

At  Wadham,  £22  IDS.  annually  for  three  years. 

At  Pembroke,  £21  annually  until  the  end  of  the  twelfth  term  of 
residence  ;  afterwards,  £8  8s.  annually  during  residence. 

At  "Worcester,  £21  annually  for  the  first  two  years;  £15  annually 
for  the  third  and  fourth  years ;  and  £9  for  the  fifth  year.  The  fees  for 
instruction  in  Natural  Science  are  paid  by  the  Tutors  up  to  the  amount 
of  the  tuition-fees.  Fellow-Commoners  pay  £40  annually  for  three 
years. 

At  St.  Mary  Hall,  £20  annually  for  three  years  at  least,  and  for  such 
further  time  as  an  Undergraduate  avails  himself  of  the  tuition  which  is 
afforded  by  the  Hall.  This  sum  is  included  in  the  gross  sum  paid  by 
Commoners  under  the  Frugal  System. 

At  St.  Alban  Hall,  the  tuition-fee  is  included  in  the  gross  sum 
which  is  mentioned  below. 

At  St.  Edmund  Hall,  on  the  Prepayment  System,  the  tuition-fee  is 
included  in  the  sum  paid  in  advance  each  Term.  For  other  students 


COLLEGE  EXPENSES.  177 

the  tuition-fee  is  £15  155.  annually  for  three  years  ;  .€3  3s.  per  Term 
afterwards,  if  tuition  is  required. 

At  Keble,  the  tuition-fee  is  included  in  the  gross  annual  sum  which 
is  mentioned  below. 

Charsley's  Hall  there  is  no  fixed  tuition-fee :  members  are  at 
liberty  to  elect  their  own  tutors. 

3.  ESTABLISHMENT,  SERVANTS,  AND  GENERAL  CHARGES. 

Note. — In  comparing  the  charges  of  the  several  Colleges  in  this 
section,  it  is  important  to  observe  that  the  same  charges  are  not  made 
uniformly  under  the  same  head.  In  some  Colleges  the  contribution 
towards  the  cost  of  the  maintenance  of  the  Establishment  is  charged 
as  a  separate  item,  and  provisions  are  supplied  to  the  student  as  nearly 
as  possible  at  cost  price ;  while  in  others  the  same  expenses  are  covered 
by  charging  a  per-centage  of  twenty-five  or  thirty  per  cent,  upon  all 
articles  which  are  supplied. 

At  Balliol.  (i)  residents  in  College  pay  the  following  annual  charges : — 
College  servants  and  general  expenses,  £12;  bedmakers,  £4 ;  building 
fund,  £3  ;  name,  8s. ;  chapel,  logic  lectures,  land  tax,  parish  priest,  195. 
In  addition  to  the  above,  a  gratuity  of  £i  IDS.  per  Term  to  the  bed- 
maker  is  recognized  by  the  College.  (2)  Residents  out  of  College 
(including  those  who  have  gone  into  lodgings  after  twelve  Terms' 
residence  in  College)  pay  annually  8s. 

At  Merton,  (i)  residents  in  College  pay  an  annual  charge  of  £12  for 
servants,  besides  which  a  payment  of  £  i  per  Term  to  the  upper  servant 
of  their  rooms  and  los.  to  the  lower  servant  is  recogni/ed.  (2)  Residents 
out  of  College  pay  in  proportion  to  the  use  which  they  make  of 
the  College  establishment  and  servants.  There  are  no  establishment 
charges. 

At  Exeter,  the  following  charges  are  payable  annually : — College 
dues :  (i)  Until  the  Term,  inclusive,  of  taking  the  degree  of  B.A.,  £9  QS.  ; 
(a)  From  that  time  until  the  twenty-seventh  Term,  £5  55.;  (3)  Alter 
taking  the  degree  of  M.A.,  us.  Establishment  charges  (i.e.  College 
servai.  'hose  in  the  kitchen  and  buttery,  delivery  of  coals  and 

letters,    shoe-cleaning,    chimney-sweeping,   warming   and    lighting    the 
chapel,  hall,  and  stair-case,  choir-fund,  &c.),  (a)  for  residents  in  CV 
£4  10$. ;  (6)  for  residents  out  of  College,  £2  los.   In  addition  to  the  above, 
a  pcr-centage  of  £25  per  cent,  is  charged  upon  all  articles  supplied  out 
of  the  kitchen  and  buttery,  which   is  intended  to  cover  tli 
working  expenses  of  those  departments:  and   a   payment  to  the   l>e<l 
maker  of    -.  in,   £i   f«n  -mi.  and  £i    los.   for 

iclmas  Term,  is  recognized  by  the  College. 

At  Oriel,  Undergraduates  resident  in  College  pay  an  annual  charge  of 
•••sidcnt  out  of  College,  £9. 

Q,ueen'a.  ( i)  residents  in  College  pay  the  following  annual  charges: 
— est.. 
and  knife  cleans:  hall  fire,  gas,  &c.),  £9  iS«. ;  choir 


1/8  COLLEGE   EXPENSES. 

fund,  i  os. ;  servants,  including  all  payments  sanctioned  by  the  College 
(except  those  to  the  messenger,  who  is  paid  by  the  message),  £6  los.  6d. 
College  dues :  for  all  members  of  the  College  below  the  degree  of  Master 
of  Arts,  £1  ;  for  Masters  of  Arts,  145.  In  addition  to  the  above,  a  small 
terminal  charge  is  made  for  cleaning  rooms.  (2)  Residents  out  of 
College  pay  annually,  establishment,  £4  195.;  choir  fund,  and  College 
dues,  as  above.  Poor  and  local  rates  are  charged  upon  occupants  of 
College  rooms  according  to  a  scale  fixed  by  official  valuation.  The 
rates  levied  upon  the  public  buildings  of  the  College  are  divided  equally 
among  all  residents,  as  is  the  Excise  duty  payable  on  the  College 
servants. 

At  New  College,  (i)  residents  in  College  pay  £5  55.  annually  for 
College  dues  and  establishment  charges,  and  £7  for  bedmakef.  (2) 
Residents  out  of  College  pay  an  annual  charge  of  £i  for  College  dues, 
and  also  8  per  cent,  on  their  kitchen  and  buttery  accounts,  if  they  battel 
in  College. 

At  Magdalen,  (i)  residents  in  College  pay  annually: — establishment 
charges,  £5  ;  servants,  including  all  payments  which  are  recognized  by 
the  College,  except  those  to  the  messenger,  who  is  paid  by  the  message, 
£11  i6s. ;  College  dues,  6s.  (2)  Residents  out  of  College  pay  establish- 
ment charges  and  College  dues  as  above,  and  £i  i6s.  for  College 
servants. 

At  Brasenose,  (i)  residents  in  College  pay  for  College  dues,  servants, 
and  establishment  charges  an  annual  sum  which  varies  from  £17  to  £20, 
according  to  the  length  of  residence.  This  amount  is  rather  less  for 
Scholars  than  for  Commoners,  but  continues  to  be  payable  by  both  classes 
until  the  degree  of  B.A.  is  taken.  It  does  not  include  the  gratuities 
which  are  paid  by  each  resident  to  his  bed  maker.  (2)  Residents  out  of 
College,  whether  before  or  after  the  completion  of  twelve  Terms' 
residence,  pay  about  £5  los.  less  than  the  above-mentioned  charge. 

At  Corpus,  the  charges  are,  (i)  for  residents  in  College  £12  per 
annum,  including  bedmakers,  (2)  for  residents  out  of  College,  who 
battel  either  wholly  or  partially  in  College,  £7  los.  per  annum. 

At  Christ  Church,  the  annual  charges  are  : — establishment  and  mis- 
cellaneous charges  for  Students,  £9  6s. ;  for  Commoners,  £12  6s. ;  for 
Exhibitioners,  £3  i8s.  Servants,  inclusive  of  all  payments  which  are 
recognized  by  the  House,  £9  ifis. ;  this,  however,  is  charged  only  to 
those  who  reside  in  College. 

At  Trinity,  the  charges  for  resident  Undergraduates  are  as  follows : — 
College  dues,  £5  8s.  per  annum,  servants  £8  6s.  An  additional  charge 
for  servants  is  made  at  the  rate  of  35.  in  the  pound  on  the  amount  of 
buttery  and  kitchen  accounts.  A  payment  of£i  los.  per  Term  to  the 
bedmaker  is  recognized  by  the  College. 

At  St.  John's,  (i)  residents  in  College  pay  annually  a  sum  of  about 
£9  for  College  dues  and  miscellaneous  charges ;  a  per-centage  is  charged 
upon  all  articles  which  are  supplied  from  the  kitchen  or  buttery,  to  cover 
the  wear  and  tear  of  plate,  &c. ;  a  terminal  payment  of  £i  to  the  bedmaker, 


COLLEGE   EXPENSES.  179 

los.  to  the'under-servant,  and  los.  to  the  porter,  is  recognized  by  the  Col- 
lege, provided  that  the  attendance  and  conduct  of  the  servants  have  been 
satisfactory  :  washing  is  covered  (with  the  exception  of  certain  extras)  by 
a  terminal  charge  of  £2.  (2)  For  residents  out  of  College  the  College 
dues  and  miscellaneous  charges  are  about  half  the  sum  mentioned 
above. 

At  Wadham,  residents  in  College  pay  annually  £15,  residents  out  of 
College  £10  los.  These  payments  cover  all  charges,  except  a  customary 
gratuity  of  £  i  at  the  end  of  each  Term  to  the  bedmaker,  provided  his 
attendance  and  conduct  have  been  satisfactory. 

At  Pembroke,  the  annual  College  dues  and  Establishment  charges 
amount  to  about  £21,  in  addition  to  which  a  terminal  payment  to  the 
bedmaker  is  recognized  by  the  College. 

At  "Worcester,  the  annual  College  dues  are  £14  15$.  for  a  Com- 
moner, £16  175.  6d.  for  a  Fellow-Commoner.  These  dues  do  not 
include  the  charge  for  bedmakers,  but  they  include  all  other  Establish- 
ment charges,  as  well  as  those  for  the  maintenance  of  the  chapel 
services  and  library,  and  University  dues. 

At  St.  Mary  Hall,  (i)  Commoners  may  compound  for  all  ordinary 
battels,  i.  e.  for  University  dues,  tuition,  furnished  rooms,  establishment 
charges,  servants,  and  board  for  three  Terms  of  eight  weeks  each,  by  a 
fixed  annual  payment  of  £80,  payable  in  advance  at  the  beginning  of 
each  Term :  the  only  necessary  extra  expenses  connected  witli  living  in 
Hall  are  coals,  lights,  and  washing:  non-necessary  extra  expenses  are 
not  allowed  to  exceed  £3  per  Term.  Commoners  who  do  not  thus 
compound  pay  an  annual  sum  of  about  £  1 7  for  three  years  (and  of  £6 
afterwards),  which  includes  all  dues,  establishment  charges,  and  sen-ants, 
except  a  terminal  gratuity  to  the  bedmaker.  (2)  Commoners  on  the 
•cm  who  reside  out  of  Hall,  but  dine  in  Hall,  pay  £51  13*. 
instead  of  £80  annually. 

St.  Alban  Hall,  (i)  Residents  in  Hall  pay  an  annual  sum  of.  about 
£60,  which  includes  tuition,  furnished  rooms,  establishment  charges, 
and  board  for  three  Terms  of  tight  weeks  each.  The  only  other  i. 

expenses  connected  with  living  in   Hall  are   coals,   candles,    and 
washing.     (2)  Undergraduates  who  reside  out  of  Hall  pay  £20 
for  tuition  and  establishment  charges,  and  according  to  a  fixed  tariff  for 
whatever  they  have  from  the  kitchen  or  buttery. 

St.  Edmund  Hall,  students  may  enter  either  on  the  Prepayment 

•    on  the  ordinary  system  of  Caution-Deposits  and  \\\\\ 
at  the  close  of  each  Term  (thn  <  i )  <  >n  the   I' 

ment  System,  an  annual  sum  of  £81  (including  £i  for  Uni\v. 
paid  in  three  equal  instalments   at   t! 

of  n  uprises  board,  the   lent   of  hnni-hed  rooin>.  tuition  (in- 

cluding al  to  members  of  ' 

those  in  the  Hall),  all  paym<  '1  charges  to  the  Hall. 

except  fees  on  taking  a  degree.  Laundress,  and  fire  and  1 i  • 
quired  in  private  rooms)  are  the  only  necessary  extras.  ( 2 )  On  the  IV. 
Deposit  System  the  annual  charges  are : — (i)  for  Undergraduates  residing 

N  a 


l8o  COLLEGE   EXPENSES. 

in  Hall,  (a)  for  the  first  twelve  Terms— establishment,  £6  6s.;  servants 
(exclusive  of  a  terminal  gratuity  of  £i  to  the  bedmaker),  £3  IDS.  6d. ; 
annual  total  about  £  I  o :  (6)  after  twelve  Terms'  residence  (supposing  rooms 
to  be  retained  in  the.Hall) — establishment,  £3  35.;  servants,  £3  IDS.  6d. 
(2)  For  Undergraduates  residing  out  of  Hall,  (a)  for  the  first  twelve 
Terms — establishment,  £4  us.  bd.;  servants,  £2:  (6)  after  twelve  Terms' 
residence— establishment,  i6s.;  servants,  125.  6d.  All  the  charges  here 
named  are  annual;  one-third  will  represent  the  terminal  payment  in 
each  case. 

At  Keble,  there  is  a  fixed  annual  charge  of  £81,  which  is  payable  in 
advance  in  three  equal  instalments,  one  at  the  beginning  of  every  Term, 
and  which  includes  all  ordinary  battels,  i.e.  the  rent  of  furnished  rooms, 
board,  College  dues,  servants,  and  tuition,  but  not  washing,  lights,  or 
beer  at  luncheon  and  dinner.  Extras  are  provided  according  to  a  fixed 
tariff,  but  are  not  allowed  to  exceed  £3  per  Term. 

At  Charsley's  Hall  the  annual  charges,  including  University  dues, 
are  £5.  Residents  in  the  Hall  pay  a  fixed  charge  of  £75  per  annum  for 
furnished  rooms,  board,  and  attendance. 

4.  ROOM-RENT  AND  FURNITURE. 

At  Balliol,  the  average  room-rent  is  about  £13  175.  annually,  and 
ranges  from  £8  upwards.  The  furniture  of  all  the  rooms  is  owned  by 
the  College ;  a  charge  of  5  per  cent,  per  annum  is  made  for  its  use,  in 
addition  to  which  every  outgoing  tenant  pays  for  the  depreciation  of 
the  furniture  as  ascertained  by  valuation  at  the  end  of  his  term  of 
occupancy.  The  total  average  cost  of  furnished  rooms,  including  the 
payments  for  interest  and  depreciation,  is  about  £20  annually,  or  about 
155.  6d.  a  week  for  the  27  weeks  of  residence. 

At  Merton,  the  room-rent  varies  from  £6  to  £15  annually.  Fur- 
niture cannot  be  hired  from  the  College. 

At  Exeter,  the  room-rent  varies  from  £10  los.  to  £16  i6s.  annually  : 
some  rooms  in  the  New  Buildings  are  let  at  £18  per  annum.  Furniture 
cannot  be  hired  from  the  College.  The  amount  of  valuation  is  not 
allowed  to  exceed  £60  in  any  one  set  of  rooms. 

At  Oriel,  the  average  room-rent  is  £12  annually.  Furniture  can,  at 
the  option  of  the  tenant,  be  hired  from  the  College,  at  a  charge  of 
5  per  cent,  per  annum. 

At  Queen's,  the  room-rent  varies  from  £7  los.  to  £13  los.  annually. 
Some  sets  of  rooms  are  let  furnished,  but  their  number  is  at  present 
very  small. 

At  New  College,  the  average  room-rent  is  £10  annually.  In  a  cer- 
tain proportion  of  the  rooms  furniture  can  be  hired  from  the  College. 

At  Lincoln,  the  average  room-rent  is  £10  annually.  Furniture 
cannot  be  hired  from  the  College. 

At  Magdalen,  the  room-rent  is  the  same  for  all  rooms,  viz.  £10 
annually.  Furniture  cannot  be  hired  from  the  College. 


COLLEGE    EXPENSES.  l8l 

Brasenose,  the  average  room-rent  is  £11  annually.  Furniture 
cannot  be  hired  from  the  College. 

At  Corpus,  room-rent  varies  from  £10  to  £16  annually. 
At   Christ  Church,  the  room-rent  varies  from  £9  95.  to  £18  i8s. 
annually.     Furniture  cannot  be  hired  from  the  House. 

At  Trinity,  the  room-rent  varies  from  £12  12$.  to  £16  annually. 
Furniture  cannot  be  hired  from  the  College. 

At  St.  John's,  the  room-rent  varies  from  £4  45.  to  £8  8s.  annually. 
Furniture  cannot  be  hired  from  the  College :  the  valuation  amounts  on 
an  average  to  about  .t  - 

At  Wadham,  there  are  three  classes  of  rooms,  with  rents  of  £10  los., 
£12,  and  £14  14$.  a  year  respectively.  The  furniture  of  the  rooms 
belongs  to  the  College.  For  the  use  of  it  an  annual  rent  of  5  per  cent, 
on  its  value  is  charged,  besides  which  every  occupant  of  a  set  of  rooms 
when  he  vacates  them  the  difference  between  the  value  of  the 
furniture  at  the  beginning  and  at  the  end  of  his  occupancy,  the  amount 
of  such  difference  being  ascertained  by  a  valuation. 

At  Pembroke,  the  average  room-rent  is  about  £12  per  annum. 
Furniture  cannot  be  hired  from  the  College. 

"Worcester,  the  room-rent  varies  from  £9  95.  to  £14  145.  an- 
nually. Furniture  cannot  be  hired  from  the  College. 

At  St.  Mary  Hall,  the  room-rent  for  Commoners  not  on  the  Frugal 
:>  varies  from  £12  to  £20  annually.  Furniture  can  be  hired  from 
sail. 

At  St.  Alban  Hall,  the  rent  of  furnished  rooms  is  included  in  the 
gross  annual  charge. 

St.  Edmund  Hall,  the  room-rent  varies  from  £8  to  £12  annually. 
Furniture  cannot  be  hired  from  the  Hall,  by  those  who  enter  on  the 
Caution-Deposit  System.  On  the  Prepayment  System  the  rent  of  furnished 
rooms  is  included  in  the  sum  paid  terminally,  and  there  is  no  charge 
for  furniture  except  in  the  case  of  undue  damage,  which  is  estimated  by 
a  professional  valuer. 

Keble  the  rent  of  furnished  rooms  is  included  in  the  gross  annual 
charge,  but  undue  dilapidations  are  paid  by  the  tenant. 

5.  DEGREE  FEES. 
(Il»  ADDITION  TO  THE  UNIVERSITY  FEES,  p.  177.) 

M.A.,  £6  6s. 
Morton.  A  i  the  Dean,  £i  to  the  Library  on  taking  any 

<]«•:;.'(  B. 

MA,  £4  5«. 

At  O:  £4  21.  6rf.;  M.A.,  £• 

At  Queen's,  H.A.,  £5  5*. ;  M.A.,  £., 


182  COLLEGE   EXPENSES. 

At  New  College,  los.  6d.  is  paid  to  the  Dean  on  taking  any  degree; 
there  are  no  other  fees. 

At  Lincoln,  B.A.,  £4  45.;  M.A.,  £4  45. 

At  Magdalen,  B.A.,  £o  i;s.  6d. ;  M.A.,  £3  55. 

At  Brasenose,  B.A.,  £4  155.  6d. ;  M.A.,  £8  os.  6d. 

At  Corpus,  B.A.,  £i ;  M.A.,  los. ;  paid  to  the  Dean. 

At  Christ  Church,  B.A.,  £3  35.  for  Students  and  Commoners, 
£2  as.  for  Exhibitioners;  M.A.,  £2  2s.  to  the  Steward,  £i  is.  to  the 
M.A.  table  in  hall. 

At  Trinity,  B. A.,  £3  i6s.;  M.A.,  £6  is. 

At  St.  John's,  B.A.,  £6  75.  6d. ;  M.A.,  £9  155. 

At  Wadham,  B.A.,  £5  135. ;  M.A.,  £8  45. 

At  Pembroke,  B.A.,  £7  ;  M.A.,  £5. 

At  "Worcester,  B.A.,  £3  is.  for  a  Commoner,  £3  2s.  for  a  Fellow- 
Commoner;  M.A.,  £5  is.,  together  with  £4  45.  as  an  entrance  fee  to 
the  Common-room  in  the  case  of  one  who  has  not  previously  been  ad- 
mitted to  it. 

At  St.  Mary  Hall,  B.A.,  £5 ;  M.A.,  £4. 

At  St.  Alban  Hall.  B.A.,  £2. 

At  St.  Edmund  Hall,  B.A.,  £4  95. ;  M.A.,  £4  95. 

At  Keble,  B.A.,  (provisionally)  los. 

6.  MISCELLANEOUS. 

At  Balliol,  accounts  are  paid  three  times  a  year.  There  is  a  fixed 
limit  of  expenditure:  no  tuition  or  other  College  fees  are  charged  to 
Undergraduates  who  are  non-resident. 

At  Merton.  accounts  are  paid  three  times  a  year.  There  is  a  fixed 
limit  of  expenditure  (2$.  per  diem  for  dinner,  exclusive  of  the  buttery 
charge  for  bread,  cheese,  and  beer;  £6  per  Term  for  everything  which 
is  supplied  from  the  kitchen,  exclusive  of  dinners) :  groceries  may  be 
obtained  in  College. 

At  Exeter,  accounts  are  paid  three  times  a  year.  Any  member  of 
the  College  who  resides  in  Oxford  for  four  or  more  nights  in  any  Term 
will  be  liable  to  half  the  fixed  charges  of  that  Term,  and  any  member 
who  resides  for  twenty-one  nights  will  be  liable  to  the  whole.  Groceries 
and  dessert  may  be  obtained  in  College  from  the  Common-room  man. 
There  is  a  fixed  limit  of  expenditure. 

At  Oriel,  accounts  are  paid  four  times  a  year ;  but  the  account  for 
the  Michaelmas  quarter,  which  covers  the  Long  Vacation,  is  of  trifling 
amount. 

At  Queen's,  accounts  are  paid  three  times  a  year.  Battel-bills  are 
sent  to  all  residents  weekly,  and  the  notice  of  the  Dean  is  called  to  any 
in  which  the  amount  exceeds  a  certain  sum.  A  list  of  the  charges  made 
in  the  kitchen  (which,  with  the  regular  charge  for  dinner  in  hall,  vary 


COLLEGE  EXPENSES.  183 

with  the  market  prices)  is  drawn  out  from  time  to  time,  and  each  resident 
is  furnished  with  a  copy.  Those  who  dine  in  hall  ordinarily  pay  a  fixed 
charge,  but  in  any  Term  at  the  beginning  of  which  not  less  than  twenty- 
four  persons  give  notice  to  the  Bursar  or  Manciple  of  their  wish  to  dine 
off  commons,  and  so  to  reserve  to  themselves  the  power  of  regulating 
still  further  the  cost  of  their  dinner,  tables  are  set  apart  for  them.  A 
tariff  of  commons  is  put  up  in  hall  at  the  beginning  of  each  Term. 

Lincoln,  accounts  are  paid  three  times  a  year.  Any  Undergraduate 
whose  weekly  bill  exceeds  a  certain  amount  cannot  obtain  anything 
more  from  the  kitchen  or  buttery  without  special  leave  from  the  Bursar. 
Groceries  may  be  obtained  in  College  from  the  Common-room  man. 

At  Magdalen,  accounts  are  paid  three  times  a  year.  There  is  a  fixed 
limit  for  breakfasts,  luncheons,  and  dinners.  For  everything  beyond  this 
limit  special  leave  has  to  be  obtained.  Groceries,  wines,  and  desserts 
are  supplied,  if  desired,  by  the  Common-room  man. 

At  Corpus,  accounts  are  paid  three  times  a  year. 

Brasenose,  accounts  are  made  out  quarterly,  two  quarterly  ac- 
counts being  paid  in  the  course  of  Michaelmas  Term. 

At  Christ  Church,  accounts  are  paid  three  times  a  year.  No  profits 
are  made  either  at  the  kitchen  or  the  buttery. 

At  Trinity,  accounts  are  paid  four  times  a  year. 

At  St.  John's,  accounts  are  paid  three  times  a  year.  There  is  no 
fixed  limit  to  expenditure,  but  a  check  is  imposed  as  far  as  possible  upon 
extravagance  :  the  weekly  battels  (kitchen  and  buttery)  need  not  exceed 
£145. 

At  Wadham,  accounts  are  paid  three  times  a  year. 
Pembroke,  accounts  are  paid  four  times  a  year. 

At  "Worcester,  accounts  are  paid  three  times  a  year.  There  is  a 
fixed  tariff  for  breakfast,  and  a  limit  for  lunches,  which  cannot  be  ex- 
ceeded except  by  special  leave.  Dinner  is  also  regulated  by  a  printed  tariff. 
St.  Mary  Hall,  accounts  are  paid  in  advance  at  the  commence- 
ment of  each  Term  by  Commoners  on  the  Frugal  System  ;  and  quarterly 
by  ordinary  Commoners  and  Gentlemen-Commoners.  The  fixed  charge 
for  dinner,  inclusive  of  both  kitchen  and  buttery,  is  2$. 

At  St.  Edmund  Hall,  on  the  Caution-Deposit  System,  accounts 
arc  paid  three  times  a  year,  at  the  end  of  Michael  and  Easter 

Terms.     The  ba'  through  the  Principal's  hands  weekly,  and 

any  case  of  apparently  excessive  expenditure  is  at  once  enquired  into. 
The  dinner-charge  is  2$.,  including  the  buttery  charge  for  bread  and 
cheese;  beer  being  an  optional  extra.  All  extras  are  ululated  by  a 
printed  tariff.  On  the  Prcpayn;  i<l  at  the  com- 

mencement of  Michaelmas,  lx;iit.  an<l    i  i  with  any 

account  for  extras  that  may  have  been  incurred  in  the  j  im. 


1 84        EXPENSES  OF   UNATTACHED   STUDENTS. 


III.  EXPENSES  OP  UNATTACHED  STUDENTS. 

In  the  case  of  Students  who  are  not  attached  to  any  College  or 
Hall,  the  only  expenses  which  are  entirely  beyond  their  control 
are  the  following : — 

£    s.    d. 

1.  Fee  to  the  University  at  matriculation    .  .500 

2.  Caution-money,  returnable  on  removal  of  the 

name  from  the  books     .  .  .  .200 

3.  Terminal  fee,  for  the  first  twelve  Terms  .       126 

4.  Terminal  fee,  after  the  first  twelve  Terms         .       050 

5.  When  a  member  of  a  College  or  Hall  becomes 

an  Unattached  Student  he  pays  the  above- 
mentioned  fee  of  £5,  minus  the  fee  which  he 
paid  on  originally  matriculating  as  a  member 
of  the  University.  He  also  pays  the  above- 
mentioned  terminal  fees. 

It  appears,  from  returns  procured  by  the  Delegates  of  Un- 
attached Students,  that  some  Students  have  been  able  to  cover 
all  their  other  Academical  expenses,  i.e.  board,  lodging,  and 
tuition,  for  about  £45  a  year.  It  must  at  the  same  time  be 
borne  in  mind  that  the  board,  lodging,  and  tuition  which  are 
obtainable  for  this  sum  are  for  the  most  part  of  a  different  kind 
from  that  of  which  residents  in  a  College  or  Hall  are  able  to 
avail  themselves. 


October,  1873. 

BOOKS 

PRINTED  AT 

THE     CLARENDON     PRESS,     OXFORD, 

AND  PUBLISHED  FOR  THE  UNIVERSITY  BY 

MACMILLAN  AND   CO., 
tg  &  30,  BEDFORD  STREET,  COVENT  GARDEN,  LONDON. 


LEXICONS,  ORAMMAKS,  &c. 
A   Greek-English    Lexicon,  by   Henry   George  Liddell, 

D.D..  and  Robert  Scott,  D.D.  Sixth  Edition,  Revised  and  Augmented,    1870. 
4to.    cloth,  i/.  i6r. 

A   Greek-English    Lexicon,   abridged  from    the    above, 

chiefly    for    the    use   of  Schools.      Fourteenth    Edition,    carefully    revised 
throughout,  1871.  square  izmo.  cloth,  js.  dd. 

A  copious  Greek-English  Vocabulary,  compiled  from  the 

best  authorities.    1850.  34100.  bound,  y. 

Graecae   Grammaticae  Rudimenta  in  usum  Scholarum. 

Auctore  Carolo  Wordsworth,  D.C.  L.  Seventeenth  Edition,  1870.  ismo.  bound,  41. 

A  Practical  Introduction  to  Greek  Accentuation,  by 

H.  W.  Chandler,  M.  A.    1862.  8vo.  cloth,  tor.  6rf. 

Scheller's  Lexicon  of  the  Latin  Tongue,  with  the  German 

inatwns  translated  into  English  by  J.  H.  kiddle,  M.A.     1835.  foL  cloth, 

A  Practical  Grammar  of  the  Sanskrit  Language,  ar- 
ranged with  reference  to  the  Classical  Languages  of  Europe,  for  the  use  of 
English  Students,  by  Monier  Williams,  UjFfSr*  Edition.  1864.  8vo.  (loth. 

»y- 
A    Sanskrit    English    Dictionary,    Etymologically    and 

k,   Latin.  German, 

A:..  ••->.  i-  :,.    l-.ii.-:!-.!;.    all. I    ..;!irr       OpUti      \t,  '.•••}     n  •;••     |     LMMMa        \'\ 

Monicr  WUltana,  M.A..  Boden  l«rofes»or  of  SauskriL    1873.  4to.  doth,  4!.  us.  oi 

An  Icelandic-English  Dictionary.   Ly  the  late  R.  Cleasby. 

Enlarged  and  completed  by  C.  Vigfusson.    rarts  L  and  II.  1869-18; . 
Part  III.    4*0.  iZ  u.    Jtat  ready.    This  Part  c**H*u  th<  . 


Catalogue  of  Books 


GKEEK  AND  LATIN  CLASSICS. 
Aeschylus :   Tragoediae  et  Fragmenta,  ex  recensione  Guil. 

DindorfiL    Second  Edition,  1851.  8vo.  cloth,  y.  6et. 

Sophocles  :  Tragoediae  et  Fragmenta,  ex  recensione  et  cum 

comtnentariis   GuiL  DindorfiL     Third  hdition,  a  vols.  1860.  fcap.   8vo.  cloth, 
i/.  u. 

Each  Play  separately,  limp,  21.  6et. 

The  Text  alone,  printed  on  writing  paper,  with  large 

margin,  royal  161110.  cloth,  8s. 

The  Text  alone,  square  i6mo.    cloth,  35.  6d. 

Each  Play  separately,  limp,  6d. 

Sophocles :  Tragoediae  et  Fragmenta  cum  Annotatt.  Guil. 

iJindurrii.    Tomi  II.  1849.  8vo.  cloth,  rot. 

The  Text,  VoL  I.  y.  6d.    The  Notes,  VoL  II.  41.  6d. 

Euripides :  Tragoediae  et  Fragmenta,  ex  recensione  Guil. 

Dimlorfii.     Tomi  II.    1834.  8vo.  cloth,  IQS. 

Aristophanes:    Comoediae  et   Fragmenta,  ex  recensione 

GuiL  DindorfiL     Tomi  II.  1835.  8vo.  cloth,  us. 

Aristoteles;  ex  recensione  Immanuelis  Bekkeri.     Accedunt 

Indices  SylburgianL    Tomi  XI.     1837.  8vo.  cloth,  *l.  lot. 
Each  volume  separately,  5*.  &£ 

Catulli  Veronensis  Liber.   Recognovit,  apparatum  criticum 

prolegomena  appendices  addidit,  Robinson  HUis,  A.M.     1867.  8vo.  cloth,  idr. 

Catulli   Veronensis   Carmina   Selecta,  secundum  recog- 

nitionem  Robinson  Ellis,  A.M.     Extra  fcap.  8vo.  cloth,  y.  (>d. 

Demosthenes:    ex  recensione  Guil.   Dindorfii.     Tomi  IV- 

1846.  8vo.  cloth,  i/.  is. 

Homerus  :  Ilias,  ex  rec.  Guil.  Dindorfii.  1856.  8vo.  cloth, 
y.fxt. 

Homerus :    Odyssea,  ex  rec.   Guil.  Dindorfii.     1855.  8vo. 

cloth,  y.  6d. 

Plato:    The  Apology,  with   a  revised  Text  and  English 

«  s,  and  a  Digest  of  Platonic  Idioms,  by  James  Riddell,  M.A.    1867.  8vo. 
cloth,  &s.  6rf. 

Plato :    Philebus,  with  a  revised  Text  and  English  Notes, 

by  Edward  Poste,  M.A.    1860.  8vo.  cloth,  7*.  6rf. 

Plato :    Sophistes  and  Politicus,  with  a  revised  Text  and 

English  Notes,  by  L.  Campbell,  M.A.    1866.  8vo.  cloth,  i8j. 

Plato  :  Theaetetus,  with  a  revised  Text  and  English  Notes, 

by  L.  Campbell,  M.A.    1861.  8vo.  cloth,  91-. 

Plato :  The  Dialogues,  translated  into  English,  with  Ana- 
lyses and  Introductions.  By  B.  Jowett,  M.  A.,  Master  of  Balliol  College,  and 
Regius  Professor  of  Greek.  4  vols.  1871.  8vo.  cloth,  y.  6s. 


Printed  at  the  Clarendon  Press. 


THE  HOLY  SCRIPTURES. 
The  Holy  Bible  in  the  Earliest  English  Versions,  made  from 

the  Latin  Vulgate  by  John  Wycliffe  and  his  followers :  edited  by  the  Rev.  J. 
:  uldcn.   4  vols.  1850.  royal  410.  cloth,  3/.  3*. 

The  Holy  Bible  :    an  exact  reprint,  page  for  page,  of  the 

Authorized  Version  published  in  the  year  1611.     Demy  4to.  hatf  bound,  il.  is. 

Vetus  Testamentum  Graece  secundum  exemplar  Vaticanum 

.    ciiiuiiiL      Acccdit  potior  varietas  Codicis  AlexandnnL     Toiui  III.  1848. 
iSmo.  cloth,  14J. 

Novum   Testamentum   Graece.      Edidit  Carolus  Lloyd, 

S.T.  P.R.,  necnon  Episcopus  Oxoniensis.    1869.  iSmo.  cloth,  y. 

The  same  on  writing  paper,  small  410.  cloth,  ics.  6d. 
Novum  Testamentum  Graece  juxta  Exemplar  Millianum. 

1868.  jSmo.  doth,  as.  6rf. 

The  same  on  writing  paper,  small  4to.  clotb,  6s.  6d. 
Evangelia  Sacra  Graece.     1870.  fcap.  8vo.  limp,  is.  6d. 

ECCLESIASTICAL  HISTORY,  &c. 
Baedae   Historia    Ecclesiastica.      Edited,    with    English 

y  (,.   H.  M   bcrly.  M.A.     1869.  crown  8vo.  cloth,  lot.  6d. 

Bingham's  Antiquities  of  the  Christian  Church,  and  other 

k&     xo  vols.     1855.  Svo,  cloth,     J'ri,e  ratiueJ/rom  $t.  y.  to  $1.  y. 

Eusebius*  Ecclesiastical  History,  according  to  the  Text 

ofl;.-  uction  by  William  Hri^ht,  D.D.,  Regius  IVofessor 

rii    Crown  8vo.  cloth,  &r.  M. 

The  Orations  of  St.  Athanasius  against  the  Arians.  With 

an  Account  of  his  Life.     I  .:.  1'.  b.,  Ki-nius  1'iofcssi  r  of  liccle- 

Ci 


Svo.  cloth, 


Patrum  Apostolicorum,  S.  Cltmcntis  Romani,  S.  Ignatii, 

;    'lycarpi.    quae   supcisunt.      I-didit  Guil.  Jacobson,  S.T.l'.k.      '1  >..iiii   II. 
Fourth  Edition,  1863.  8va  cloth,  il.  is. 


ENGLISH  THEOLOGY. 
Butler's  Works,  with  an  Index  to  the  Analogy.     2  vols. 

1849.  8vo.  dctii,  i:s. 

Greswell's    Harmonia    Evangelica.      Fifth    Edition,    1856. 

8ra  cloth,  91.  M. 

Hooker's  "Works,  with  his  Life  by  Walton,  arranged   by 

John  ..  j86s.  3  vols.  8vo.  ,Mh,  i/.  .  i 

Hooker's  Works ;  the  text  as  arranged  by  John  Keble,  M.A. 

a  vote.  1865.  Svo.  doth,  us. 

Pearson'H  of  the  Creed.     Revised  and  corrected 

by  E.  Barton.  I '.!>.    l-,/:h  i  ,i:i:cn,  1864,  8ra  doth,  tar.  &/. 

Waterland's  Review  of  the  Doctiir.c  of  the  Kutliaiist,  with 
»!'.•  ,     f  London.    1868.  crown  8»o,  cloth,  bt.  tuL 


Books  Printed  at  the  Clarendon  Press. 


ENGLISH  HISTORY. 
Clarendon's  (Edw.  Earl  of)  History  of  the  Rebellion  and 

Civil  Wars  in  Hnifland.      To  which  are  subjoined  the  Notes  of  Bishop  War- 
burton.     7  vols.  1849.  medium  8vo.  cloth,  zl.  iof. 

Clarendon's  (Edw.  Earl  of)  History  of  the  Rebellion  and 

Civil  Wars  in  England.     7  vols.  1839.  x8mo.  cloth,  il.  is. 

Freeman's    (E.  A.)  History  of  the  Norman   Conquest   of 

England:  its  Causes  and  Results.     Vols.  I.  and  II.  8vo.    New  Edition,  -with 

,  1 1.  i6j. 

Vol.  III.  The  Reign  of  Harold  and  the  Interregnum.    1869.  8vo.  cloth,  if.  is, 
Vol.  IV.  The  Reign  of  William.    1871.  8vo.  cloth,  il.  is. 

Rogers's  History  of  Agriculture  and  Prices  in  England,  A.D. 

1259 — 1400.    a  vols.  1866.  8vo.  cloth,  il.  as. 

MATHEMATICS,  PHYSICAL  SCIENCE,  &c. 
An  Account  of  Vesuvius,  by  John  Phillips,  M.A.,  F.R.S., 

Professor  of  Geology,  Oxford.     1869.  Crown  8vo.  cloth,  icu.  6d. 

Treatise   on  Infinitesimal   Calculus.     By  Bartholomew 

Price,  M.A.,  F.R.S.,  Professor  of  Natural  Philosophy,  Oxford. 

VoL  I.    Differential  Calculus.     Second  Edition,  1858.  8vo.  cloth,  14*  64. 

VoL  II.  Integral  Calculus,  Calculus  of  Variations,  and  Differential  Equations. 
Second  Edition,  1865.  8vo.  cloth,  181. 

VoL  III.  Statics,  including  Attractions;  Dynamics  of  a  Material  Particle. 
Second  Edition,  1868.  8vo.  cloth,  i&s. 

VoL  IV.  Dynamics  of  Material  Systems  ;  together  with  a  Chapter  on  Theo- 
retical Dynamics,  by  W.  F.  Donkin,  M.  A.,  F.R.S.  1863.  8vo.  cloth.ito. 


MISCELLANEOUS. 

A  Course  of  Lectures  on  Art,  delivered  before  the  Univer- 
sity of  Oxford.  By  John  Ruskin,  M.A.,  Slade  Professor  of  Fine  Art.  1870. 
8vo.  cloth,  dr. 

A  Critical  Account   of  the  Drawings  by  Michel  Angelo 

and  Raffaello  in  the  University  Galleries,  Oxford.      By  J.  C.  Robinson,  F.S.  A. 
1870.  Crown  8vo.  cloth,  41-. 

Bacon's  Novum  Organum,  edited,  with  English  Notes,  by 

G.  W.  Kitchin,  M.A.     1855.  8vo.  cloth,  9*.  6rf. 

Bacon's   Novum  Organum,  translated  by  G.  W.  Kitchin, 

MA.     1855.  8vo.  cloth,  y.  6d. 

Smith's  "Wealth  of  Nations.     A  new  Edition,  with  Notes, 

by  J.  E.  Thorold  Rogers,  M.A.    2  vols.  8vo.  cloth,  ats. 

The  Student's  Handbook  to  the  University  and  Col- 
leges of  Oxford.  Extra  fcap.  8vo.  cloth,  zs.  (.J. 


-press  Aeries. 


Tlie  Delegates  of  the  Clarendon  Press  having  undertaken 
the  publication  of  a  series  of  works,  chiefly  educational,  and 
entitled  the  dTlarcnUon  l^rc^s  rrrtcs,  have  published,  or  have 
in  preparation,  the  following. 

Those  to  which  friers  are  attached  are  already  published ;  the  others  art  in 
preparation. 

I.    GREEK  AND  LATIN  CLASSICS,  &c. 
A  Greek  Primer,  in  English,  for  the  use  of  beginners,     r.y 

the  Ri?ht  Rev.  Charles  Wordsworth.  D.C.L.,  Bishop  of  St.  Andrews.    Second 
Edition.    Ext.  fcap.  8vo.  cloth,  is.  6rf. 

Greek   Verbs,   Irregular  and    Defective;    their   forms, 

meaning,  and  quantity ;  embracing  all  the  Tenses  used  bv  Creek  wrii<  • 

.  the  passages  in  which  they  are  found.      lly  W.  V'citch.     AV*» 
.     Crown  8»o.  cloth,  los.  6d. 

The   Elements   of  Greek   Accentuation   (for  Schools) : 

.red  from  his  larger  work  by  H.  W.  Chandler,  M.A..  Waynflete  Professor 

i p.  8vo.  cloth,  as.  6rf. 

The  Orations  of  Demosthenes  and  Aeschines  on  the 

Crown.     With  Introductory  Essays  and  Notes.     By  G.  A.  Simcox.  M.A.,  an  ! 
vo.  cloth,  iaj. 

Aristotle's   Politics.     By  W.  L.  Newman,   M.A.,  Fellow 

and  Lecturer  of  Balliol  College,  and  Reader  in  Ancient  History,  Oxford. 

Arrian.   Selections  (for  Schools).     \Vitli  Notes.     By  J.  S. 

:ts,  B.C.L.,  Assistant  Master  in  Kujjliy  School. 

The  Golden  Treasury  of  Ancient  Greek  Poetry;   being  a 

Collection  of  the  !>:, 
Not 

.  'As.  64. 

A  Golden  Treasury  of  Greek  Prose ;  being  a  Collection  of 

•nett  postages  in  the  principal  Creek   I'nxe    Writers,  wt- 

t'.8vo. 
;  /  6d. 

Homer,     niad.    By  D.  B.  Monro,  M  A.,  Fellow  and  Tutor 

orOridCoO««t.Oi 

Abo  •  wnafler  edhJon  for  Schools. 


Clarendon  Press  Series. 


Homer.     Odyssey,  Books  I -XII  (for  Schools).    By  W.  \\. 

Merry,  M.  A.,  Fellow  and  Lecturer  of  Lincoln  College,  Oxford.  Third  Edition. 
Ext.  fcap.  8vo.  cloth,  \s.  dd. 

Homer.     Odyssey,  Books  I-XII.     By  W.  W.  Merry,  M.A., 

Fellow  and  Lecturer  of  Lincoln  College,  Oxford;  and  the  late  James  Riddell, 
M.  A.,  Fellow  of  Balliol  College,  Oxford. 

Homer.    Odyssey,  Books  XIII-XXIV.    By  Robinson  Ellis, 

M.A.,  Fellow  of  Trinity  College,  Oxford. 

Plato.     Selections  (for  Schools).  With  Notes,   By  B.  Jowett, 

M.  A.,  Regius  Professor  of  Greek  ;  and  J.  Purves,  M.  A.,  Fellow  and  Lecturer 
of  Balliol  College,  Oxford. 

Sophocles.   The  Plays  and  Fragments.   With  English  Notes 

and  Introductions.    By  Lewis  Campbell,  M.  A.,  Professor  of  Greek,  St.  Andrews, 
formerly  Fellow  of  Queen's  College,  Oxford. 
Vol.  I.  Oedipus  Tyrannus.    Oedipus  Coloneus.     Antigone.     8vo.  cloth,  141. 

Sophocles.     In  Single  Plays,  with  English  Notes,  &c.     By 

Lewis  Campbell.  V.  "f  Greek,  St.  Andrews,  and  Evelyn  Abbott, 

M.A..  of  Balliol  College.  Oxford. 
Oedipus  Rex.     Now  ready. 

Sophocles.     Oedipus  Rex:   Dindorfs  Text,  with  Notes  by 

the  Ven.  Archdeacon  Basil  Jones, M. A.,  formerly  Fellow  of  University  College 
Oxford.  Second  Edition.  Ext.  fcap.  8vo.  limp  cloth,  is.  6rf. 

Theocritus  (for  Schools).  With  Notes.   By  H.  Snow,  M.A., 

•ant  Master  at  Eton  College,  formerly  Fellow  of  St.  John's  College,  Cam- 
\;e.     Second  Edition.     Ext  leap.  8vo.  cloth,  ^s.  (id. 

Xenophon.     Selections   (for   Schools).     With    Notes   and 

Maps.  By  I.  S.  Phillpotts,  B.C.L.,  Assistant  Master  in  Rugby  School,  formerly 
Fellow  of  New  College,  Oxford. 

Part    I.     Second  Edition.    Ext.  fcap.  8vo.  cloth,  y.  6d. 

Part  II.     By  the  same  Editor.    Preparing. 

Caesar.     The  Commentaries  (for  Schools).     Part  I.     The 

Gallic  War,  with  Notes  and  Maps.  &c.  By  Charles  E.  Moberly,  M.  A.,  Assistant 
Master  in  Rugby  School;  formerly  Scholar  of  Balliol  College,  Oxford.  Ext. 
fcap.  8vo.  cloth,  \s.  6d. 

Part  II.  The  Civil  War.  Book  I.  By  the  same  Editor. 

fcap.  8vo.  cloth,  as. 

Cicero's  Philippic  Orations.    With  Notes.    By  J.  R.  King, 

M.A.,  formerly  Fellow  and  Tutor  of  Merlon  College,  Oxford.  Demy  8vo. 
cloth,  ictf.  6rf. 

Cicero  pro  Cluentio.     With  Introduction  and  Notes.     By 

\V '.  Ramsay,  M.A.  Edited  by  G.  G.  Ramsay,  M.A.,  Professor  of  Humanity, 
Glasgow.  Ext.  fcap.  8vo.  cloth,  y.  6d. 

Cicero.     Selection  of  interesting  and   descriptive  passages. 

With   Notes.     By  Henry  Walford.  M.A.,  Wadham  College,  Oxford,  Assistant 
Master  at  Haileybury  College.     In  three  Parts.    Ext.  fcap.  8vo.  cloth,  41.  6d. 
Each  Part  separately,  in  limp  cloth,  is.  6d. 

Part      I.  Anecdotes  from  Grecian  and  Roman  History.    Second  Edition. 

Part    II.  Omens  and  Dreams  :   Beauties  of  Nature.     Second  Edition. 

Part  III.  Rome's  Rule  of  her  Provinces. 


Clarendon  Press  Series. 


Cicero.      Select   Letters.      With    English    Introductions, 

-.  and  Appendices.     By  Albert  Watson.  M.A.,  Fellow  and  Lecturer  of 
Brasenose  College,  Oxford.    Demy  Svo.  cloth,  i&s. 

Cicero.    Select  Letters  (for  Schools).     With  Notes.     By  the 

late  C.  E.  Prichard.  M.A.,  formerly  Fellow  of  BaUiol   College.  Oxford,  and 
Bernard,  M.A.,  Fellow  of  Magdalen  College,  Oxford.    Extra  fcap.  Svo. 
doth,  y. 

Cioero   de   Oratore.     With  Introduction  and  Notes.     By 

A.  S.  Wilkins.  M.A.,  Professor  of  Latin,  Owens  College,  Manchester. 

Cornelius  Nepos.     With  Notes,  by  Oscar  Browning,  M.A., 

Fellow  of  King's  College,  Cambridge,  and  Assistant  Master  at  Eton  College. 
Ext.  fcap.  Svo.  cloth,  as.  6d. 

Horace.     With  Introductions  and  Notes.     By  Edward  C. 

.  ham.  M.  A. .  Fellow  and  Tutor  of  New  College,  Oxford,    In  tht  Press. 
Also  a  smalledition  for  Schools. 

Livy,  Books  I-X.     By  J.  R.  Seeley,  M.A.,  Fellow  of  Christ's 

College,  and  Regius  Professor  of  Modern  History,  Cambridge.    Book  I.    Demy 
Svo.  cloth,  6r. 
Also  a  small  edition  for  Schools. 

Livy.     Selections  (for  Schools).     With  Notes  and  Maps. 

By  H.  Lee  Warner.  M.A.,  Assistant  Master  at  Rugby  School.  In  Parts. 
Part  II.  Hannibal's  Campaign  in  Italy.  Extra  fcap.  Svo.  cloth,  is.  (xf. 
Part  L  The  Caudine  Forks.  Just  ready. 

Ovid.  Selections  for  the  use  of  Schools.  With  Introduc- 
tions and  Notes,  and  an  Appendix  on  the  Rowan  Calendar.  By  W.  Ramsay, 
M.  A.  Edked  by  G.  G.  Rai  tcssor  of  Humanity.  Glasgow.  Stcond 

:-JH.    Ext.  fcap.  Svo.  cloth,  v.  64. 

Persius.     The    Satires.      With   a  Translation   and   Com- 
mentary.    By  John  Conington.  M.A.,  lat<    >  >r  of  Latin  i 
University  of  Oxford.    LditcJ  by  H.  Ncttlcship,  M.A.    Svo.  cloth,  7s.(xi 


Vn  Cuninifton.  M.A.,  late  Corpus  Professor  of  Latin  in  the 
jty  of  Oxfor.!  : !.  Ncttleship,  " 

Pliny.     Select  Letters  (for  Schools).     With  Notes.    By  the 

late  C.  E.  Prichard,  M.A..  formerly  Fellow  of  Balliol  College,  Oxford,  and 
E.  R.  Bernard,  M.A.,  Fellow  of  Magdalen  College,  Oxford,  Extra  fcap.  Svo. 
cloth,  y. 

Fragments  and  Specimens  of  Early  Latin.     With  Intro- 

i«.-s.  and   Illustrations.      By  John  Wordsworth,   M.A.,  Brasenose 
College,  Oxford. 

Selections  from  the  less  known  Latin  Poets.     By  North 

r.  M.A..  formerly  Fellow  of  Trinity  College,  Oxford.     Demy  Sro,  (Uth, 

*v- 
Passages  for  Translation  into  Latin.     For  the  use  of 

Pattroea  and  others  Selected  by  J.  Y.  Sargent.  M.A  .  Tui«r.  fonnerty  Fellow, 
Of  Magdalen  College,  Oxford.  Third  Edttun.  Lxt.  fcap.  8vo.  cloth.  . 

II.  MENTAL  AND  MORAL  PHILOSOPHY. 

The  Elements  of  Deductive  Logio,  designed  mainly  for 

tfM  M«  of  JM»W»T  Students  la  the  Unhrenftie*. 

^-  t    TMOI  .',f   l.iiv  .,!n  <  nilr-r.  Oxf-r  !       /..,  .-/:.'.•..•.    .,.  «.;!,  a  CoO«Gtl  :i   •  f 

Exaoplc*.    Ext.  Cop.  8vo.  cloth,  y.  6tt. 


Clarendon  Press  Series. 


The  Elements  of  Inductive  Logic,  designed  mainly  for 

the  use  of  Students  in  the  Universities.    By  the  same  Author.  Second  Edition. 
Ext.  fcap.  8vo.  cloth,  6s. 

A  Manual  of  Political  Economy,  for  the  use  of  Schools. 

By  J.   E.   Thorold   Rogers,  M.A.,  formerly  Professor  of  Political  Economy, 
Oxford.    Second  Edition.     Ext.  fcap.  8vo.  cloth,  4*.  6d. 

Principles  of  Morals.     By  J.  M.  Wilson,  B.D.,  President 

of  C.C.C.,  Oxford,  and  T.  Fowler,  M.A.,  Fellow  and  Tutor  of  Lincoln  College, 
Oxford.     Preparing. 


III.    MATHEMATICS,  &c. 
Acoustics.     By  W.  F.  Donkin,  M.A.,  F.R.S.,  Savilian  Pro- 

fessor  of  Astronomy,  Oxford.    Crown  8vo.  cloth,  -js.  6tf. 

An   Elementary    Treatise   on   Quaternions.     By  P.  G. 

Tail,  M.  A.,  Professor  of  Natural  Philosophy  in  the  University  of  Edinburgh  ; 
formerly  Fellow  of  St.  Peter's  College,  Cam!  ,ri<l>;e.  1  >cmy  8vo.  cloth,  izj.  (3. 

Book-keeping.     By  R.  G.  C.  Hamilton,  Accountant  to  the 

Board  of  Trade,  and  John  Ball  (of  the  Firm  of  Messrs.  Ouilter,  Ball,  &  Co.), 
Examiners  in   Book-keeping  for   the  Society  of  Arts'  Examination.     Third 
•i.     Ext.  fcap.  8vo.  limp  cloth,  is.  ftd. 

The    Scholar's    Arithmetic.      By  Lewis   Hensley,   M.A., 

formerly  Fellow  and  Assistant  Tutor  of  Trinity  College,  Cambridge.  Crown 
8vo.  cloth,  £.  6rf.  yust  Published. 

Figures  made  Easy:  a  first  Arithmetic  Book.  (Intro- 
ductory to  'The  Scholar's  Arithmetic.')  By  the  same  Author.  Crown  8vo. 
cloth.  6d. 

Answers  to   the   Examples    in    Figures   made  Easy, 

together  with  two  thousand  additional  Examples  formed  from  the  Tables  in 
the  same,  with  answers.  Crown  8vo.  cloth,  is. 

A  Course  of  Lectures  on  Pure  Geometry.     By  Henry  J. 

Stephen  Smith.  M.  A..  F.R.S..  Fellow  of  Balliol  College,  and  Savilian  Professor 
of  Geometry  in  the  University  of  Oxford. 

A  Treatise  on  Electricity  and  Magnetism.     By  J.  Clerk 

Maxwell.  M.A.,  F.R.S.,  Professor  of  Experimental  Physics  In  the  University 
of  Cambridge.  In  two  vols.  Demy  8vo.  cloth,  i/.  nj  6rf. 

A  Series  of  Elementary  Works  is  being  arranged,  and  -will  shortly  be 
announced. 

IV.   HISTOEY. 
A  Manual  of  Ancient  History.     By  George  Rawlinson, 

M.  A.,  Camden  Professor  of  Ancient  History,  formerly  Fellow  of  Exeter  College, 
Oxford.  Demy  8vo.  cloth,  us. 

Select   Charters   and  other  Illustrations    of  English 

Constitutional  History  from  the  Earliest  Times  to  the  reign  of  Edward  I. 
By  \V.  Stubbs.  M.A.,  Regius  Professor  of  Modern  History  in  the  University 
of  Oxford.  Crown  8vo.  cloth,  8s.  6et. 

A  Constitutional  History  of  England.     By  W.  Stubbs, 

M.  A.,  Regius  Professor  of  Modern  History,  Oxford.    In  the  Press. 


Clarendon  Press  Series. 


A   History   of  France,  down   to   the   year    1453.     "With 

Maps  and  Plans.  By  G.  W.  Kitchin,  M.A..  formerly  Censor  of  Christ  Church. 
Crown  8vo.  cloth,  ior.  (d.  Just  Published. 

A  History  of  Germany  and  of  the  Empire,  down  to  the 

close  of  the  Middle  Age*.  By  J.  Bryce,  D.C.L.,  Regius  Professor  of  Civil 
Law,  Oxford. 

A  History  of  Germany,  from  the  Reformation.     By  Adol- 

W.  Ward.  M.A.,  Fellow  of  St.  Peter's  College.  Cambridge,  Professor  of 
. .  Owens  College,  Manchester. 

A  History  of  British  India.     By  S.  J.  Owen,  M.A.,  Reader 

.  Christ  Church,  and  Teacher  of  Indian  Law  and  History  in  the 
-Mty  of  Oxford. 

A  History  of  Greece.     By  E.  A.  Freeman,  M.A.,  formerly 

Fellow  of  Trinity  College,  Oxford. 

V.   LAW. 

Gaii  Institutionum  Juris  Civilis  Commentarii  Quatuor; 

or.  Elements  of  Roman  Law  by  Gaius.     With  a  Translation  .in 

Ily  I!  '.«  ..r,i  Poste,  M.A.,Barrister-at-Law,  and  Fellow  of  Oriel  College,  Oxford. 

8vo.  cloth,  i&r. 

Elements  of  Law  considered  with  reference  to  Principles 

of  General  Jurisprudence.  By  William  Markby,  M.A.,  Judge  of  the  High 
Court  of  Judicature,  Calcutta.  Crown  8vo.  cloth,  dr.  6rf. 

The  Elements  of  Jurisprudence.     By  Thomas  Erskine 

Holland,  B.C.L.,  Barristcr-at-Law,  and  formerly  I-cllow  of  Exeter  College, 
Oxford. 

The  Institutes  of  Justinian,  edited  ns  a  Recension  of  the 

limiting*  of  Gaius.    By  the  same  I  vo.  cloth,  y. 

Authorities  Illustrative  of  the  History  of  the  English 

Law  of  Real  Property.    By  '  A.,  \  nn.ri.in  Kc.vkr  in  Law, 

VI.  PHYSICAL   SCIENCE. 
Natural  Philosophy.    In  four  volumes.    By  Sir  W.  Thorn- 

i. !..!>..  D.C.I.  ,  Glasgow;  and 

.     T.iit,   MA.,  l'r..f.:»s.,r  «.f  N.ilur.il    1  i!y  Fcl- 

lows  of  St.  Peter's  College,  I  .  il.  jr. 

Elements  of  Natural  Philosophy.     By  the  same  Authors. 

Being  a  smaller  Work  on  the  same  subject,  .ni'l  f 

so  far  as  It  can  be  carried  out   with  tlcincntary  Geometry  and 

•T.X      I'art  I.  B;ci.  </,V/r.  pt. 

Descriptive   Astronomy.     A  Handbook  for  the  General 

Readtr.  and  also  for  practical  Observatory  work.  With  774  illustrations  and 
numerous  tables.  By  «5.  F.  Chambers.  F.R.  A.S.,  Barristcr-at-Law.  DcmyBvo. 
•yfi  pp..  clot h,  \l.  is. 

Chemistry   for   Students.     By  A.  \V.   Williamson,   Phil. 


EtUtlen,  MM  Solutions.    Ext  fcap.  8vo.  cloth.  8x.  6rf. 

A  Treatise  on  Heat,  with  numerous  Woodcuts  nn<: 

rnmt     87  BaMbi.r  .ytks.  Owens 

CoUere.  Manchester.    S*c*nd  Ed 


io  Clarendon  Press  Series. 


Forms  of  Animal  Life.     By  G.  Rolleston,  M.D.,  F.R.S., 

Linacre   Professor  of  Physiology,  Oxford.     Illustrated  by   Descriptions  and 
Drawings  of  Dissections.     Demy  8vo.  cloth,  i6j. 

Exercises   in   Practical   Chemistry.     By   A.   G.  Vernon 

Harcourt,  M.A.,  F.R.S.,  Senior  Student  of  Christ  Church,  and  Lee's  Reader 
in  Chemistry  ;  and  H.  G.  Madan,  M.A.,  Fellow  of  Oucen's  College,  Oxford. 

Series    I.  Qualitative  Exercises.     Second  Edition.     Crown  8vo.  c/t?/A,  7^.  6rf. 

Series  II.  Quantitative  Exercises. 

Geology   of  Oxford   and   the  Valley  of  the  Thames. 

By  John  Phillips,  M.  A.,  F.R.S.,  Professor  of  Geology,  Oxford.  8vo.  cloth,  il.  is. 

Geology.     By  J.  Phillips,  M.A.,  F.R.S.,  Professor  of  Geo- 

'  '  x  ford. 

Mechanics.     By  Bartholomew  Price,  M.A.,  F.R.S.,  Sedleian 

Professor  of  Natural  Philosophy,  Oxford. 

Optics.  By  R.  B.  Clifton,  M.A.,  F.R.S.,  Professor  of  Experi- 
mental Philosophy,  Oxford ;  formerly  Fellow  of  St.  John's  College,  Cambridge. 

Electricity.       By   W.   Esson,    M.A.,   F.R.S.,   Fellow    and 

Mathematical  Lecturer  of  Merton  College,  Oxford. 

Crystallography.     By  M.   H.  N.   Story-Maskelyne,  M.A., 

IWessor  of  Mineralogy,  Oxford;  and  Deputy  Keeper  in  the  Department  of 
Minerals,  British  Museum. 

Mineralogy.     By  the  same  Author. 

Physiological  Physics.  By  G.  Griffith,  M.A.,  Jesus  Col- 
lege, Oxfc.r.l.  Assistant  Secretary  to  the  British  Association,  and  Natural 
Science  Master  at  Harrow  School 

Magnetism. 

VII.  ENGLISH  LANGUAGE  AND  LITERATURE. 

A  First  Reading  Book.     By  Marie  Eichens  of  Berlin ;  and 

edited  by  Anne  J.  Clough.     Ext.  fcap.  8vo.  slipcovers,  41*. 

Oxford    Reading    Book,    Part   I.     For    Little   Children. 

Ext.  fcap.  8vo.  stiffcovers,  6d. 

Oxford    Reading    Book,    Part   II.     For  Junior   Classes. 

Ext  fcap.  8vo.  stiff  covers,  6d. 

On  the  Principles   of  Grammar.     By  E.  Thring,  M.A., 

Head  Master  of  Uppingham  Schoo!.     Ext.  fcap.  8vo.  cloth,  AS.  6d. 

Grammatical  Analysis,  designed  to  serve  as  an  Exercise 

and  Composition  Book  in  the  English  Languag*.    By  E.  Thring,  M.A.,  Head 
Master  of  Uppingham  School    Ext.  fcap.  8vo.  cloth,  y.  dd. 

An  English  Grammar   and  Reading  Book,  for  Lower 

Forms  in  Classical  Schools.      By  O.  W.  Tancock,  M.A.,  Assistant  Master  of 
Sherborne  School     Ext.  fcap.  8vo.  cloth,  y.  6d. 

Specimens  of  Early  English.     A  New  and  Revised  Edi- 
tion.   With  Introduction,  Notes,  and  Glossarial  Index.    By  R.  Morris,  LL-D. 
and  W.  W.  Skeat,  M.A. 
Part  I.     In  the  Press. 

Part  II.  From  Robert  of  Gloucester  to  Cower  (A.D.  1298  to  A.D.  1393).    Ext. 
fcap.  8vo.  cloth,  -js.  (d. 


Clarendon  Press  Series.  1 1 


Specimens  of  English  Literature,  from  the  '  Ploughmans 

Crede*  to  the  'Shepheardes  Calender'  (A.D.  1394  to  A.U.  1579).  With  Intro- 
duction, Notes,  and  Glossarial  Index.  By  W.  W.  Skcat,  M.A.  Ext.  fcap.  8vo. 
cloth,  ^s.  6d. 

The  Vision  of  "William  concerning  Piers  the  Plowman, 

•  illiam  Langland.     Edited,  with  Notes,  by  W.  W.  Skeat,  M.A.,  formerly 
Fellow  of  Chrisrs  College,  Cambridge.     Ext.  fcap.  8vo.  cloth,  41.  6d. 

Milton.    The  Areopagitica.    ^'ith  Notes.  By  J.  W.  Hales, 

.  iate  Fellow  of  Christ's  College,  Cambridge. 

The  Philology   of  the  English   Tongue.     By  J.   Earle, 

M.  A.,  formerly  Fellow  of  Oriel  College,  and  Professor  of  Anglo-Saxon,  Oxford. 
Second  Edition.  Ext.  fcap.  8vo.  cloth,  7*.  6d. 

Typical  Selections  from  the  best  English  Authors  from  the 

Sixteenth  to  the  Nineteenth  Century,  (to  serve  as  a  higher  Reading  Book.)  with 
Introductory  Notices  and  Notes,  being  a  Contribution  towards  a  History  of 
English  Literature.  Ext.  fcap.  8vo.  cloth,  4$.  6d. 

Specimens  of  the  Scottish  Language;  being  a  Series  of 

Annotated  Extracts  illustrative  of  the  Literature  and  Philology  of  the  Lowland 
Tongue  from  the  Fourteenth  to  the  Nineteenth  Century.  With  Introduction 
and  Glossary.  By  A.  H.  Burgess,  M.A. 

See  also  XII.  below  for  other  English  Classics. 

VIII.  FRENCH  LANGUAGE  AND  LITERATURE. 
Brachet's  Historical  Grammar  of  the  French  Language. 

Kit<.!iin.  M.A.  .formerly  Censor  of  Christ  Churcii.   Second 
:,  ivith  a  new  Index.    Ext.  fcap.  8vo.  cloth,  y.  6d. 


An  Etymological  Dictionary  of  the  French  Language,  with 

a  Preface  on  the  Principles  of  Frci.  By  A.  lirachct.    Translated 

by  G   W.  Kitchin.  M.A..  formerly  Censor  of  Christ  Church.    Crown  8vo.  cloth, 
lot.  6rf.     Just  PuHuhtd. 

Corneille's  Cinna,  and  Moliere's  Les  Femmes  Savantes. 

1,  with  Introduction  and  Notes,  by  Gustave  Masson.    Ext.  fcap.  8vo. 
cloth,  *r.  6d. 

Racine's  Andromaque,  and  Corneille's  Le  Menteur.     "With 

-  Racine's  Life  of  his  Father.     By  the  same  I  :   .ip.  8va  cloth, 

•u.  'jet. 

Moliere's  Les  Fourberies  de  Scapin,  and  Racine's  Athalic. 

Voltaire*  Life  of  Mohcrc.      By  the  same  Editor.     1-xL  fcap.  Bra.  <l*h, 

V.bd. 

Selections  from  the  Correspondence  of  Madame  de  86vign6 

\ 


and  her  chief  Contemporaricii.     Intended  more  etpecially  for  GirU'  School*. 
By  the  taoM  Edit  -  vo.  doth,  y. 


1 2  Clarendon  Press  Series. 


Voyage  autour  de  ma  Chambre,  by  Xavier  de  Maistre ; 
Ourilca  by  MADAME  DE  DURAS;  La  Dot  de  Surette  by  FIF.VEE  ;  Lcs  Ju- 
meaux  de  I'H&tel  Corneille,  by  EDMOND  ABOUT  ;  M£saventures  d'un  ficoher, 
by  RODOLPHE  TOPFFER.  By  the  saine  Editor.  Ext.  fcap.  8vo.  cloth,  is.  (xi. 


IX.  GERMAN  LANGUAGE  AND  LITERATURE. 
Goethe's   Egmont.     With  a  Life  of  Goethe,  &c.     By  Dr. 

Buchheim  Professor  of  the  German  Language  and  Literature  in  King's  Col- 
lege, London  ;  and  Examiner  in  German  to  the  University  of  London.  Extra 
fcap.  8vo.  cloth,  y. 

Schiller's  Wilhelm  Tell.     With  a  Life  of  Schiller ;  an  histo- 

rical  and  critical  Introduction.  Arguments,  and  a  complete  Commentary.  I3y 
the-  same  Editor.  Ext.  fcap.  8vo.  cloth,  y.  6d. 

Lessing's  Minna  von  Barnhelm.    A  Comedy.   With  a  Life 

of  Lessing,  Critical  Commentary,  &c.    By  the  same  Editor.    Ext.  fcap.  8vo. 

X.  ART,  &c. 
A  Handbook  of  Pictorial  Art.     By  R.  St.  J.  Tynvhitt, 

M.A.,  formerly  Student  and  Tutor  of  Christ  Church,  Oxford.  With  coloured 
Illustrations,  Photographs,  and  a  chapter  on  Perspective  by  A.  Macdonald. 
8vo.  half  morocco,  i&t. 

A  Treatise  on  Harmony.      By  Sir  F.  A.  Gore  Ouseley, 

Bart.,  M.A.,  Mus.  Doc.,  Professor  of  Music  in  the  University  of  Oxford.  410. 
cloth,  los. 

A  Treatise  on  Counterpoint,  Canon,  and  Fugue,  based 

upon  that  of  CherubinL     By  the  same  Author.    410.  cloth,  i6s. 

A    Music   Primer   for  Schools.     By  J.  Troutbeck,  M.A., 

and  R.  F.  Dale,  M.  A.,  B.  Mus.    Crown  8vo.  cloth,  zs.  (xi.     Just  Published. 


XI.   MISCELLANEOUS. 

Outlines  of  Textual  Criticism  applied  to  the  New  Testa- 
ment. By  C.  E.  Hammond,  M.A..  Fellow  and  Tutor  of  Exeter  College, 
Oxford.  Extra  fcap.  8vo.  cloth,  y.  6rf. 

The  Modern  Greek  Language  in  its  relation  to  Ancient 

Greek.    By  E.  M.  Geldart,  B.A.,  formerly  Scholar  of  Balliol  College  Oxford. 
Extr.  fcap.  8vo.  cloth,  4*.  6rf. 

The  Cultivation  of  the  Speaking  Voice.  By  John  Hullah. 

Crown  8vo.  cloth,  y.  6d. 

A  System  of  Physical  Education :  Theoretical  and  Prac- 
tical. By  Archibald  Maclaren,  The  Gymnasium,  Oxford  Extra  fcap.  8vo. 
cloth,  ^s.  W. 


Clarendon  Press  Series.  13 

XII.  A  SERIES  OF  ENGLISH  CLASSICS. 
Designed  to  meet  the  (wants  of  Students  in  English  Lite- 
rature:    under    the    superintendence    of   the   Rev.   J.    S. 
BREWER,  M.A.,  of  Queen's  College,  Oxford,  and  Professor 
of  English  Literature  at  King's  College,  London. 

THERE  are  two  dangers  to  which  the  student  of  English  Lite- 
rature is  exposed  at  the  outset  of  his  task  ; — his  reading  is  apt  to 
be  too  narrow  or  too  diffuse. 

Out  of  the  vast  number  of  authors  set  before  him  in  books 
professing  to  deal  with  this  subject  he  knows  not  which  to  select : 
he  thinks  he  must  read  a  little  of  all ;  he  soon  abandons  so  hope- 
less an  attempt ;  he  ends  by  contenting  himself  with  second-hand 
information  ;  and  professing  to  study  English  Literature,  he  fails 
to  master  a  single  English  author.  On  the  other  hand,  by  con- 
fining his  attention  to  one  or  two  writers,  or  to  one  special  period 
of  English  Literature,  the  student  narrows  his  view  of  it ;  he  fails 
to  grasp  the  subject  as  a  whole ;  and  in  so  doing  misses  one  of 
the  chief  objects  of  his  study. 

How  may  these  errors  be  avoided  ?  How  may  minute  reading 
be  combined  with  comprehensiveness  of  view  ? 

In  the  hope  of  furnishing  an  answer  to  these  questions  the 
Delegates  of  the  Press,  acting  upon  the  advice  and  experience  of 
Professor  Brewer,  have  determined  to  issue  a  series  of  small 
volumes,  which  shall  embrace,  in  a  convenient  form  and  at  a 
low  price,  the  general  extent  of  English  Literature,  as  repre- 
sented in  its  masterpieces  at  successive  epochs.  It  is  thought 
that  the  student,  by  confining  himself,  in  the  first  instance,  to 
those  authors  who  are  most  worthy  of  his  attention,  will  be 
saved  from  the  dangers  of  hasty  and  indiscriminate  reading.  By 
adopting  the  course  thus  marked  out  for  him,  he  will  become 
familiar  with  the  productions  of  the  greatest  minds  in  English 
Literature ;  and  should  he  never  be  able  to  pursue  the  subject 


14  Clarendon  Press  Series. 

beyond  the  limits  here  prescribed,  he  will  have  laid  the  founda- 
tion of  accurate  habits  of  thought  and  judgment,  which  cannot 
fail  of  being  serviceable  to  him  hereafter. 

The  authors  and  works  selected  are  such  as  will  best  serve  to 
illustrate  English  Literature  in  its  historical  aspect.  As  '  the  eye 
of  history,'  without  which  history  cannot  be  understood,  the 
literature  of  a  nation  is  the  clearest  and  most  intelligible  record 
of  its  life.  Its  thoughts  and  its  emotions,  its  graver  and  its  less 
serious  modes,  its  progress,  or  its  degeneracy,  are  told  by  its  best 
authors  in  their  best  words.  This  view  of  the  subject  will  sug- 
gest the  safest  tules  for  the  study  of  it. 

With  one  exception  all  writers  before  the  Reformation  are 
excluded  from  the  Series.  However  great  may  be  the  value  of 
literature  before  that  epoch,  it  is  not  completely  national.  For 
it  had  no  common  organ  of  language ;  it  addressed  itself  to 
special  classes ;  it  dealt  mainly  with  special  subjects.  Again  ;  of 
writers  who  flourished  after  the  Reformation,  who  were  popular 
in  their  day,  and  reflected  the  manners  and  sentiments  of  their 
age,  the  larger  part  by  far  must  be  excluded  from  our  list. 
Common  sense  tells  us  that  if  young  persons,  who  have  but  a 
limited  time  at  their  disposal,  read  Marlowe  or  Greene,  Burton, 
Hakewill  or  Du  Bartas,  Shakespeare,  Bacon,  and  Milton  will  be 
comparatively  neglected. 

Keeping,  then,  to  the  best  authors  in  each  epoch — and  here 
popular  estimation  is  a  safe  guide — the  student  will  find  the  fol- 
lowing list  of  writers  amply  sufficient  for  his  purpose  :  Chaucer, 
Spenser,  Hooker,  Shakespeare,  Bacon,  Milton,  Dryden,  Bunyan, 
Pope,  Johnson,  Burke,  and  Cowper.  In  other  words,  Chaucer  is 
the  exponent  of  the  Middle  Ages  in  England ;  Spenser  of  the 
Reformation  and  the  Tudors ;  Hooker  of  the  latter  years  of 
Elizabeth  ;  Shakespeare  and  Bacon  of  the  transition  from  Tudor 
to  Stuart ;  Milton  of  Charles  I  and  the  Commonwealth ;  Dryden 
and  Bunyan  of  the  Restoration ;  Pope  of  Anne  and  the  House 


Clarendon  Press  Series. 


of  Hanover ;    Johnson,    Burke,   and    Cowper   of  the   reign   of 
George  III  to  the  close  of  the  last  century. 

The  list  could  be  easily  enlarged;  the  names  of  Jeremy 
Taylor,  Clarendon,  Hobbes,  Locke,  Swift,  Addison,  Goldsmith, 
and  others  are  omitted.  But  in  so  wide  a  field,  the  difficulty  is 
to  keep  the  series  from  becoming  unwieldy,  without  diminishing 
its  comprehensiveness.  Hereafter,  should  the  plan  prove  to  be 
useful,  some  of  the  masterpieces  of  the  authors  just  mentioned 
may  be  added  to  the  list. 

The  task  of  selection  is  not  yet  finished.  For  purposes  of 
education,  it  would  neither  be  possible,  nor,  if  possible,  desirable, 
to  place  in  the  hands  of  students  the  whole  of  the  works  of  the 
authors  we  have  chosen.  We  must  set  before  them  only  the 
masterpieces  of  literature,  and  their  studies  must  be  directed,  not 
only  to  the  greatest  minds,  but  to  their  choicest  productions. 
These  are  to  be  read  again  and  again,  separately  and  in  combina- 
tion. Their  purport,  form,  language,  bearing  on  the  times,  mr.st 
be  minutely  studied,  till  the  student  begins  to  recognise  the  full 
value  of  each  work  both  in  itself  and  in  its  relations  to  those  that 
go  before  and  those  that  follow  it. 

It  is  especially  hoped  that  this  Series  may  prove  useful  to 
Ladies'  Schools  and  Middle  Class  Schools ;  in  which  English 
Literature  must  always  be  a  leading  subject  of  instruction. 

A  General   Introduction   to  the  Series.     By  Professor 

Brcwc: 

I.  Chaucer.     The  Prologue  to  the  Canterbury  Tnk--:    The 

. 

i.  Spenser's  Faery  Quecne.     Books  I  and  II.     D( 

••  v,  and  Glotv. 


wi.  ,/,,/A.  «.  64. 


3.  Hooker 

;;.erly  Fellow  ol  Bvo. 

(let 


1 6  Clarendon  Press  Scries. 

4.  Shakespeare.     Select   Plays.      Edited  by  W.  G.  Clark, 

,  Cambridge;   and  W.   Aldis  Wright,  M.A., 
Trinity 

I.    The  Merchant  .3.  leap.  8vo.  stiff  rovers,  is. 

II.     Ki.  Ji;ir.l  the  .s  ;ip.  8vo.  stiff  covers,  is.  6d. 

III.    Mncl.i  th.     Hxtra  fcnp.  Svo.  stiff  covers ,  is.  &/. 
IV.   H,i:i:!  •  •.  vo.  stiff  covers,  ts. 

5.  Bacon.     Advancement  of  Learning.     Edited  by  W.  Aldis 

,.  cioth,  4J.  6rf. 

6.  Milton.     Poems.     Edited  by  R.  C.  Browne,  M.A.,  and 

'  Kirii^i  Colk-i  ."Is.    Second  Edition.  Ext.  fcap.  Svo. 

cloth,  6f.  (>d. 

\.  I.  4J.,  Vol.  II.  y. 

7.  Dryden.     Stanzas   on   the   Death   of  Oliver   Cromwell; 

' 

,  Trinity  College, 
.   ^r.  M. 

8.  Bunyan.     Grace   Abounding:   The  Pilgrim's  Progress. 

.;oln. 

9.  Pope.    With  Introduction  and  Notes.    By  Mark  Pattison, 

f  np.  3vo.    s!:jf  covers,  is.  dd. 

10.  Johnson.  1  ves  of  Pope  and  Dryden.    Edited 

iow  ?.nd  Tutor  of  Worcester  ( 

11.  Burke.     T!  Discontents;  the  Two 

MOII.    Liy  L.  J.  1'aynu, 

12.  Cowper.     The  Task,   and   some   of  his  minor  Poems. 

.  by  H.  T.  Gr.;i.  oxford.     In  the  Press. 


Published  for  the  University  by 
MACMILLAN  AND  CO.,  LONDON. 

Tbe  DELEGATES  OF  THE  PRESS  invite  suggestions  and  advice 
from  all  persons  interested  in  education;  and  will  be  thankful 
for  bints,  <L-c.,  addressed  to  either  the  Rev.  G.  W.  KITCHIN, 
St.  Giles's  Road  East,  Oxfcrd,  or  the  SECRETARY  TO  THE 
DELEGATES,  Clarendon  Press,  Oxford. 


University  of  Toronto 
Library 


DO  NOT 

REMOVE 

THE 

CARD 

FROM 

THIS 

POCKET 


Acme  LH 
LOWE-MARTIN  CO.  LIMITED